Edlund Niklas

My Friend is an Alien

My Friend is an Alien

by March

Part 1

One morning Davy invited Niklas to come over, visit, and go swimming at the private spot that he and some of the other boys had discovered one time.

Niklas gladly accepted the invitation, and by early afternoon, both boys were at the small pond.

It was a hot afternoon, and Davy hadn't even bothered to remove his clothes before jumping in and splashing around. Niklas decided to take his time a bit more. Clothes would take a lot longer to dry off than he would, so he decided to remove them.

He'd scarcely removed his shirt and shoes, trying to avoid playful splashes and teasings from Davy in the process, when something very odd happened. A high-pitched wail started to come seemingly out of nowhere.

"What's that sound?" asked Davy, stopping his splashing to listen.

"I don't know," replied Niklas. "A siren?" But even as he said it, he knew it wasn't quite a siren. It was getting louder, too. A lot louder.

"What's going on?" asked Davy, practically yelling. He was covering his ears.

Niklas was on his knees, also holding his hands to his ears. The wail was so loud now it was painful to both boys.

Then a second thing happened. A light started to appear, right in mid air, about eight feet above the pond. Davy saw it and scrambled for shore, trying to keep his ears covered. "What is THAT?!" he yelled, but he could barely hear himself. He knew Niklas couldn't have possibly heard him, but both boys were staring at the light, which was growing larger and brighter even as the wail grew louder still.

Then there was a crack of thunder, and the light seemed to explode. What felt like a gust of wind knocked the boys backwards. The light was gone, the wail had stopped — and something that neither boy could quite see, having been nearly blinded by the flash of light — splashed into the pond.

"You okay?" asked Davy. Niklas was picking himself up and shaking his head.

"I think so." he answered. "What was all that — oh my gosh! Davy! There's — somebody out there!"

Davy was about to accuse his friend of being completely nuts, until he looked out into the pond, and saw a body, floating face down, dressed in what looked like some sort of silver suit, in the middle of the pond. Davy didn't hesitate for a second. He dove into the lake and started swimming out.

"Davy, be careful!" yelled Niklas, not quite as willing to head out. "If that's what came out of all that light and noise, it could be dangerous!"

"I think it's going to be dead if I don't do something!" called back Davy, not even turning around to answer Niklas. He reached the prone form and realized that it was no bigger than he was. Had somebody done something to a kid? Technically, Niklas had a point. This was very strange, and he had to be careful. But he couldn't let somebody drown, either. He grabbed the body and turned it over.

And got his second major surprise of the day when he saw the face of this — whoever or whatever this was. It looked more or less human, in general shape.

And its facial features were human, although the eyes looked just a little too big. But the skin was bright green, the hair was whiter than snow, and there were no ears. Instead, two thick antennae protruded from the top of the head, near the back, curving forwards slightly. Davy carefully took a closer look.

He'd seen some science-fiction movies. But this didn't look like paint, and the antennae looked real. And then there was that rather extreme entrance to be taken into consideration.

This — being was clearly unconscious, as well. Davy looked at it carefully.

It seemed to be breathing. Davy hoped that was a normal thing for it to do. He called back to Niklas, "I think we just captured a for-real alien here!"

Niklas' response was to let his eyes bulge and his jaw drop. He'd seen even more sci-fi than Davy, and he loved looking at the stars through his telescope. But that was a far cry from having an actual extraterrestrial take a high-dive into a pond of water not too far from your own home! Niklas had no idea what to do next, so all he said was, "Is he all right?"

Davy just sort of glared at Niklas. "How should I know? But he — it — whatever — is breathing. I can't just leave him out here! I'm bringing him in."

Niklas just nodded, wondering what to do next. Call the police? The military?

His parents? NASA? No. Not yet. The police wouldn't know what to do. His parents probably wouldn't, either. The military would probably just shoot the alien. Niklas was scared of what was happening, but at the same time, it was kind of cool, too.

Davy hauled the alien back to shore, and Niklas helped Davy bring the alien out of the pond. "He looks like a kid!" said Niklas. "I wonder if that's what he is!"

"We don't even know that it's a he." said Davy. "So, what do we do with it?"

"For now, take him to your treehouse." said Niklas.

"What!?" exclaimed Davy. "How are we going to get him up there?"

Niklas realized that Davy was right. The alien weighed about the same as either of them. He'd be too heavy to carry up there. "Okay, we wait for him to wake up."

That wasn't long in coming, as the alien moaned once and blinked his eyes.

Then he opened them. Niklas and Davy flinched. His eyes were as weird as the rest of him. Instead of a colored iris and a black pupil, the circular area inside the cornea was a sort of shaded purple, as if it was all pupil, but slightly colored. He looked at Davy and Niklas with probably as much alarm as Davy and Niklas themselves were feeling.

The alien sat up and tried to back away, letting forth a string of gibberish that sounded like a mixture of Morse Code and radio static.

"I think we have a communication problem." said Davy.

"Just act calm around him." said Niklas. "Maybe he'll calm down."

Niklas knelt down on the ground. The alien hadn't stood up yet. "We're not going to hurt you," said Niklas quietly and slowly. "We want to be friends."

The alien looked at Niklas, as if trying to understand his words. He stopped backing away, but still looked afraid.

Then Davy knelt down and decided to try. "Uh, welcome to our planet?"

The alien looked at Davy. Then, half-crawling, he took a couple of steps forward. He let out another string of gibberish, but it didn't sound as static-filled as the last one.

Niklas moved a little closer. Then the alien shot out a hand and touched Niklas on the forehead. For a second, Niklas felt frozen in place, as though he couldn't move, and it felt like someone had just burned his forehead. Davy moved and pulled Niklas away. "Are you okay?" he asked as the two boys fell in a heap a couple of yards from the alien.

"Yeah, I think so." said Niklas."What'd he do?"

"That's better." came a new voice. It had a slight echoing sound to it, but sounded definitely childlike. It was the alien. "I'm sorry if I scared you.

But I had to touch you to pick up your language."

"This is seriously creeping me out." said Davy quietly.

The antennae on the alien's head rotated towards Davy. "I'm sorry I'm — creeping you out. I don't want to scare anybody. Your name is Day-vee, am I correct?"

Davy's eyes went wide. "Close enough."

"And you're Nik'k-luss." said the alien, looking at Niklas. He seemed to stutter slightly on the «k» pronunciation.

"So — who are you?" asked Niklas.

The alien gave forth another burst of static.

"I don't think we can pronounce that." said Niklas.

"I don't think I'm even going to try." said Davy. "Explaining this is going to be hard enough without a sprained tongue."

The alien considered this. "We talk a lot faster than you do. And my name would be pretty long if I slowed it down, and even then you might have trouble pronouncing it. You may call me by the first syllable of my name, which is Jahv."

"That, I think I can handle." said Davy.

"Welcome to Earth, Jahv." added Niklas. "Why have you come here?"

Jahv looked like he'd been struck. "I — ran away."

Davy groaned. "Not another one. I don't think we're going to be able to get this one home as easily as Keith and Martin."

Niklas gave Davy a glare, but turned back to Jahv. "Why?"

"My parents." said Jahv. "I'm just a kid, like I read in your mind that you are. They're always so busy exploring space and stuff, even though they drag me along, they never pay any attention. So I decided to leave, find a new planet somewhere, and just stay put and maybe try to make some friends. I know that sounds kind of silly."

"Not really." said Niklas. "You've made two friends already. But won't your parents come looking for you?" Niklas had this sudden vision of an alien ship coming to track down Jahv. It was cause for concern.

Jahv shook his head. "The transmatrix device I use was set to a scrambled frequency. I just told it to find me an acceptable planet and beam me there.

They won't know where to look. They'll probably be glad I'm not even there anymore. They can concentrate completely on their work."

"If there's anything we can do to help…" said Niklas.

"I am kind of hungry." said Jahv.

"I've got food stashed in the treehouse, and my parents won't be home right now." said Davy. "I think we can get up there."

The three youngsters were able to get inside the treehouse unnoticed. But something occurred to Niklas as Davy was sorting through a box of food. "Hey, do we know if any of this stuff is safe for him to eat?"

"Not a problem," said Jahv. "I have an analyzer right here in my backpack. I came prepared."

"What backpack?" asked Davy.

Jahv looked over his shoulder for the first time. "I know I had it with me when the transmat began! It must've fallen off when I hit the water!"

"I hope it's watertight." said Niklas.

Jahv nodded. "But I have a lot of survival supplies in it. I have to get it back."

"Back to the pond?" said Davy.

"Bring some of the food, too." added Niklas. "We're all going to be hungry by the time we get through looking for that pack."

The three snuck out of the treehouse and made their way back to the pond unnoticed. "Where did I appear?" asked Jahv.

"About eight feet right above dead center of the lake." said Davy.

Jahv nodded, and proceeded to remove his uniform. Davy and Niklas seemed a little surprised. Jahv just grinned slightly. "It might interest you to know that kids on my planet generally don't wear clothes anyway. Just when we travel in space, as a safety precaution. And I read in your mind that you two were about to do the same thing to go swimming before I showed up."

"Somebody's going to have to teach him a thing or two about privacy."

suggested Davy.

Niklas was grinning. "Yeah, but right now, who cares? Let's help him find his pack."

Moments later, three children — all of them boys and one of them bright green — were diving in the lake, trying to take the search seriously, and having only moderate success. After some playful splashing and teasing, they finally started diving and looking for the pack. Jahv found it a few minutes later, and the threesome headed to shore to dry off and eat.

Jahv spent the next few minutes waving a small, round device over the food that Davy had brought with him. He said that the candy bars would be safe for him to eat — except for the one with peanuts in it. The potato chips were okay, but not the cheese-flavored ones. The jar of peanut butter actually made Jahv recoil in horror when he read the analysis of it, but the grape jelly and the bread was okay. The cola analysis caused Jahv to make a sarcastic remark along the lines of, "On my world, we'd use something like this to strip paint," but the lemonade was perfectly acceptable. So the food supplies were divided up based on who could tolerate what, especially Jahv.

Sometime later, the three started to discuss what to do about Jahv. They couldn't take him home. Davy didn't think it would be safe for Jahv to stay in the treehouse all the time. Food, it turned out, would not be a problem. Among the devices Jahv pulled from his backpack, which seemed to contain much more than its size would allow, was a small machine that could duplicate any of the foods that Jahv had eaten today. None of them liked the idea of turning Jahv over to any authorities.

"I guess you've never had an offworlder here before." said Jahv. "Just as I'd never seen people who looked quite like you until today."

"There's some theories," said Niklas. "People who think they've seen or even been abducted by aliens. But the descriptions they give don't look anything like you."

Jahv raised a hand. "Let me guess. About our height, but really thin, with grey skin, huge black eyes, large heads, and tiny slits for mouths?"

Niklas' eyes went wide. So did Davy's. "Yes," said Niklas. "You know about them?"

Jahv shrugged. "Even we don't know WHO they are. But they've been pulling the same sort of stunts on about a dozen or so worlds for decades — including mine. We call them — " and Jahv finished with another burst of his own static-like language.

"You have a translation for that?" asked Davy.

Jahv considered the question. He still wasn't as familiar with this new language as he wanted to be. But he finally came up with a response. "Space roaches."

After the laughter died down, Jahv finally made a suggestion. "Is there any reason why I can't stay right here?"

Niklas and Davy looked at each other. Finally Davy spoke. "I guess not. No one's ever bothered us when we've come out here to swim. If this area belongs to anybody in particular, they've never made a big deal about it."

"But how will you go undetected?" asked Niklas. "If somebody were to see you out here, there might be trouble."

Jahv grinned and pulled another item from his seemingly bottomless backpack.

It looked to be of the same fabric as his uniform, but was folded into a tiny square. There was a button on the top of the square. Jahv pressed it and set it down. "We'd better move back a bit." he said, gently shoving Niklas and Davy about ten feet back.

The square beeped, and then unfurled into a dome-shaped tent about twelve feet in diameter and six feet high. Niklas cringed. "Somebody's going to see that for sure!"

"No, they won't." replied Jahv, waking over to a control panel on the side of the tent. Several lines of alien script ran across it. Jahv ran his finger across one of them. The tent disappeared.

"Now, that's camouflage!" said Davy.

"Is that place bigger on the inside than on the outside, like your packpack seems to be?" asked Niklas.

Jahv seemed to pull a flap open in mid-air. "Have a look."

The two boys walked over and stuck their heads in. The ceiling wasn't much higher, maybe a couple of feet, but the overall floor space inside the tent was easily triple that of the outside.

Davy and Niklas pulled their heads out. "You are going to have to explain how that works sometime." said Niklas.

"Yeah, I could use something like that for MY room." added Davy.

Jahv smiled. "I'd be more than happy to. I'll be fine, staying out here. I will only ask two things of you. If you tell any others of my presence here, and I know you bring others here to swim, make sure they are willing to keep my existence a secret, as well."

"Of course." both Davy and Niklas agreed.

"Secondly — please come and visit as often as you can." said Jahv. "I'm alone here. I can live with that. But I don't want to be lonely."

Davy and Niklas grinned. "Certainly. We'll visit, and we'll bring friends.

Ones we can trust."

"Thank you." said Jahv. "And now I will say farewell, for now. Thank you again, for being my new friends."

Jahv entered the tent and closed the flap. And any sign of the tent, or Jahv, disappeared.

"Probably has to clean out the closet in there or something." remarked Davy.

"You know, if this hadn't happened to us, I wouldn't believe it." said Niklas, as the two headed back to where they'd left their clothes near the pond. "Even now, with him in there, it's like it never happened. But it did, didn't it! We actually have a friend from another planet!"

They found the pile of clothes. There was a silver spacesuit in the pile. "It happened." said Davy, grinning. "And you're right. This is very cool. You think our friends will believe it?"

"They will." said Niklas.

Part 2

Davy had invited Keith and Martin over to swim in the pond near his home, and on this hot summer day, the two boys had gladly accepted the invitation. Privately, Davy was hoping for the opportunity to tell his two friends about Jahv, the young alien boy that he and Niklas had rescued about a month ago. He'd had several opportunities to speak with and play with Jahv, but he suspected that the alien was getting a little bored and wanted to meet some new people.

It didn't quite happen as well as Davy had hoped. Since Jahv's dome tent was invisible, there was no way of knowing where the boy actually was unless he was outside of the tent. Davy didn't see him around, and although his green skin allowed him to blend in fairly well with the nearby trees, his shock of white hair was a dead giveaway most of the time.

Keith and Martin, hot and sweaty from their bike ride over to Davy's, wasted no time diving into the pond, Martin in his underwear, and Keith not even bothering with that much. Davy had taken off his shirt and shoes, but wasn't in the pond. He was looking for Jahv. Who turned up in the last place he had thought of to look. Apparently the alien could hold his breath for a lot longer than the average human, because he came up out of the pond right next to Keith, who was so startled by the sudden appearance of the strange being that, had he been capable of it, probably would have shot straight out of the water and run all the way back to shore across the surface of the pond.

As it was, Keith let loose a couple of expletives and fell back several steps, stumbling on the last one before recovering his balance.

About ten feet away, Martin was frozen in place, eyes as wide as saucers.

Davy was on the shore, having finally seen what was going on, and groaned. So much for preparation.

Keith was sputtering almost incoherently, and coughing up some pond water, but he did manage to get out, "Davy! What the — " *sputter* *cough* "- have you got in this pond!?"

Davy waded out to Keith and Jahv, gently side-stepping Martin, who hadn't budged since Jahv had risen to the surface. Davy suspected that if anyone so much as touched the younger boy, he'd probably let out a scream that would have been heard all the way back to Jahv's home planet, wherever that was. "Uh, Keith, Martin, this is a friend of mine. Jahv." said Davy, deciding to go for a direct introduction and let the questions fly after. "Jahv, this is Keith and Martin."

Jahv smiled politely. "Hello." he said. "Davy, is that little one you call Martin over there all right? He hasn't moved."

Keith had recovered from being startled, and at this point wanted answers. "Davy, what the heck IS this — this — what is he?"

"He's an alien." replied Davy.

Keith glared at Davy. "Okay, I guess I can't come up with any other explanation for why somebody with green skin, white hair, two antennae on his head, and oversized purple eyes would be standing in front of me, so let's try a different question. What's he doing in the pond?"

"Taking a bath." replied Jahv. "The plumbing broke down in my dome tent. I can fix it, but it'll take time."

"What's a dome-tent?" asked Keith. "For that matter, where is it!?"

"It's cloaked. Invisible. You can't see it." replied Jahv.

"Oh, of course." replied Keith. "Now, would somebody please wake me up?"

"He ran away from home." explained Davy.

"You're joking." said Keith.

"Well, technically, he beamed away from home, but it's the same principle." answered Davy. Keith just glared. Davy looked over at Martin. The boy hadn't moved. Davy wasn't sure he'd even blinked since Jahv had appeared. "Hey, Martin! Come on over here! He's friendly!"

"Yeah, don't have an accident over there or anything," remarked Keith. "For all we know, this guy would regard it as an act of war."

"Just how barbaric do you think I am?" huffed Jahv. "My people are peaceful explorers!"

Martin still didn't move. Finally Jahv waded over, slowly, and extended his hand. "I won't hurt you. I'm very pleased to meet you." Martin blinked, and looked at the green hand which only had three fingers and a thumb. "You've only got four fingers." he said timidly.

"Or you've got an extra." replied Jahv. "I suppose it depends on who you ask."

Very cautiously, Martin accepted the handshake. He felt a slight tingle go up his arm. "What was that?"

Jahv grinned. "Just a little telepathic greeting. Harmless."

Martin managed a weak smile. "Oh. Okay."

Davy and Keith had come over to the edge of the pond, and all four boys emerged. "Davy, how long have you had him here?"

"About a month." explained Davy. "He showed up when Niklas and I were out here swimming one day. He really does have a tent home here, and it really is invisible."

"And I really did run away from home." said Jahv.

"Why?" asked Keith.

"My parents never paid any attention to me. Never let me do stuff I wanted to do. Just hauled me all over the place where they needed to go."

Keith nodded. "I can relate. I sort of get the wrong kind of attention at home."

"So you live here at the pond all the time?" asked Martin.

"Yes, and that's something I wanted to talk about, Davy." said Jahv. "I hate to say it, but I have been getting a bit bored. I wish I could, even just once, see something more of your world than this. Like where you go when you're not at home or here at the pond."

"I don't see how that could possibly work." said Davy, reluctantly. He wished he could take his alien friend around.

"You don't exactly blend in." said Keith.

Martin was suddenly thinking, though, no longer as afraid as he had been. This Jahv was a pretty neat kid, he had decided, and he wanted to help. "It might be possible," he said.

"How?" asked Keith very skeptically.

Martin was still thinking. "Okay, first we'd have to hide those antennae. Could we hide them under a cap?"

Jahv recoiled. "These are very delicate. They're what I hear with. They might get crushed."

Martin considered that one. "Okay, how about this. we cut a couple of holes in a cap for them to stick out. And people think they're part of the cap."

Davy raised his eyebrows. "That could work, but what about the rest of him?"

Martin thought some more before answering. "We could paint his face a regular color, and give him dark glasses to hide his eyes. If he keeps his hands in his pockets or something, no one will notice those."

"What about the white hair?" asked Keith, still skeptical, although Jahv was grinning widely. "And where do you suggest taking him?"

Martin shrugged. "What about the Mall? It's big, enclosed, and it'll be busy. He can look at all sorts of stores."

"You're crazy!" protested Keith. "You want to take an alien to a mall full of people?"

"A mall full of people that'll be paying attention to their shopping and not to four kids on summer break." said Davy. "Not even one whose only apparent peculiarities are white hair and a weird cap. I think Martin's got a good idea."

"I think you're both nuts." said Keith.

"Does that mean you don't want to tag along?" said Martin, a little sadly.

"You kidding?" said Keith. "I wouldn't miss this for anything. Besides, if you three get into trouble, somebody's gotta get you out of it."

The four youngsters carefully made their way to Davy's treehouse. Among other stuff stashed up there was some Halloween make-up paint. Most of it was pretty brightly colored, but some careful mixing resulted in a color that looked fairly normal. There was also an old cap that Martin carefully cut a couple of holes into. Jahv donned the cap. "Ouch." remarked the alien. "That sort of pinches, but I guess it'll be okay."

Keith went through a few boxes and came up with a pair of sunglasses. He handed them to Jahv. "How am I supposed to keep these on my head?" asked Jahv.

"They fit over your — uh, ohhh…" Davy suddenly remembered that Jahv's antennae were his ears. The boy didn't have ears on the sides of his head for the sunglasses to fit over. "Keith, there should be an elastic strap in that box. Try to find it, okay?"

Keith brought the strap over just as Davy finished painting Jahv's face and neck. "I hope you don't sweat too much." said Davy. "If your face starts to run, we could have a real problem."

"Sweat?" asked Jahv. "Oh. My people can control that. I'll just remember not to."

Davy used the strap on the sunglasses, to wrap them around Jahv's head. He brushed the boy's hair over the strap and the sides of the glasses, so no one could tell that they weren't placed over ears. Jahv's hair was incredibly light, almost feathery to the touch. There was an old mirror in one corner of the treehouse, which Martin brought over. "See how you look." he said. Jahv grinned widely. "I'm a human! Let's go to the Mall!"

Shortly after, with Jahv dressed in an oversized sweatshirt, jeans, and sneakers — and hanging tightly onto Davy while riding on the back of Davy's bike, the four friends set out for the local Mall. Jahv had also brought along his seemingly bottomless backpack. The boys parked their bikes, and Jahv studied the huge building that comprised the Mall. "Big." he commented. "Primitive, but big."

The foursome entered, and Davy asked what Jahv wanted to see first.

"Everything!" the alien said.

Close by was a large bookstore, and Jahv seemed fascinated by the place, so the four boys headed into the store. The first thing Jahv did was to pick up a novelization of the recent Star Wars movie. He fanned through the pages at an impossible speed. "I think I've heard of some of these races," he commented. Then he picked up a Star Trek book and fanned through it the same way. "And I know I've heard of some of these. Under different names, of course. I'm amazed that you've heard of them on this planet."

"Talk about your final frontier," remarked Davy, not entirely believing what he was seeing.

"Yeah, in a galaxy far, far away." added Martin.

"Wonder if he knows he's reading fiction?" questioned Keith. The boy looked around, concerned. Jahv's antics were attracting a bit of attention, especially from a couple of store employees who probably thought Jahv was playing with the books and mishandling them. Jahv was still racing through the science-fiction books, and his reactions varied anywhere from astonishment that some races that he apparently knew of had somehow become known on this world, to outright amusement at what some other writers described alien life as being. Finally, Jahv let out a burst of laughter that was way too loud for a bookstore. "They call that alien life? I know a couple of worlds where they call it breakfast!"

That was enough for Keith. He glared at Davy and Martin, and motioned towards the exit. Then he walked over to Jahv and said quietly, "I think we should find another store."

Jahv looked up. "Huh? Why?"

"You're attracting a bit too much attention there, Speedy." said Keith.

Jahv looked around and saw the two store employees, and a couple of customers, glaring at him. "Oops. Sorry. I kind of get like that around books." Jahv put the book down and he and Keith left the store.

They would have stopped in a music store, but some sort of heavy metal was blasting from within, and it made Jahv wince and his antennae twitch. They headed away. "Please tell me something was wrong with the equipment in there." said Jahv.

"Uhh, not really." said Davy, but he didn't blame Jahv for his reaction. He didn't like that racket too much, either.

Jahv just shook his head.

The group found a toy store next and wandered in. The first thing Jahv noticed was a display and demonstration model for a video game system. "A simulator!" he said.

"A what?" asked Keith.

"This!" said Jahv, grabbing the control and pressing the start button. The game was a flight attack game, and seconds later, Jahv had racked up a considerable score. Then the game shut down as its demonstration timer expired. "Hey!" snapped Jahv.

Davy looked at Keith. "Arcade?" Keith nodded. "Arcade. No one will notice him in there, and I've got a few bucks on me for tokens."

Before they got to the arcade, though, they passed a pet store. Martin liked looking at the tiny puppies and kittens, so the group agreed to go in.

Jahv looked around. "What is this place? A miniature wildlife park?"

"No, it's a pet store." replied Davy.

"Pet store?" asked Jahv.

"Don't you people have pets?" asked Keith quietly. "You know, little animals that you keep around for companionship, or just for the heck of it?"

Jahv shook his head. The pet store always kept at least one puppy and one kitten out in the open for customers to view and carefully handle. The rest of the store's animals were in caged enclosures towards the back of the store. Martin had headed back there, and was cuddling a tiny kitten. A large white puppy was sniffing around customers' feet. Then Jahv approached. The puppy came over, and stopped in its tracks. It huffed a few times, and looked terrified. Then it threw its head back and howled. That noise set off every animal in the store, and the kitten Martin was holding squirmed to get free.

"Time to go, I think!" urged Keith, practically dragging Jahv out of the store while Davy retrieved a confused Martin. Once outside the store and on the way to the arcade, Keith remarked to Jahv, "You ever think of changing your deodorant or something?"

"My what?" asked Jahv, confused.

"Actually, it probably was his scent that scared those animals." suggested Davy. "Jahv, have you had any problems with wildlife near the pond?" Davy knew that there wasn't anything really big out there, but rabbits and raccoons had been seen at times, and plenty of birds.

Jahv shook his head. "I've seen a few small animals, but they run from me."

"That's nothing unusual." said Keith. "Most wild animals avoid people."

"Which is probably why we didn't figure this out until now." said Davy. "Jahv probably smells really strange to animals, and they don't like it."

"So much for bringing my dog by to meet Jahv." said Martin, a little sadly.

"I wouldn't." advised Davy.

The group reached the arcade. Jahv looked decidedly enthusiastic, Martin less so. The younger boy really wasn't very good at video games and he didn't like them very much, and he certainly didn't like all the noise coming from the place. But he knew he was safe with his friends. Keith went off and brought back a large handful of tokens for the video games, and Jahv had located a game similar to the one he had played in the toy store. Minutes later, he had racked up a score far higher than any achieved. Martin and Davy were watching the game, but Keith was still looking around every so often.

Jahv's playing of the game had attracted a few onlookers, but the oversized sweatshirt he was wearing hid his odd hands. As far as anyone knew, Keith hoped, this was just a regular kid who was really good at video games.

Then trouble walked into the arcade.

Keith cringed. Three older teenagers, one of them smoking, all of them looking and acting tough, surveyed the room, making sure that some attention was being paid to them. Keith swore under his breath. "Hey, guys — serious trouble."

Davy and Martin looked up. Martin went pale. Davy remarked, "You know those guys?"

"I know OF them." said Keith. "They think they're some kind of local gang. They're just troublemakers, but they are serious troublemakers. They've been causing grief at this mall for weeks, but they always manage to duck out before security can get to them."

"They're also coming this way." said Davy.

"Yeah, I was afraid of that. They can't stand anybody getting more attention than them." said Keith.

"Well, looky here." snarled one of the teenagers. "Hey, Bruno, this little punk's managed to triple your best score!"

"What?!" roared the one named Bruno. "Hey, punk! Yeah, you with the shades and the stupid cap! Don't you know that's my game?"

Jahv turned. "I'm sorry. I didn't know it was your property."

Keith groaned. Jahv was trying to be honest, but he knew how that comment would be interpreted.

"A little wise-ass, huh!?" growled Bruno. "Okay, guys, get him out of here!" Pushing Keith, Martin, and Davy aside before any of them could react, although Martin had already backed off quite a bit, the two toughs that Bruno was ordering around picked up Jahv and carried him out of the arcade. There was a large fountain just outside of the arcade, and the two teens threw Jahv into it, and proceeded to laugh following the splash.

"Ohhh, not good." said Keith. "So much for the make-up."

"We need to get out of here, right now!" urged Davy.

"I think maybe we can." said Keith. "Those three idiots are still laughing themselves stupid. Let's go."

The boys didn't get far. They grabbed Martin and were trying to work their way past the three bullies, when Bruno spotted them. "Where d'ya think YOU'RE going?! You were with that little freak, so you're gonna get the same as him! Or worse!"

One of the punks pushed Martin down, and clearly Davy and Keith were next, when an impossibly loud voice roared and echoed from outside the arcade. "YOU LEAVE MY FRIENDS ALONE!"

All heads turned towards the entrance of the arcade. Standing there, dripping wet, the make-up and the cap gone, his eyes actually glowing a brilliant bright blue, was a thoroughly furious Jahv.

"What the —?!" one of the bullies started to say, but in that instant, Jahv raised his right arm, and, incredibly, a bolt of lightning shot from his fingertips. It soared into the video game Jahv had been playing, which the three toughs were still standing closest to. The game's screen shattered, and sparks and smoke flew from the machine.

"Jeez!" exclaimed Keith, ducking out of the way and out of the arcade, with Davy and Martin close behind. "Remind me never to make him mad at me!"

Even Jahv looked surprised at what had happened. "That was — too much. That wasn't what I wanted to have happen."

"Worry about it later!" said Keith. "We need to get out of here, and right now!"

"I may have something that can help." said Jahv, reaching into his backpack and pulling out a device that was about the size of a large flashlight, but looked more like the handle to a Star Wars lightsaber. "This is a personal cloaking device. I can expand the field of it somewhat. Stay close to me, and they shouldn't be able to see any of us."

Jahv activated the device. To the other boys, it didn't seem as if much had happened. The air seemed to shimmer a bit, but that was all. But clearly something had happened, based on the expressions on everybody else's faces. "Hey!" yelled one of the punks. "Where'd those little punks go?"

"I don't think that matters", said the owner of the arcade, bringing down the metal gate that closed the arcade to the rest of the mall. "You three punks have been causing me grief for weeks. Now you blew up one of my machines. Security's on its way, you're not going anywhere this time, and I intend to have you arrested."

"We didn't blow up your machine! It was that weirdo kid that shot lightning at us!" snarled Bruno.

"I don't see any kids." said the arcade owner. "Certainly not one that could do something as ridiculous as that. Anybody else see any kids?"

The other patrons of the arcade, who had also suffered at the hands of these three teen punks, all shook their heads.

Jahv, Davy, Martin, and Keith left the mall, trying not to laugh, just as the mall's security forces arrived.

Minutes later, the boys were on their bikes, Jahv trying to keep his head tucked into the collar of the sweatshirt and still hang onto Davy. Keith had wrapped his shirt around Jahv's head somewhat to try to conceal the antennae without hurting Jahv, and without making it look like there was an accident victim riding on the back of Davy's bike.

They returned to the pond, where Jahv entered his dome tent — and to Keith and Martin it looked like he had vanished into thin air for a few moments — and returned with lemonade and candy bars for everyone. He'd also, as was customary for him, dispensed with any clothing. As hot and tired and the other three boys were from a somewhat faster bike ride than before, Davy, Martin, and Keith were pretty well down to their underwear.

"I hope we're not going to get into trouble over this." said Davy.

Keith, previously the most concerned about that, shook his head. "Nah. I know the arcade owner. He's been wanting a reason to get rid of those punks ever since they started causing trouble. He just got it. Besides, who'd believe the truth?"

"Speaking of which," said Davy, looking at Jahv, "you never said you could — shoot lightning!"

Jahv actually looked a little shaken. "I didn't mean to! All that was supposed to happen was a minor static discharge. All it was supposed to do was get those three bad guys to back off a bit. I didn't intend to blow up the machine!"

"Then what went wrong?" asked Martin.

"Well, I think I know." said Jahv. "Now that I've had time to think about it. Is everything on this world run by electricity?"

"Pretty much, yeah." said Davy. "Everything mechanical, anyway."

Jahv nodded. "That's it, then. There must be much more electricity at use on this world than there is on mine."

"Well, so much for your first outing into the outside world." remarked Keith.

"Yeah." said Jahv. "Can we do it again tomorrow?"

The three boys looked at Jahv, stunned beyond words. Finally it was Keith who spoke. "I don't THINK so!" he yelled, tackling Jahv right into the pond with a mighty splash. Davy and Martin dove in immediately after. And there they spent the remainder of the afternoon, diving and splashing water, with no one around to intrude.

Part 3

It had become clear that it simply wasn't safe for the young alien boy Jahv to go out in public. Disguises worked to a certain degree, but Jahv was simply too inexperienced with the culture and the way Earth-people acted to ever fit in. However, that didn't mean that he had to be out of touch with his new homeworld. Certainly he had friends like Niklas and Davy, who had rescued him from the nearby pond into which he'd fallen when he first arrived, and Keith and Martin, whom had met Jahv more recently, introduced to him by Davy. And, of course, there were other ways to study the world.

Everyone had pretty much agreed that the best way for someone who couldn't actually go "out there" and explore, would be to do so by computer. Unfortunately, the computer that Jahv had brought out of his seemingly bottomless backpack was totally incompatible with anything built on Earth. That meant having to somehow procure a computer for Jahv to use.

For a bunch of kids with no substantial sources of income, who couldn't very well explain to anyone what the computer was needed for, this would not be easy. Jahv was fairly well convinced that even if all Davy and the others could locate were various components and parts, even in poor condition, he could assemble them into something that would work with this world's computer systems. The technology was, by his standards, simplistic enough that even though it was of obvious «foreign» origin, he could work with it.

This resulted in the four boys, in their spare time, searching behind electronics stores, business dumpsters, and wherever else they could think of to look to see what they could come up with. What amazed all of them was what large businesses actually threw away. Within less than two weeks, they had salvaged a huge mess of assorted computer components, including a CD-Rom drive, cables, various plug-in boards, a couple of disc drives, «outdated» software, and various other items out of a wide range of dumpsters.

The real break had come when Niklas and Davy had been caught lugging a huge, intact monitor away from alongside somebody's trash can on a neighboring street. The owner had come out and asked what they wanted with it. They explained, more or less truthfully, that they were building their own computer system out of spare parts as a special project for when school started in the fall. The owner, himself a computer builder, had just upgraded to an even larger monitor, and not only let the boys take the monitor, but gave them $20 to help them. That went towards a brand-new keyboard for the computer, the one item they hadn't been able locate a decent enough specimen of for the project.

Jahv's dome-tent looked like an electronic junkpile for a while, as the young alien boy sought to make sense out of the technology. He grasped it readily enough, though, and roughly a week later had built his computer. The end result was a nightmarish miasma of components, including even a few from Jahv's own computer that he'd somehow managed to integrate into the final contraption, that looked to be one part Star Trek, two parts Radio Shack, and three parts of half-junked God-knows-what held together with the technological equivalent of adhesive tape and bubble gum.

Just turning the thing on resulted in a racket that sounded like a cross between a chipmunk and a lawn mower. But the silly thing worked. It not only worked, but it had enough memory capacity so that as soon as Jahv was able to get online, through of all things a satellite link he'd rigged up, he'd been able to download all the additional software he needed.

The thing was probably second only to computers one would find at NASA or the Pentagon. It wasn't just a computer, either. Thanks to the satellite link, Jahv was also able to use the device as a television set, and had also hooked a video game unit into it. Among their rummagings, Keith had come up with a broken down Playstation unit.

Jahv had quickly turned into an experienced hacker. If he'd been using an actual modem, half the business corporations on the planet probably would have tracked him down by now. He'd downloaded «beta» versions for video games the others hadn't even heard of, and had recently picked up designs for some of the planned aliens for "Star Wars Episode 2". This, of course, got him more than a few weird looks from the rest of the boys when he pointed at one particularly bizarre specimen of LucasFilm life and remarked, "Hey, I know this guy!"

On this particular day, Davy and Keith had headed out to Jahv's cloaked dome-tent. Martin had told Keith he'd join them later in the afternoon. Davy had found a discarded VCR and wondered if Jahv would be able to somehow hook it into the entire mess. Keith speculated that if they had found a microwave oven, Jahv would probably be able to hook THAT into the computer and program his meals in advance.

Not that Jahv needed such a device. One of his more wondrous machines was a food replicator that seemed to make meals out of thin air.

Jahv had been delighted to receive the VCR, but didn't plan to hook it up immediately. He was in the midst of testing a new program, but invited Davy and Keith in to spend some time and see what happened, anyway.

As usual, Jahv was stark naked when Davy and Keith arrived. Children on Jahv's homeworld didn't wear clothing except in special circumstances like space travel. Since it was yet another hot summer day, neither Davy nor Keith were wearing much, either. Keith was wearing denim shorts and sandals, and Davy had shown up wearing his usual coveralls, which he'd discarded once he'd entered the tent, so he was just wearing his boxer shorts.

Davy had come to regard Jahv as one of his best friends, and since he lived closest to the pond near where Jahv had pitched his tent, visited as often as possible. Keith, on the other hand, saw in Jahv something of a kindred spirit. Jahv had run away from home, literally light years, something Keith had considered doing more than once, and had nearly accomplished one time, if not on the light-years scale.

"So, what are you up to?" asked Davy, as the three boys gathered around the computer.

"I just recently found out that this planet has a huge radio telescope, aimed at the stars, picking up radio signals." said Jahv. "It's in a place called Arecibo, Puerto Rico." Jahv's mastery of language had come a long way. Even though he'd picked up on the language early on by a brief telepathic contact with Niklas, his pronunciation of names had taken longer.

"So what are you planning to do, bug it?" asked Keith.

"Something like that." replied Jahv.

Keith's eyes went wide. Sometimes, as interesting as he found Jahv, the alien made him a little nervous. For all his sophistication and technological know-how, Jahv was still a kid just like them, and even less learned in the ways of this particular world. Even electronically breaking into a huge facility like Arecibo seemed like asking for trouble.

"That's not gonna get you caught, is it?" asked Keith. None of them liked thinking about what might happen if Jahv's existence were ever discovered by grown-ups. Even the most understanding of their parents would have trouble with something like this.

"No." replied Jahv. "I'm just putting myself on the same reception frequency."

Moments later, streams of static burst forth from the computer's speaker.

"So much for that idea." remarked Keith.

"Actually, I think those are broadcasts from my homeworld!" said Jahv, amazed.

"What?" said Keith. "That was nothing but noise."

Davy was grinning. "You've never heard Jahv speak in his native language, have you?"

"What's that got to do with it?" asked Keith.

"Jahv, say something to him." suggested Davy. "In your own language."

Jahv grinned, looked at Keith, and let loose a string of noise that sounded a whole lot like what was coming through the speaker.

Keith's eyebrows shot up. "Okay, can I get a translation on that?"

"Actually, it was a very complicated joke." explained Jahv. "There's only five races in the galaxy that even get it when it's told, and if you don't know the difference between a three-humped groslark and a five-toed shreekel, it makes no sense at all."

Keith rolled his eyes. "Forget I said anything. You ever get found out, I think we'll just try to get you turned over to George Lucas. So you understand that static that's coming out of the speakers?"

"More or less. Reception's pretty bad. It's standard broadcasts. It seems to be crossing a weather report from my home province with a comedy program that's currently the top show on my planet." said Jahv. "One minute I'm getting wind advisories for hovercars above City Level 5, the next I'm hearing the punchline to the one about the niffle-herder and the krax-farmer."

Keith groaned.

Davy interjected, "These broadcasts must be pretty old to have come this far across space."

Admittedly, even Jahv wasn't entirely sure how far he'd traveled, but his homeworld was certainly not in this solar system, which automatically put it light years away. Jahv shook his head. "A lot of stuff gets broadcast through hyperspace, for our colony worlds. Same-day broadcast. Unless I lost some time coming to this world, which I don't think I did, this is for today's date." He listened some more to the static. "Yes, there it is. 25th day of Orbital Rotation Period 27552. That's today."

There was a sudden squeal of static, louder than the others.

"Jeez! What was that?!" exclaimed Keith. "If they picked that up at Arecibo —!"

"I doubt they did." said Jahv. "I've been fine-tuning more precisely than they can. But that was a personal message blip. Who in the world — " Jahv replayed the squeal at a slower speed. It still sounded like static to Davy and Keith, but Jahv actually turned a paler shade of green when he heard it.

"You okay?" asked Davy.

"I don't believe it. That was directed at me!" said Jahv in little more than a whisper.

"Oh, great." said Keith. "Probably an invasion force thinking you got kidnapped or something. Game over, fans. I'll be under the bed until the end of the world."

Davy gave Keith an odd look, but Jahv seemed oblivious to it. "No, nothing like that. It's — it's my little brother!"

"Your what?!" Davy and exclaimed simultaneously. Davy added, "You never mentioned him."

"He wouldn't come with me when I ran away." said Jahv. "Now he wants to come here. Not that he knows where I am. He's asking me to send coordinates. Says he's ready to leave home. He says mom and dad were really angry when I left, and they've been taking it out on him."

"Can you get him here?" asked Keith, suddenly sympathetic.

"I think so." said Jahv, fingers flying over the keyboard. First he called up a map of Earth, centering on the region where they were now. He mapped it out in grids so tight that Davy estimated they couldn't've been more than a quarter-mile wide. Long series of numbers ran past on the screen. The image of the Earth pulled back, and then so did the entire solar system.

"I'm tracing the broadcast. This may take a while." explained Jahv.

"Jahv, as advanced as you people are — this sort of thing — what your parents are doing to your little brother — still happens?" asked Davy.

Jahv sighed. "We're a peaceful people, but we're also very disciplined. You just don't go breaking up families. That's why I can never return home, even if I wanted to. Technically, what I did was a pretty serious crime. But I just — couldn't — stay. I was afraid that — " Jahv let loose a short burst of static that was obviously his brother's name " — might suffer as a result. That's why I tried to get him to come with me, but he wouldn't — then."

"You want to turn that name into something the rest of us can pronounce?" asked Keith.

Jahv pondered the question. Technically, the «name» he used with his friends was just the first syllable of his full name, which in reality traced over five generations of ancestry. What could his brother be called using the same principle? "Keyro."

"Are your parents ever likely to come looking for you?" asked Davy.

Jahv shook his head. "The penalty for what I did, and what Keyro intends, is permanent banishment from the family. If my parents tried to find us, they'd be banished. They won't risk that. Their work is too important to them."

The computer beeped. Actually, it sounded more like it farted, but the point was that the results Jahv had been waiting for were ready. "Coordinates received." said Jahv, quickly working the computer. "Altering satellite dish to send, compensating for hyperspace transmission, and.

"Hold it." said Davy. "Are you sending him the exact same coordinates you used?"

"I was planning to. Why?" asked Jahv.

"You came in over water, remember?" said Davy. "Knocked you out and Niklas and I had to fish you out. You want to put your little brother through that?"

Jahv cringed. "You're right. He swims well, but the transmatrix can be disorienting, especially over such a distance. I'll adjust the coordinates a bit." Jahv typed a new series of numbers into the computer. "And — broadcasting."

"How soon before we get a response?" asked Keith.

"How long does it take you to talk on the telephone?" replied Jahv. "Should be almost instantaneous."

Another squeal of static came through the computer. Jahv processed it. "He's received the coordinates, and says he'll be here in about a deci-cycle. That's about one of your hours."

"Where's he going to be landing, or materializing, or whatever?" asked Keith.

"About a quarter-mile northwest of the pond. The other side from us." explained Jahv.

Davy's eyes went wide with alarm. "Oh, NO! Not over there! Are you serious?"

"Is there a problem?" asked Jahv.

"Yeah, what are you talking about?" asked Keith.

"I'd better show you." said Davy.

"If this is the receiving point for Keyro, I'd better put on my spacesuit." said Jahv.

"Why?" asked Davy. "It's just as isolated as this area."

"Yes, but Keyro will be arriving wearing a spacesuit. It would be rude." explained Jahv.

Davy decided to put his coveralls back on while Jahv stepped into his spacesuit. Keith was wearing everything he'd arrived in, which admittedly wasn't much, but was sufficient.

The three boys trekked through the woods, away from the pond, northwest, until they came upon the region Davy was so concerned about. Surrounded by trees was a huge expanse of mud. It wasn't exactly a swamp, or some stagnant pool. It was just plain brown mud, a huge spread of it about forty feet across, Keith guessed. Maybe a bit more.

"This is what you were so concerned about?" said Keith, picking up a fist-sized rock and tossing it out. The mud was obviously rather thick, but not so much that there wasn't a satisfying SPLAT when the rock hit and sank.

"You don't understand, because you don't live around here." said Davy. "This area is supposed to be haunted. A couple of kids fell into this years ago and were never heard from again. It's full of sinkholes. Sucked them right down."

"You've been hanging around too many summer camp story sessions or something." said Keith. "Sinkholes? Either that, or that's a story some parents came up with to keep their kids from getting muddy. I can't believe you'd be afraid of this."

Jahv had brought his backpack with him, and had pulled out some sort of device that whistled when he waved it in the direction of the mud pool. "Analysis indicates no sign of sinkholes. And no — missing children, either, or the remains thereof. Depth is a fairly consistent 14 inches. Shallow point at the edge about six inches. Deepest point about 22 inches."

"Not quite waist deep at the worst, then." said Keith.

"Thickness might result in us getting stuck, but it wouldn't be impossible to extract ourselves given the equipment I have in the backpack." said Jahv.

Davy chewed his lower lip. He trusted Jahv, but the stories had been told for years. There was one question that had always bugged him. "Any idea what could cause this place?"

"Soil seems to be unusually unstable. Apparently this was once part of the same pond where we go swimming." said Jahv. "It broke off from it, but somehow still receives water from it, just enough to maintain it as mud, mixed with the soil. It's weird, but not dangerous."

"And your little brother Keyro is going to land right in it." said Keith, trying not to laugh. "Welcome to Earth. SPLAT!"

"In fact, he'll probably be arriving quite soon." said Jahv.

"I've been meaning to ask you something ever since we met." said Davy. "Just how much stuff do you have in that backpack, and how did you get it all in there?"

"The inside is exponentially larger than the outside." replied Jahv. "Just like my home."

"But how's that possible?" asked Davy.

"Heads up, guys!" said Keith. "I think you're going to have to get your explanation later! Something's happening!"

A high-pitched wail started to come seemingly out of nowhere. Davy had been through this once before and was already holding his ears. Jahv had reached up to cover his antennae. The wail grew so loud that, even Davy, who was ready for it, found it painful. Keith was on his knees holding his ears. Then a light started to appear, right in mid air, about twelve feet above the mud.

Jahv was instantly concerned. "He's too high! He's too high up!"

"Pray for a soft landing!" yelled Davy, almost unable to hear his own voice.

Then, as when Jahv had first appeared, there was a crack of thunder, and the light seemed to explode. What felt like a gust of wind knocked the three boys backwards. The light was gone, the wail had stopped — and something made a very loud, deep SPLAT in the mud.

Keith was shaking his head. "Brother, you guys sure know how to make an entrance. Every dog for two miles must be deaf by now."

"No time for that!" said Jahv, sounding panicked. "Keyro is out there, and he's stuck!"

Indeed, something was flapping around in the mud, clearly unable to extricate itself.

"I warned you about this place!" said Davy rather sharply.

"Give it a rest, Davy." replied Keith. "Anything'd get stuck in deep mud coming in from a height like that. Let's get out there and get him. This could be fun."

"Fun?!" exclaimed Davy.

Keith turned back with a slight grin. "Have I mentioned that my 'dad' is also a neat freak? He once whupped me for getting grass stains on my pants. This is the opportunity of a lifetime!" Keith took three steps into the mud and it was already halfway up to his knees. The grin on his face turned downright silly. "Cool." he remarked.

"Need I remind you that we're on a rescue mission here?" said Jahv, who was already marching out even further towards his mud-covered brother, having taken just enough time to remove his large boots.

"Not that you don't have a point." Davy gave up and followed. He had to admit, the mud felt very weird, squishing between his toes and climbing up his legs, even under the coveralls, as he headed out into the deeper area where Keyro had landed. But it felt kind of fun, too. And the ground at the bottom felt stable enough.

"Whoops!" exclaimed Keith, who apparently hit a slippery spot and went flying backwards. Davy caught up to him and pulled him out. About all of Keith that wasn't plastered with mud at this point was his face and part of his chest.

"Thanks." said Keith. "Boy, my old man would be so pissed off if he saw me looking like this."

"That's why you're enjoying it, aren't you?" remarked Davy.

"Oh, come on, tell me this isn't fun." said Keith.

"Okay, it is, but we've still got an alien to rescue." replied Davy, managing to grin nonetheless.

As it turned out, it was Jahv who reached the mud-covered being first. He gently lifted Keyro to his feet and spoke to him in those strange bursts of static that were their language. Keyro seemed to be about the same height, and Davy and Keith assumed as such that he was probably about the same age, as their younger friend Martin. That was about all they could determine about the boy, too. He was trying to wipe his eyes clear of the mud, but given that his hands were just as plastered, that wasn't proving to be very successful.

It was at that moment that Martin rode up on his bicycle. He was wearing his swim shorts, and had tied his shirt to the handlebars.

"Hey, you guys! What happened to you!?" he called.

"Alien retrieval." said Davy.

Martin did a quick headcount and noticed the second pair of antennae. "Is that what all that noise was about? I was at the pond and I saw this bright light and crack of thunder."

"Yeah, we've got another one." said Keith.

"We also have a problem." said Jahv. "He says he's rather thoroughly stuck, and I don't think we can get enough leverage in here to boost him out."

"Must've been the landing." said Keith.

"He says his boots are full of mud and the fasteners are jammed." explained Jahv.

"Would another person help?" asked Davy. "we could get Martin out here."

"Hey, Martin!" called Keith. "Get out here! We need help!"

Martin shook his head. "I'm not coming out there! My mom and dad would have a fit if I got that muddy!"

"For pete's sake, you can clean up in the pond! Our newest arrival is stuck in his own boots!" yelled Keith. "We gotta drag him out."

"Wait." said Jahv. "Martin, do you see my backpack?"

Martin looked around. "Yes, here it is!"

"Look inside." said Jahv. "You may have to rummage around a bit. There should be a long length of red-colored cord in there with a weight on the end. Find it."

Martin opened the backpack. "How much stuff you got in here? I don't have this much stuff in my entire closet!" He shifted dozens of items around, and finally saw the red-colored rope. He pulled it out. "Is this it?"

"Yes!" called Jahv. "Unwrap the rope, and throw the weighted end out this way."

"There's no way he can get it out this far." whispered Keith. "He's not strong enough."

"He won't have to be. The weight is aerodynamically designed." replied Jahv, just as the weight splattered into the mud right in front of them.

"Did you see that throw?" yelped Martin. "Wow!" The boy had a huge grin.

"Very impressive." said Jahv. "Now tie the other end off around a tree. As strong a knot as you can make."

"How dependent are we on his knot-tying abilities?" asked Keith.

"Not very." replied Jahv. "The cord is self-adhesive. Doesn't stick to anything else, but put a knot in it, and that knot will stay put until you use the molecular reverser attached to the weighted end on it."

Martin had found a good strong tree and had wrapped the rope around it and tied a large, strange knot in the rope. "Okay!"

"We're going to have to guide Keyro in." said Jahv. "He's not strong enough to overcome the pull of the mud on his boots."

With Davy and Keith bracing Keyro on either side, and Jahv pulling from the front and keeping a hand on the rope, while Martin held the rope from shore, which essentially he didn't need to do, but none of the others wanted to make him feel useless, the newest alien arrival was slowly dragged to shore. Finally, four mud-covered youngsters slogged out of the thick morass of mud.

"That was great!" laughed Keith. "We're gonna have to do that sometime when we're not rescuing somebody."

"It was fun, wasn't it?" said Davy.

"But — " said Keith, speaking seriously but with a wicked grin on his face, "we owe our rescue to Martin! Let's all give him a big hug!"

"Hey!" protested Martin, eyes suddenly wide. "Wait! Back off, you guys!" But it was far too late. Seconds later, Martin was almost as mud-covered as the other four. "Aw, jeez. What's my mom and dad gonna say?!"

"Nothing, if you go wash up in the pond." said Keith. "But if we're going to clean up based on need first, then I think Jahv's little brother should be the first to take a dip."

"I agree." replied Jahv.

The five youngsters slogged their way back to the pond. Keyro was still stuck in his boots, and the rest of his uniform, which weighted him down and caused him to stumble a few times. At one point, he managed to clean off one hand well enough to touch his older brother's relatively clean face, and through a brief telepathic contact picked up on the language. His first words in English were, "You people have the strangest terrain on this planet."

"Be grateful you didn't land on a pile of rocks." said Keith. "You came in pretty high."

Keyro looked at Jahv. "I didn't have time to double-check the coordinates. Mom and Dad almost caught me."

"Almost doesn't count in light years." said Jahv, putting his arm around his brother. "Glad you made it."

The group reached the pond, and Davy and Keith tossed Keyro in when he expressed some hesitation at getting so soaking wet with all his clothes on. Of course, once he was in the water, his clothes emerged from underwater even before he did. Jahv and Martin followed suit, Martin discarding his shorts once he was convinced they were clean, and Jahv's uniform went floating shortly thereafter. When Keyro finally did surface, his appearance presented a shock to the three boys, including Keith and Davy who were still on shore.

Given how tan the immediate region of water had turned, they figured it would be best to let the mud dissipate before washing. Keyro was not green. He had the same white hair, wide eyes, and antennae of Jahv. But his skin was a bright lavendar purple.

"Are you sure you got the right kid?" remarked Keith.

"Yes, of course!" said Jahv, giving his little brother an affectionate hug. "Why do you ask?"

"You're green and he's — purple!" said Keith.

"So?" answered Jahv. "Our mother is blue and our father is orange. Didn't I mention that we come in all sorts of different colors?"

"Must be an interesting planet." said Davy quietly.

"Colorful, anyway." added Keith.

Jahv was still talking. "And I have an aunt who's bright yellow, a cousin who's a very intense red, and a third great-aunt who's actually several colors of camouflage. There's always one freak in the family. Supposedly I've got a great-grandfather who was clear, but no one's seen him for years."

Even Davy, Keith, and Martin got that one, and winced.

"And my mother once told me about a multi-great uncle who was plaid, but I never saw any holographs of him, so I never quite believed that one…"

"Your thoughts?" asked Davy.

"I think we should've left them both in the mud." replied Keith.

"Well, WE can always go back there, now that we know it's safe." suggested Davy.

Keith grinned. "Race you!"

"Wait up!" called Martin, as the two older boys took off. He'd had enough of Jahv's family humor, as well.

"Hey, what did I say?" yelled Jahv.

"You hadda mention the 'clear grandfather' joke, didn't you?" said Keyro.

"Well, they wouldn't've gotten the one about the niffle-herder and the krax-farmer." replied Jahv.

Keyro groaned. "I think I'd rather get muddy again than listen to that! At least I won't get stuck this time." And the younger of the two aliens took off to follow the three running boys.

Finally, Jahv decided to give in and followed the others. And so, shortly thereafter, there were five boys playing in a previously, presumably haunted expanse of mud. As it happened, once of the boys was green, and another one was pale purple. But under a coating of mud, who can tell?

Part 4

Summer was wearing on, and Davy, Martin, and Keith were spending as much time as they could with their alien friends, Jahv and his little brother Keyro. Keyro and Martin, being the younger members of the group, had become close friends, and could generally be found either in the hidden pond near where Davy lived, or in the muddy expanse somewhat beyond that.

This particular day, Jahv, Davy, and Keith were indeed hanging around the cloaked tent-dome that was the aliens' home, while Martin and Keyro had made their way out to the muddy expanse to play. Keyro was, as usual, naked. Martin had decided to remove his clothing as well, before getting muddy. He wasn't really one for being naked around other people, but this muddy expanse, like the woods around it, was a well-hidden place, and this was a matter of practicality — it was a whole lot easier to wash oneself off in the lake nearby than wash one's clothes. And Keyro certainly didn't object. Frankly, the young alien almost seemed more uncomfortable when Martin and the others WERE wearing clothes.

Martin and Keyro had indulged in a bit of good-natured wrestling, pretty well splattering each other with the mud, and at this point were sitting cross-legged in a shallower area (still deep enough that they couldn't see their legs) and using some of the thicker mud nearby to build small structures. Martin was trying to build a mud castle with some success. Keyro seemed to be building a mud tent-dome, and seemed to be having a little trouble even being that creative. His antennae were twitching. Martin had been hanging around these two long enough to recognize this as a sign of annoyance.

Finally Keyro slapped his hands in the mud in frustration. "I am just no good at this. I can build many things out of technology, but I am not a — what was the word you used, Martin?"

"Sculptor." answered Martin. He was trying not to giggle. Keyro was acting so serious, and had a bit of a scowl on his face, but given that his face, as well as the rest of him, had a generous amount of mud on it, the resultant image was difficult to take seriously. Martin suspected he himself looked just as silly. Martin decided to change the subject. There were some questions he'd wanted to ask either of the aliens anyway. "May I ask you something?"

Keyro rolled over and flopped on his stomach, turning away from his attempted building to face Martin better. He propped his head up is his arms and smiled. "Certainly. I'd prefer conversation to further failure, anyway."

"Why did you and your brother run away?" asked Martin. "I mean, I know you said it was because your parents weren't treating you very well, but you two seem to know so much and are able to do so much. You're so smart, and everything, and you're able to survive out here on your own. How bad could it have been?"

Keyro adjusted himself into a sitting position so he could be eye level with Martin. "Martin, we seem to smart and strong to you, I suppose, but we're not that unusual for our people. We're kids, just like you. And I guess our adults are as different as your adults. We're a race that spends a lot of time traveling in space, and you have to know how to survive. I guess that's part of why we seem so smart to the rest of you."

"I guess," said Martin. "We've only ever gone to the moon in person, and sent robots to other planets. But that doesn't explain why you ran away."

Keyro paused before responding, trying to think of how he could explain how different the two cultures were. "Martin, do your parents love you? Do you know that they love you? Do they show you that they love you?"

Martin seemed surprised by the question. He had to think about it, which was something he'd never really had to do before. He thought about how, when he was feeling sad, his mom or dad knew about it, and would try to comfort him. He thought about how, when he was sick, his mom would take extra-special care of him. They worried when he was out later than he should be, which kind of annoyed him a little, but he didn't like to upset them, and he guessed that their concern was because they did love him and didn't want anything to happen to him. And they always had time for a kind word or a hug for him if he wanted it.

Was Keyro saying what Martin thought he was? "Yes." he finally answered. "But — why would you ask that?"

"On my planet, things are different." said Keyro. "We are a people devoted to technology and commerce. You would probably call us technologists. And the better you are at it, the more highly placed in society you are, which is something we consider very important. My parents — Jahv's and mine — are very good at it. They fed us, educated us, took us with them wherever they went. But I don't think they really loved us. On my world, emotion isn't something openly expressed. Jahv and I are still getting used to it with you guys. And my parents didn't like it when Jahv and I showed emotion to each other."

"Did they hurt you?" asked Martin, recalling some of what his friend Keith had been known to endure.

Keyro shook his head. "No. Not physically, anyway. They'd just — ignore us more than usual. Jahv finally decided to run away, but I wasn't certain. It's a terrible crime on my world to run away."

"Why?" asked Martin.

Keyro shrugged. "I'm not sure. Maybe because if it weren't, more kids would do it. But after Jahv left, they accused me of making him leave. You see, parents are held responsible for the actions of their children on my world, so our parents would be blamed for this. I finally decided I had to leave, as well."

"Do you think your parents miss you?" asked Martin.

Keyro snorted, suddenly sounding bitter. "Probably all they miss is whatever lost business opportunities they'll suffer during whatever penalty would be imposed for our running off. After that, they'll probably be just as glad we're gone so they don't have any distractions."

Martin shook his head. "Do you ever get homesick?"

"Home — sick?" asked Keyro. "I don't understand that word. Have I ever been sick at home? We've cured most diseases native to our.

"No, no, that's not what I mean." corrected Martin. "I mean — do you ever miss your home planet?"

Keyro almost grinned. "That's an unusual question. Like I said, we're sort of taught that expressing — sometimes even feeling — emotion isn't quite right. I've never thought about it before. I guess — no, I really don't. We traveled an awful lot. I've been to over a hundred different planets in my life. Not counting this one. My home planet is just — one more world. My home was my parents' ship, and I really don't miss it. You would miss your home if you had to leave it?"

Martin nodded. "Very much so."

Keyro smiled, widely. "Maybe that's what Jahv and I like about you guys so much. You're not afraid to feel." His face turned a little sad, then. "I'm — not sure I know how. Jahv is not afraid to, but it's unusual for both of us."

Martin reached over and gave Keyro a hug. Given that both boys were covered with mud, there was a rather bizarre SQUISH sound to the embrace. "That's how!" said Martin.

Keyro giggled. "Is it always that noisy?" That gave both boys a complete case of the giggles that lasted for some time.

Back in the tent-dome, Keith and Davy were discussing between themselves theories as to why exactly Keyro, and often with him Martin, had taken such a liking to the muddy expanse beyond the small lake in the woods.

"Must've been because he landed there that he likes playing in it so much," remarked Jahv on occasion.

"Or he landed on his head." countered Keith, but not very effectively. He found the mud a lot of fun to play in himself, if only because he knew that if his parents ever found out about it, he'd be in more trouble than he usually was at their hands, especially his stepfather's. His mother could be more understanding, but lately, she tended to go along with what Keith's stepfather said and did. That upset Keith more than ever. Granted, Keith lived with his grandmother most of the time, and she was okay, but she was so elderly that she wasn't someone that Keith could really have much fun with.

Davy and Keith tended to spend their time with Jahv, either playing in the pond, or wondering what new trouble Jahv was going to cause with his computer. «Trouble» wasn't the most accurate word, but every time Jahv hacked into some new site, out of simple, childlike curiosity combined with an alien intellect far beyond anything mankind presently knew, Keith half-expected Jahv to try to land the Space Shuttle in a nearby field, reprogram the Mars Pathfinder to search for settlements, or for all he knew, program every television set in the world to play reruns of "The Partridge Family." And he suspected Jahv was capable of any or all of the above.

Today, however, Jahv was not working with his computer. He was digging around in his backpack. That alone could take hours, thought Keith. All Jahv had ever explained was that the backpack, like the cloaked dome-tent in which he lived, contained an artificial tesseract — essentially a four-dimensional region of space confined within a three-dimensional object — like a backpack or a tent. That made the interior of the object exponentially larger than the exterior. Neither Keith nor Davy understood the scientific principles. But they couldn't deny it worked. Jahv's tent was the size of a decent house or a very large apartment. As for the backpack, Keith wouldn't've been surprised to see Jahv pull a small truck from it if there had been room to get it past the opening of the pack, which seemed to be its only size constraint.

Apparently Jahv was really searching for something, because his entire head, upper torso, and arms were buried within the backpack, which made for an extremely odd sight that the other two boys were having a very difficult time not laughing themselves silly over. It didn't help that Jahv, according to his peoples' custom that children did not regularly wear clothes, was stark naked. So the sight on the floor was nothing short of a bright green butt and legs squirming around, their owner apparently having been half-eaten by a denim blue vinyl backpack.

"Any thoughts as to what we do if he gets stuck?" asked Davy, who as usual was dressed in denim coveralls and no shirt. "Or falls in?"

Keith shrugged. Hot as it had been this summer, he'd been wearing shorts and sandals. "Turn it over, dump it out, and hope that the entire contents don't overwhelm the place?"

"I wonder if even HE knows what the entire contents are?" wondered Davy.

"Doubt it." replied Keith. "You know the entire contents of YOUR room?"

Davy grinned. "Nope. Although I did find a cheese sandwich I lost last week."

"Where was it?" asked Keith.

"Under the bed." answered Davy.

"What made you look under there?" asked Keith.

"Trying to figure out what had died." said Davy, not quite stifling a grin. "The sandwich had."

"It's disgusting what you people eat, you know!" came a muffled yell from the backpack.

Davy and Keith giggled. Jahv's alien metabolism could tolerate some foods from Earth, but not all. On the list of things Jahv and Keyro had to avoid were cheese, peanuts, peanut butter, and cola. Other sodas were chemically safe, but, as it had turned out, not safe from a reaction standpoint. Not long after his arrival, Keyro had chugged back an entire two-liter bottle of Sprite in one sitting. The resultant belch had blown leaves from the trees and set off a car alarm in a neighborhood almost a mile away.

"One more like THAT and they're going to KNOW something weird is out here!" Keith had remarked at the time.

"Yeah, but are they going to want anything to do with it?" Martin had replied. As it turned out, the noise had been heard, but had been reported in the local newspaper as a sonic boom, considered odd only because there were no military bases all that nearby.

Finally, Jahv started to wriggle out of the backpack. "Found it!" he called. "How would you guys like to see what my world looks like?"

"He's either found a globe, or an interstellar shuttle in there." said Keith.

"I'm betting on the globe." said Davy. "He ran away and can't go home, remember?"

"I'm hoping for the shuttle, just to see him haul something that big out of that backpack." remarked Keith.

Jahv extracted himself, and was holding a triangular-shaped box, about a foot long on either side, and perhaps six inches high. At each corner of the triangle, which was silver but seemed to reflect many colors, were small antennae which Jahv was pulling out to greater length. Then he pressed the exact center of the triangle, and a small control panel appeared.

"What is that thing?" asked Keith.

"It's called a holocron." explained Jahv. "I can program it to project a holographic representation of my world, or almost any environment. We can walk around in it, and participate fully. The device can project solid-light creations, and will react to our presence. Sort of like a fully interactive movie or video game."

"Sounds a lot like the holodeck from Star Trek." said Davy.

"That's exactly what it's like!" answered Jahv.

"Great. I never could figure out how that could possibly work, and now he's got a compact one in a little box." remarked Keith.

"What would you like to see on my world?" asked Jahv.

Davy pondered the question. "You have anyplace like the pond?"

Jahv grinned. "As a matter of fact, there was a large lake not too far from where we lived, when we were home, which wasn't very often. I'd go fishing there. I had a small hoverboat."

"Let's do that!" said Davy.

"Works for me." added Keith.

Jahv pressed a button on the console, and the world around the three boys turned into a miasma of shimmering light. Several seconds later, they were standing, so it seemed, on the surface of an alien world.

The sky was a gentle lavendar, incredibly merging into a pale green towards the horizon. Tall grass waved in a light breeze. The grass was a greenish-blue in color. There was a scent in the air, like cinnamon. Just beyond the tall grass was a lake with an island in the middle of it. Tall trees that looked like someone had crossed a pine with a palm waved in the wind. The trees were a deep mottled green, the water a deep bluish-purple. In the distance, beyond a faint haze, were the futuristic spires of an alien city, incredibly complex in design.

And in the sky above — two suns.

Davy's eyes went wide. "WOW!" he said.

Keith couldn't speak. He knew, in his mind, that this wasn't real. But it was the most incredible thing he'd ever seen.

"Come on," said Jahv, obviously unfazed by it all. To him, this was home. "The hoverboat is over this way."

Jahv led the other two boys to the edge of the lake, where a circular platform with a control panel on a short platform in the middle of it, and railing around it, waited. The boys all climbed in, and Jahv started the hoverboat, which glided silently out over the lake.

"So — what are we fishing for?" asked Keith in a quieter-than-usual voice. He and Davy were still mesmerized by the scenery.

Jahv opened a storage panel in the size of the platform, and brought out three devices that frankly looked like long, narrow flashlights. He considered the question. He knew he had to translate names into language that Davy and Keith could understand. This wasn't always easy. "I think the best description would be 'bulb-eyed red-fin'."

Davy and Keith glanced at Jahv, who merely shrugged. "Best I can come up with, guys, unless you want the native version."

"No thanks." said Keith. Jahv's language, which sounded like radio static to anyone else, came close to hurting his ears.

Jahv passed out the equipment. "What the heck is this?" asked Keith. "Lightsabers? We supposed to make sushi out of the fish before we even catch them?"

Jahv grinned. "Watch." He pressed a red button on the device, drew it back over his shoulder, and then cast it out just like a fisherman on Earth would have done. A bright blue line of light shot forth, and then slowly settled into the water at a distance.

"Wow!" said Davy. "But — what do we use for bait?"

"You probably didn't see it," said Jahv, "but the fishing rod released a tiny sonic device at the far end. It attracts fish."

"Hey, at least we don't have to worry about getting hooks caught in our hands — or worse." remarked Keith. "Or do we?"

Jahv shook his head. "When a fish bites, the lure creates a molecular bond. Sometimes the fish get away, but not very often. They can be released if you press the blue button on the rod, and that way you don't lose the lure, either."

"Well, let's give this a try!" said Davy. He'd fished several times, and enjoyed it. He made a successful cast in the direction opposite Jahv's. Keith then followed suit, with almost as good a cast as Davy's.

A few minutes later, Davy felt a tug on his line. "I think I've got something! How do I reel it in?"

"Press the green button." replied Jahv.

Davy did so, and he felt the pull get stronger. But he could also see something flopping around in the water that was being brough in closer. Moments later, he had brought the fish into the boat.

"Nicely done." said Jahv. He and Keith had shut down their rods. "That's a bulb-eyed red-fin, all right."

"Gross!" proclaimed Keith, and in fact it was. The fish, about a foot long, had a slimy, scale-less, mottled, dark green body, that otherwise looked more or less fishlike. This didn't surprise Keith or Davy too much, since Jahv was more or less human in appearance. The fish had a large red fin on its back, and two bulbous, protruding eyes up front. It had a huge mouth, and a wrinkled face with several rather haphazard «whiskers» like a catfish emanating from it.

"Jeez, what do you catch these things for?" asked Keith. "To put them out of the misery of having to look at each other?"

"Believe it or not, they're excellent eating." replied Jahv.

Keith made a face almost as ugly as that of the red-fin's. "I think I'll take your word for that."

"Besides, it's just a hologram." added Davy. "We couldn't really eat it."

Jahv shrugged. "Actually, I could program my food replicator to duplicate it. It wouldn't act alive, of course, but.

"That's okay." said Keith hastily. He had no intention of eating something this ugly.

Davy pushed the fish over the side of the hoverboat, where it swam off. All three boys cast their lines out again. Minutes later, it was Keith's turn to get a bite. But whatever it was was a lot stronger than Davy's catch. "Hey, Jahv, how big do those — uhnnnn — red-fin fish get?"

"Davy's was pretty large." replied Jahv, seemingly concerned. "Why?"

"Then I think I must have hooked a mutant or something, because I don't think I can hold onto this thing!" complained Keith.

Jahv's eyes went wider than usual. "Uh, ohhh."

"What do you mean, 'uh oh'?" protested Keith. "I don't want to hear 'uh, oh' right now!"

"You might have hooked onto the Legend of the Lake." said Jahv. "I thought I'd taken care of that glitch!"

"Glitch!?" exclaimed Davy and Keith simultaneously. Just then, a huge, serpentine head rose from the water. The head alone was easily as large as any of the boys. It was attached to a neck that was a good twenty feet long. This beast was nothing less than a medieval dragon, with scales, frilled ears, and a nasty attitude. Keith's fishing line was squarely in the creature's mouth. The dragon jerked its head, which sent Keith flying out of the hoverboat with such force that the boat itself overturned. Then the dragon sped off in the opposite direction.

"Keith! For God's sake, let go of the fishing rod!" yelled Davy, once he and Jahv had swam out from under the capsized boat.

Keith had been so petrified, being pulled across the lake by the alien equivalent of the Loch Ness Monster, that simply letting go hadn't occurred to him, but he finally did so, and the dragon swam off and submerged itself again. Frankly, Keith was more than a little angry. He swam back to his soaked friends. "What the hell was that thing doing in your program? I could've been eaten!"

Jahv tried not to grin. "Somebody put it in there as a joke, years ago. It's not even native to this world. Supposedly some expedition saw it on a largely uninhabited jungle world. I've tried to delete it, but it keeps cropping up. You weren't in any real danger. As you've said, it's only a hologram. You can't be harmed in here."

"Oh yeah?" protested Keith. "I just went bodysurfing at the tail end of a water dragon that was apparently the result of some alien hacker! My chest and my stomach feel like I've been bounced off of walls, and my arms feel like they've been dislocated!"

Jahv considered this. "It's possible that because my people are physically stronger than yours, you would feel a greater strain. I am sorry, Keith."

Keith nodded. He was calming down. He'd really just been given a nasty surprise. "Maybe there's somewhere else on your world we could visit?"

Jahv scratched his left antenna. Davy had learned that this was what Jahv did when he was in deep thought. "We could visit MetroCore. It's the largest city on my world. And there's a wonderful — what's your word —? Oh, yes. There's a wonderful Mall there."

"Sounds great, but aren't we going to be a little obvious?" asked Keith.

"Yes, I remember you said when you first met us that you'd never seen people quite like us before." added Davy. "And if this program is fully interactive…"

Jahv stared at his two friends. "Well, that's true. But both of you have fairly long hair. You could pretty well pass for Kintasians. As long as no one notices that your ears aren't pointed."

"What about how we're dressed?" asked Keith.

Jahv considered this, as well. "If anyone asks, which I doubt, since no one pays any more attention to children in MetroCore than they seem to in your society, just tell them you're recently freed servants. That'll explain the clothes and the hair."

"I think we've just had our fashion insulted." remarked Davy.

"What fashion?" countered Keith.

Jahv said, "Holocron Access" to the seemingly open field, and the device that had created it appeared at their feet. He made several adjustments and reactivated it. Second later, the lake and field around them shimmered and vanished, and was replaced by a wide open plaza, with huge, alien buildings on every side, towering to immense heights into the lavendar sky. The architecture was almost as varied as the strange people that the boys saw on every side. Some were like Jahv, others were clearly from different planetary races. One being seemed to be an eight foot lizard. Another seemed to be a walking statue, a person made of rock.

There was, of course, no shortage of Jahv's people, the Botarans in evidence. And as Jahv had explained when Keyro had arrived, and proven to be an entirely different color than Jahv, Botarans came in a great many different colors. The boys saw red Botarans, yellow Botarans, blue Botarans, even one with stripes and one with dots on his skin. The scary thing was how much they otherwise looked alike. They all dressed identically, in bland, grey, form-fitting outfits, they all had white hair, and every one of them was carrying what looked like a laptop computer, and probably was.

"Come on!" called Jahv, already walking towards the largest building in the distance. "MetroMall is this way."

"How is it there are so many different types of aliens on your world?" asked Davy.

"My world is a center for a lot of interplanetary techno-commerce." replied Jahv.

"I'm having a hard time seeing all this as a hologram." said Keith.

"Don't try to." explained Jahv. "Some of it isn't. I didn't want to go into too much detail, but the holocron automatically links to some of my other equipment, including the replicator. If you pick up food around here anyplace, it will be an actual sample of food. And anything or anyone that you touch is made solid by another device I've got, that I don't use much. It's sort of like the replicator, but it's used for dry goods. Non-food items. It's called a fabricator. I really brought it along in case I'd forgotten anything."

"In THAT backpack?" joked Davy.

"But what makes the — people — move and seem so real?" asked Keith.

"They're really just sort of mannequins, the ones we might come into actual contact with. But they're controlled by the holocron." explained Jahv as best as he could.

"Sort of like those robots at Disneyland in some of the attractions." offered Davy. "Just more complicated and more interactive."

Jahv nodded agreement, even though he didn't know what «Disneyland» was, but he understood «robots» and «interactive», and it was close enough.

By now they'd reached the entrance to the vast MetroMall and had entered. Five levels of shops along an immense, wide corridor were laid before the three boys. The names of the stores were all in alien script, which Davy and Keith couldn't read.

"So, what do you want to do first?" asked Jahv.

"I can't speak for Keith, but I'm hungry. It feels like we've walked a long way." said Davy.

"Go ahead and speak for me," said Keith. "I agree. But I guess now we'll find out if your food is safe for us!"

Jahv grinned. "Don't worry. I wouldn't let you eat anything dangerous. I know a good place in here, too."

The three boys scampered through the busy corridors of the Mall, but Davy and Keith were so busy looking around at the incredible sights that they weren't watching where they were looking, and Keith ran headfirst into a rather large and ugly-looking specimen of alien life.

It was humanoid, but had short-cropped fur all over its body, and was wearing some sort of armor-plating. If somebody had crossed a Wookiee with a Klingon, this would have been the result. It snarled something that sounded extremely threatening.

Keith was tired of getting hassled by grown-ups. Even ugly holographic alien ones. Before Davy or Jahv could react, Keith barked out a string of apparent gibberish and put up his fists. Incredibly, the huge alien's eyes went wide, he attempted to grin, backed off three steps, and then took off in a flying run. Keith wasn't sure whether to laugh or faint. He'd been reasonably sure he couldn't get too hurt in this holocron-created environment, but he certainly hadn't expected THAT!

"What did you say to him?" asked Davy.

"Actually, I'm not really sure." said Keith. "I was just pissed. So I decided I wasn't going to let a hologram push me around. Whatever I said, I got it from that kid in that Star Wars movie, Anakin Skywalker, when he was speaking to some alien before the podrace."

"It sounded a lot like Aldebarian." offered Jahv. "Which would explain why that Prokkop took off so fast. Aldebarans are the fiercest warrior race in the galaxy. You don't look anything like them, of course, but they have been known to train survivors from their raids on other planets, since they regard such survivors as warriors themselves."

"Well, now I'm really hungry." said Keith. "So where's some food?"

The three boys continued their journey, being more watchful of where they were going. There were many dozens of aliens wandering around, a great many of which were the blandly-dressed Botarans. There were a few other Botaran children running about, all of them naked. One boy, perhaps about five years old, had such neon-red skin that he was almost painful to look at. Finally, Davy worked up the nerve to ask a question. "Uh, Jahv, I guess fashion isn't much of a priority for you people?"

Jahv snorted. "Hardly. Neither is art, and most of our music is imported, although we've developed some native forms."

"Is that part of why you left?" asked Keith.

"Maybe a little." said Jahv. "On my world, outward expressions of feelings are sort of discouraged. But I've seen a lot of worlds where it isn't. Maybe I got — I dunno — 'contaminated' and wanted something more than what my world offered."

"So what do you people do?" asked Davy. "I mean, clearly you possess a vast technology…"

"That's pretty much it, too." answered Jahv. "We are builders and developers of technology. And we trade and sell it to other worlds. We're probably the most technologically advanced planet there is. And the most emotionally-deprived."

"Is that why you act so stiff and use such big words sometimes?" asked Keith, getting a nasty glare from Davy. "No offense, Jahv, but sometimes you almost act like a grown-up. It's a little creepy."

Jahv smiled. "Maybe I do, to you. Life for a child on my world is one primarily of education. Learning is everything. That's part of why I left. I want to learn more than what my world has to offer. Maybe one of those things is how to be a child."

"Well, you picked the right people to hang around with!" declared Davy. "Now — food?"

Jahv led the group to a place that looked something like a cross between a buffet and a grocery store. There were aisles of food, and at least a dozen customers walking along the aisles, picking up food and even sampling it.

"How can this place afford to stay in business?" asked Davy. "The people are eating the food and not paying for it!"

"Food is free on this world." said Jahv, a little surprised at the question. "Any food product can be replicated easily, and the machines don't cost too much."

Keith watched an alien that looked something like an overgrown slug hovering over one row of food. "Yeah, but how clean is the food?" he asked, slightly nauseated.

"The lights above the rows of food also emit a sterilization beam. Harmless to sentient beings, but it instantly kills any bacteria or foreign objects in the food."

Keith shrugged. "Well, that answers my question. Let's eat! What do we do?"

Jahv smiled. "Just pick up a tray, and help yourself. Stay out of aisle three, though. Most of that would probably be poisonous to you."

The boys began to wander through the aisles, Jahv popping samples along the way. But Davy and Keith were more hesitant. Nothing at all looked the least bit familiar, and a lot of the food looked pretty horrible. Finally Davy thought he saw something edible. There was a tray with what looked, at least, like large bunches of red grapes. He grabbed about half a dozen and popped them in his mouth.

And instantly regretted it. The second he bit down, he felt like somebody had opened his mouth and cut loose with a flamethrower after dousing the entire interior with cinnamon and pepper sauce. His eyes watered to the point where he could hardly see. Searing, stinging pain went through the inside of his mouth and tongue. He didn't dare swallow. Finally, he knelt under the countertop and spit, and then tried to catch his breath. "What the heck were those!?" he sputtered.

"Flamespice Berries." explained Jahv. "Of course, that's only a rough translation."

"Based on the way Davy's eyes are watering, I'd say a pretty good one, though!" proclaimed Keith, trying not to giggle.

"So much for lunch." said Jahv. "What else would you like to see here?"

"Besides a large glass of water?" wheezed Davy.

"This from the kid that puts Tobasco sauce on his pizza." snorted Keith. "What've you got in the way of music stores? Or arcades? Or just plain entertainment?"

Jahv grinned. "Okay, let's take those in order. Come on."

Jahv led the two boys through the wide, winding corridors of the Mall. A few minutes later, they came across an apparent music store. The layout wasn't too dissimilar from a music store on Earth. Racks with alien lettering and packaged rectangles of what looked like transparent circuit boards were throughout the stores. Jahv was prodding through the racks already, and pulled out one of the long rectangles. "This is one of my favorite musicians."

"What's his, her, or its name?" asked Keith.

Jahv made a sound with his mouth that sounded like a cross between a fart and a sneeze.

"With that, I'm not sure I want to hear the music." remarked Keith.

"Aw, come on, where's your spirit of adventure?" countered Davy. "Any way we can get a demonstration?"

There was a small black button on the back of the package. Jahv pushed it. And what sounded like a three-ton pig screaming bellowed across the music store. No one even looked up. Three screams later, the «demo» halted.

"That's — it?" asked Davy, trying to be polite.

Keith wasn't as diplomatic. "What the hell was that? And you gripe about our heavy metal?"

"This is very soothing to the antennae!" replied Jahv.

Davy managed a slight grin, Keith rolled his eyes, and the three boys left the store. Keith expressed interest in whatever sort of arcade the Mall might have, and Jahv said he knew of one. On the way there, however, they passed a toy store. Davy decided he wanted to have a look. Jahv grinned, and Keith just shrugged.

The first thing Davy noticed was a huge, chrome-plated, futuristic rifle that looked like it was right out of Star Wars or Star Trek — but a whole lot better made than any toy he had ever seen on Earth. He picked it up and pulled the trigger, initially planning to make a "Zap!" noise with his mouth, but he was spared the trouble when a loud zapping noise not only burst forth from the rifle, but so did a short burst of light that whipped out of the store, into the mall, and blew a few chunks out of the wall across the way.

"Jeez!" said Keith, flinching. "Put that thing down! Cripes, you call that a toy?"

Jahv inspected the device. "Must be a fresh power pack or something. Of course, the warning label DOES say it's not for indoor use."

Davy was still exploring. He saw a large action figure that looked like a futuristic soldier on display. It stood about a foot tall, and was outfitted in armor and a fancy helmet. Davy picked it up.

The figure moved to turn its entire upper body to face Davy, and raised its arm to raise the visor on its helmet. The face beneath it, relatively human in appearance except for being blue, scowled and said, "Listen, sport, unless you're planning to buy me, and I'm not scanning a cred-card on you, don't handle the merchandise, all right? Now put me down!"

"I'm sorry, I — " stammered Davy. Keith came over and extracted the figure from Davy's hand and set it back on its display pedestal. "Just as well, Davy." he said. "Ever since I saw the movie 'Small Soldiers', I've been a little worried about army-like action figures with too much attitude."

The threesome headed out of the toy store, and shortly came to the arcade. Instead of machines, however, there were several dozen booths set up throughout the place. "This is a good one," said Jahv, pointing to one. "It's called Swamp Hunt. Come on."

"How the heck did you ever recognize our arcade machines?" asked Davy, as the three entered the darkened booth. "This is nothing like them."

Jahv grinned. "History readers. Our arcade machines, or simulators, were once on flat display screens, the way yours are now."

"So, is this some sort of virtual reality game, or something?" asked Keith.

"More like the holocron." said Jahv. "Which I suppose is something like virtual reality." Jahv pressed a small glowing button on the wall of the booth. Instantly he, Davy, and Keith were dressed in camouflage vests, trousers, and boots, and carrying blaster rifles not too dissimilar from the toy Davy had been playing with. There were dense trees all around them, and their feet were sunk in what looked like about six inches of swamp muck.

"Ya wanna tell us what the objective of the game is?" asked Keith.

"We're hunting an ancient prehistoric serpent." said Jahv. "We're on the clock, too. If we don't find it in five cycles, about seven of your minutes, I think, the game shuts down and we get a zero score."

"Prehistoric serpent." muttered Keith. "Great — just what I need — another dinosaur after messing with that thing in the lake."

The three boys made their way through the dense jungle. A few minutes later, they heard a nearby snapping of twigs. They readied their weapons, and a fierce — blue, five-foot-tall chipmunk sauntered through the bushes towards them. The cartoonish creature had a surprised look on his face when he saw the three boys. "Oh! I'm dweadfully sowwy. I seem to have gotten wost. Which way is the Flarney's Adventure Game Booth?"

Davy started laughing, Keith just shook his head, and Jahv looked mildly annoyed. "Five booths down to your right."

The chipmunk bowed politely and said "Thank you.", and left.

"That's the problem with running a holographic program inside a holocron." remarked Jahv, mostly under his breath to himself. "Sometimes you get crossed programs."

Davy finally stopped giggling. "I think that sort of built up our adventure levels for a while. There anything in this Mall that'll let us unclench a bit?"

Jahv, shutting down the simulator game, thought for a second. "There's a health club with a sort of natural environment sauna."

"They'd let kids into that?" asked Keith.

Jahv grinned. "You forgot where you are. This is a holocron program, remember? We can go where we please."

Keith shrugged. "Works for me." Davy nodded his agreement and the three boys headed off.

The health club was at once familiar and bizarre. There were aerobic workouts in progress, although some of the participants weren't entirely humanoid. One of the individuals (it was impossible to determine gender) looked like a twelve-foot-long, very thick snake, who kept coiling, uncoiling, and then coiling her body in the opposite direction in rhythm to some upbeat music that certainly sounded better than what Jahv had played for them in the music store.

There was a weight room, and one muscular individual with four arms was using two sets of huge weights, first pressing one set, then the other. Running on a nearby treadmill, if it could be called running, was what looked vaguely like a large octopus.

Jahv led Keith and Davy towards the back, to a door with more alien script on it, and a digital display sign with more alien script in illuminated green. "Good, it's unoccupied." remarked Jahv.

The door slid open to reveal a room about the size of a walk-in closet. "This is the sauna?" asked Davy.

"No," said Jahv, "this is where you two leave your clothes. They're not permitted in the sauna."

Keith shrugged and pulled off his shorts and removed his sandals, and Davy dispensed with his overalls. Then they went through a second sliding door.

Steam emerged from a large region across the floor. That region, however, was not steaming water. It was bubbling, dark olive green mud. "You're kidding, right?" said Davy hesitantly. "Green mud?"

"It's very therapeutic." remarked Jahv. "Gets all the stress out of your system."

"How deep is it?" asked Keith, looking intrigued.

"About two feet." explained Jahv. "There are seating areas within the mud, and of course the walkway around the perimeter, for those…" he glanced at Davy, "reluctant souls who might only wish to dip their feet in or something."

"Heck with that!" retorted Keith, who had backed up several feet into the short corridor which led to the small room where they had left their clothes. He then took a running start and yelled "Cannonball!" He brought his feet up and flew into the green mud, which made a loud SPLORK! noise as Keith hit.

Seconds later, a green-mud-covered Keith popped to the surface. "Yow!" he exclaimed. "This stuff is pretty hot! But that was a blast!"

Jahv had walked down a couple of nearby steps, but was now swimming out towards Keith. Davy was still at the side of the sauna pool. Jahv scowled, somewhat amusedly. "This was more or less your idea, Davy. Are you not going to participate?"

"Heck, he's still getting that 'haunted mud' story out of his mind from where Keyro landed." laughed Keith.

Jahv made his way back to the edge of the sauna pool, and tried splashing some of the mud on Davy. Davy backed up a few steps. "Don't make me come out there and throw you in." said Jahv. "I'm a lot stronger than you are."

Davy frowned, but came closer to the pool. "Well, okay. But I don't want to stumble on the way in. Lend me a hand?"

Jahv stood, came to the top step, and extended a hand to Davy. Davy, catching the young alien completely unawares, hauled Jahv out of the mud, lowered him to the floor, slightly twisted his arm behind him, and then sat down on his back. This, of course, got a fair bit of mud on Davy, but he didn't seem to mind. "Now, Mr. Lot-Stronger-Than-Us-Poor-Humans, here's a little lesson in leverage, and we won't be throwing any more mud in my direction, will we?"

Jahv was giggling. He knew Davy wasn't serious. "Okay, okay! I give! Cousin! Cousin!"

"The word is 'Uncle'." called Keith, who had come over to the edge of the sauna pool to watch the amusement.

Davy let Jahv up, and then jumped into the mud pool in a fair approximation of Keith's cannonball. Jahv himself re-entered, and for the next several minutes, the three boys wrestled around, until the heat and the strain of moving around in the thick mud exhausted them. They headed for the edge of the pool to catch their collective breath and talk.

"Jahv," asked Keith, "that replicator thing you brought with you. Is there anything it can't make?"

"It's actually rather limited." said Jahv. "I'm trying to get it to make machine parts for a project I have in mind. But it's good for some stuff. Mostly small stuff."

"Why, when you have that bottomless backpack, would you even need it?" asked Davy.

"Some of what the fabricator — and for that matter the food replicator — can do is make things we can't carry with us. Perishable items especially. Certain medications, stuff like that. But they have their limits. The food replicator couldn't be used to feed the world, or anything."

"Why not?" asked Keith.

"Power pack would burn out long before then." said Jahv. "Theoretically, the fabricator can make replacement power packs — if I can get it to do that. But they're really not designed for such massive use. It's like — I don't know how to make a comparison that you'd understand."

"Like using one candle to light an entire house?" asked Davy.

Jahv nodded. "Close enough, I guess."

"You mentioned perishable medications." said Keith. "You a doctor or something?"

Jahv giggled. "No. But even kids younger than Keyro have to have some first-aid training to travel in space. And you get more training each year. I can't do surgery or diagnose complicated illnesses or anything. But I can take care of minor injuries and stuff. Space travel may be fairly common where I'm from, but it's never one-hundred-percent safe. We don't take it for granted. Space can be a very dangerous place."

Keith suddenly thought of something. "Hey, how long we been in here?"

"In the mud?" asked Davy.

"No, in this whole holocron thing. Since the lake." replied Keith.

"I think it's been about three hours." remarked Jahv. "I'm still getting used to your time measurements."

Keith cringed. "That makes it late afternoon. I dunno about Davy and Martin, but I need to be getting home."

"Yeah, me too, really." added Davy. "But this has been a blast!"

"Holocron access." said Jahv. The device appeared to be floating on the mud seconds later. "End program."

That put the three boys back in the dome-tent. The mud was completely gone. Their clothes were piled about five feet away from them. Keith and Davy wandered over and redressed. "All that mud just disappeared!" said Keith.

"It was holographic." said Jahv, grinning.

"It sure FELT real enough." remarked Keith.

There was a rustle at the dome-tent. Davy looked over, and grinned. "THEIRS isn't holographic."

Keyro and Martin appeared in the entryway, both plastered in mud. If it weren't for Keyro's large eyes and antennae, it would have been hard to distinguish one from another. But something wasn't quite right. Keyro was supporting most of Martin's weight — rather effortlessly, it looked like — and Martin had a pained expression on his face.

Keith was the first to notice. "What happened?"

Then Martin limped in and it was obvious. There was an ugly gash on his upper leg. The boy was close to tears, but trying to be brave.

"We think there was a sharp tree branch or something under the mud." said Keyro.

"We should clean him up and take him home, quickly." said Keith.

"May I try something?" asked Jahv. "I might be able to heal this much more quickly."

Keith frowned. "Jahv, you may know some first aid, but you can't know anything about treating humans."

"A cut tends to be a cut." said Jahv. "We're not that different."

"Let him help, please." cried Martin. "This hurts too much to wait."

Keith bit his lip, but nodded. Davy and Keyro hauled Martin over to a nearby table. Jahv was already fishing around in his backpack. He brought out what looked like an oversized lunch box with alien script on it. "Basic first aid kit." he explained. He opened it, and very few of the contents looked familiar to either Keith or Davy — except from a few episodes of Star Trek.

Jahv dug around, scratching his left antennae. He was remembering basic procedure for cleaning and treating large cuts. First — clean the area. Medicinal cleaning spray. He found the spray container. "This may sting, Martin." he informed the whimpering boy. Jahv sprayed the cut and Martin screamed, pulling his leg away. Everybody flinched.

When Martin stopped quivering, Jahv inspected the cut. "Well, the spray didn't do any damage, but I have to clean this area to treat it."

"It hurts too much!" insisted Martin. Jahv frowned. Then he thought of an idea. "Keyro? I need your help. Remember when your little cousin cut his arm on that table edge? What you were trained in?"

Keyro nodded, and walked over to Martin. "What are you gonna do?" asked Martin.

"Make it stop hurting." said Keyro. "Martin, I promise I would never hurt you. Please let me help."

Martin frowned, but nodded. Keyro touched his finger to Martin's forehead, and Martin froze like a doll.

"What did you just do to him?!" exclaimed Keith.

"Telepathic anesthesia." explained Jahv. "Only about one in twelve people can do it. Keyro knows how. Martin will be fine. Won't feel a thing. Won't flinch anymore, either."

"Will you be able to bring him out of that?" demanded Keith, as Jahv went abour cleaning the mud out of and from around the cut with the medicinal spray. The mud seemed to dissolve, and the skin around the cut seemed to go down somewhat in swelling.

Jahv nodded. "Of course. About the worst that'll happen is he'll be a little — foggy for a few minutes. Might act a bit silly."

Jahv turned back to the first aid kit and brought out what looked like a small blue sponge. "Medicated bandage. Leave it on until you get close to his home. Then take it off. As quickly as the spray worked, about all that should be left is a small scratch." Jahv pressed the bandage into the wound, where it adhered immediately.

"What about cleaning him off?" asked Davy. "He can't go home covered with mud like that."

"The bandage is water resistant." replied Jahv. "Toss him in the lake on your way out. Keyro?"

The lavendar alien boy walked over, and touched his finger to Martin's forehead again. The boy blinked, yawned, and mumbled. "Huh. M'leg feels better now." Then his eyes opened wider and he got a silly grin on his face. He looked at Keith and Davy. "Hi, you guys!" He stood up, stumbled over, and practically tackled the two of them, of course smearing mud all over both boys.

"Oh, great." said Keith. "Looks like the lake for all three of us."

"Four." said Jahv. "Including Keyro."

"Don't make me splatter you, big brother!" stated Keyro.

Martin, for some reason, had settled on attacking Davy, and was attempting to undo the straps to the older boy's overalls, mumbling, "Wan' his pants."

"I think he's remembering the first time we met." said Keith, trying not to laugh with only slight success. The first time Martin and Keith had met Davy, Keith had called Davy a "dork with baggy pants," which Martin had subsequently yanked off and tossed out of Davy's treehouse.

"Wan' his pants." said Martin again, first attempting to undo one strap and then the other, even as Davy sought to refasten them. Keith couldn't hold in his laughter any longer. "You might as well give them up, Davy. I don't think he's gonna give up."

"All right, fine!" said Davy, standing up (and as such rather unceremoniously dumping Martin to the floor), yanking off his overalls, and tossing them outside the tent, with Martin in close pursuit.

"At least that got him closer to the lake." remarked Davy. "And we really do need to get going, Jahv — Keyro."

"You will return soon, won't you?" asked Jahv, almost pleading. "Sometimes — we both get lonely out here, and you're such good friends."

"We'll be back." said Davy.

"Definitely." added Keith. "You two are the most interesting people I know."

"Thank you." said Jahv.

Davy and Keith headed out of the tent, to find Martin having draped Davy's overalls over his head. "I hope he doesn't sneeze in there." said Davy. "I hope for his sake you didn't fart in there before you took them off." added Keith. The two boys dragged Martin to the lake, where they all washed off the accumulated mud, redressed as needed, and headed back in the direction of Davy's house, where Keith and Martin had left their bicycles. Along the way, Davy and Keith explained how they had sort of visited Jahv's homeworld. "So what was it like?" asked Martin.

"You gotta watch what you eat, that's for sure." said Davy.

"And they've got music that sounds worse than either rap or heavy metal." added Keith.

"And how about that blue rodent-thing in the arcade?" remarked Davy.

"And the toy rifle." said Keith. "Think the Army would like to get their hands on a few thousand of those?"

"Huh??!??!" exclaimed Martin. Davy and Keith laughed. On the rest of the walk home, they explained in full about their latest adventure with the alien boys living in the woods.

Part 5

There was a loud knock at the door of the Dillinger household one morning. Mr. Dillinger never particularly liked visitors, so he opened the door hoping that, at worst, it was some salesman that he could swear at and get rid of quickly.

It wasn't. It was two men in military dress uniform. Whatever Mr. Dillinger had expected, this wasn't it. "Are you Mr. Dillinger?" one of the men asked.

"Yeah." said Mr. Dillinger. "Whataya want?"

"You have a son named Keith?" asked the other man.

By this time, Mrs. Dillinger was at the door, as well, standing several steps back.

"Stepson." said Mr. Dillinger. "Her son, not mine. Don't tell me the little brat has done something to piss off the entire military."

"No, sir." said the first man. "We just want to talk with him. When he's at his grandmother's he plays with a couple of friends in a nearby woods and pond, is that correct?"

"Yeah," said Mr. Dillinger. "It gets him out of the house and out of our hair for a while, so we let him. What of it?"

Unknown to any of the adults, Keith was at the top of the stairs, listening.

"We've had some reports of strange activity in that area," said one of the uniformed men. "Bursts of light and noise, and possible sightings of aliens."

Mr. Dillinger was at a rare loss for words. Finally he spoke. "You clowns are kidding, right?"

"No, sir." said the first man, who was the ranking officer.

"So why come banging at my door?" demanded Dillinger. "Go check out that area. Or the other kids."

"We're doing that." said the second man. "We've had a little trouble identifying the others. But we also need to talk with your son."

"Yeah, well, one of the others is named Martin something-or-other." replied Dillinger. "I can't pronounce the last name. I don't know many people who can. Go find him."

"Sir, your cooperation would be appreciated." urged the ranking officer.

"I'm sure it would, soldier-boy, but seeing as how my taxes pay your salary, I resent you wasting my money chasing after a bunch of little green men and harassing me in the process. You that short on real enemies to fight? Now get out of here!"

With that, Mr. Dillinger slammed the door, and looked out a nearby window until he was certain that the two men had left. Then, without turning around, he yelled, "KEITH! Get your ass down here!"

Keith descended the stairs, but said nothing.

"You and your friends wouldn't be pulling any tricks in those woods, would you?" demanded Dillinger.

"Like what?" asked Keith.

"I'm your father and I won't put up with that kind of backtalk!" barked Dillinger.

"You're NOT my father!" snarled Keith.

"We just had a couple of army-types come by here, making up some stupid story about light-shows and aliens out in those woods!" shouted Dillinger. "You little punks trying to scare people around there or something!?"

"I have no idea what that's all about." said Keith, trying not to sound nervous.

"You little lying PUNK!" roared Dillinger. Before Mrs. Dillinger could react, Dillinger grabbed Keith, who managed to spin away, but in so doing, stumbled and fell across a table. His face hit the floor, there was an audible snap, and when he stood up, his nose was bleeding profusely.

"Keith!" cried Mrs. Dillinger. "Come on, let me take care of that. That looks serious!"

Keith was too angry and scared to even let his mother help him. "Just get AWAY from me!" he snapped, and bolted out the back door and was on his bicycle before either his mother or step-father could catch up to him. He heard both his mother and stepfather calling for him to come back, one pleadingly, the other angrily. But even through the pain of an obvious broken nose, Keith knew there was more to this than he could tell either one of them. And he wanted to give his stepfather a chance to calm down a bit, if such a thing was possible. At least so he wouldn't get really physically abusive.

Blinded now more by tears than pain, Keith rode through streets, alleys, and finally over the hills and fields to get to the woods and pond where his alien friends Jahv and Keyro lived, hidden away in a cloaked dome-tent that you had to know was there even to find it. Keith's nose had bled profusely, to the point where even his shirt was spattered, but it seemed to be letting up. It still hurt, and Keith was certain it was broken. But Jahv and Keyro had recently healed a nasty gash on Martin's leg after an incident at the mud pool. Healed it within a few minutes, for that matter. Hopefully a busted nose wouldn't be any greater a problem for them. And he had to warn them, as well.

Keith found the entrance to the dome-tent, and pulled the panel aside to enter. Jahv was busy at the cobbled-together but immensely-powerful computer that he had built from parts scraped together for him by Keith and several other neighborhood boys. Keyro was watching a video of "Howard the Duck" and was apparently finding it hysterical. So much for a higher order of intelligence in respect to entertainment.

Jahv turned to greet whoever was at the door. Only four people knew that this place was here, and it would be nearly impossible to find by accident. "Keith!" said Jahv happily, then he noticed the boy's condition. Blood smeared across his shirt down his face, and spattered on his jeans, and his nose was quite literally out of joint. "By the twin suns of the homeworld! What happened to you?!"

"You mean — WHO happened." said Keith. "Ah, hell, that's not entirely true. He grabbed me, I pulled away, fell over some furniture. Stupid on my part as much as anything."

Jahv cringed. He, too, was from an unpleasant home environment, which was why he and later Keyro had left. But it had never been this bad! He'd heard that Keith had a difficult time with his modified family, but this was the first real evidence of it he had seen. "Come over here. We can take care of that."

Keith walked over to the desk Jahv had indicated. The alien boy was already fishing around in his backpack.

"Is this gonna hurt?" asked Keith.

Jahv pulled out a device that looked like a small, square flashlight. "Not as much as it does right now, probably." He waved the device around Keith's nose, and a blue light shone from it. "Your nose is definitely broken. Before I can repair it, I'll have to get it back in place. This could hurt a bit." He reached up and adjusted Keith's nose. It stung like crazy, but Keith knew he needed to remain still.

"That's better." said Jahv. "Now, just stay put for another few moments." Jahv raised the device again. This time a green light came out of it. A few seconds later, Jahv turned the device off. "Good as new. Perhaps a bit stronger."

Keith gingerly touched his nose. It felt fine. "Thank you." he said.

"You can wash the blood off your face in the washroom in the back." said Jahv.

Keith looked down at his shirt. "Anything you can do about this?"

Jahv frowned, and shrugged. "Laundry's not exactly our specialty." Indeed, most of the time, he and Keyro wore nothing.

Keith sighed, but at least his nose was okay, and that was what was important. That, and warning his friends. "You guys might be in trouble out here. That's sort of what caused this." Keith explained what he'd overheard, while he washed his face, and was just finishing the brief tale when Davy came into the tent, looking alarmed. "We've got a problem. Keith! What happened to you?"

"My stepfather, some furniture, and my own clumsiness, in that order." said Keith grimly.

"Keith, I don't know your customs or laws, but really, this should be stopped." said Jahv.

"Yeah, yeah." said Keith, not really wanting to talk about it. "I agree with you. And lately, my mom's been taking his side a few times. Maybe I just need to start staying away. But we've got a bigger problem than that right now. Davy, lemme guess — couple'a guys in uniform showed up at your home asking nasty questions about what's going on out here?"

Davy nodded. "I slipped out. My parents have no idea, of course, and they said as much. I'm not sure they were believed."

Keith slapped his forehead. "We're idiots. If they saw and followed either of US…"

"They'd probably be peeling open the tent right now, and they're not." said Jahv cautiously. "Let's not panic — yet. But I do wonder how they have any clue as to our presence. The computer —?"

"I doubt it." said Keith. "If you guys haven't tipped anybody off by now with all your hacking, it's not going to happen. But you guys put on a big light and sound show when you show up. I only saw Keyro arrive, but if yours was anything like that, Jahv…"

"It was…" added Davy.

"It might have been enough to worry somebody around here to alert someone or other, who's just now getting around to looking into it." finished Keith. "And Jahv, you sort of blend into the surroundings with your green skin. Your lavendar brother over there doesn't."

Jahv pondered the situation. "All right, let's consider what's happening here. Suppose we are captured? What happens to us?"

Davy and Keith looked at each other. Finally Davy spoke. "I really don't know. Assuming the military has ever actually caught any aliens before, it's not the sort of thing you read about on the news."

"There's probably some general official attitude that most people wouldn't be able to handle the existence of aliens." said Keith. "My guess is, at best, you could say goodbye to any freedom. You'd probably be locked way, way away someplace for good. At worst — they'll kill you. Maybe dissect you. Maybe after trying to get technological information out of you."

Jahv cringed. So did Keyro, although he was still watching "Howard the Duck" with rapt attention. "I do not consider any of those to be attractive options."

"Then we'd better start thinking of some new ones." said Keith.

"We could just move the tent somewhere else, more hidden." suggested Davy.

Jahv shook his head. "If they have suspicions about this area, they're probably watching. The tent can't be moved when cloaked. We'd have to de-cloak and disassemble it."

There was a rustle at the tent door, and everybody in the room jumped nervously. But it was only Martin, looking very upset. "Hey, you guys, there's some big black cars and an army truck parked on the road nearby, and some men in uniform headed this way."

"Dammit!" swore Keith. "One of us WAS followed!"

"Or they have been keeping an eye on this place and saw us arrive." suggested Davy. "Either way, we've got a big problem."

Jahv was at the computer, activating an outside monitor. Four men in uniform were heading towards the tent, flanked by a number of well-armed soldiers. "These are military personnel?" he asked.

"Yep." said Keith.

"Sure they are!" added Keyro. "Don't you remember some of the movies we've watched?"

Suddenly there was a loud voice, magnified through a bullhorn. "This is Major Simmons of the Armed Forces! We know there's someone or something around this area that doesn't belong here, as well as several kids! I suggest you show yourselves immediately!"

Jahv's antennae suddenly perked up. "I think I just had an idea. You three better go out there. Try to stall for about a minute if you can. Do NOT let them think there are offworlders in here. And stay clear, too. Just in case this doesn't work."

"Jahv, are you — " began Davy.

"Go!" interrupted Jahv. "Trust me." The young alien grinned.

Reluctantly, Keith, Martin, and Davy left the tent, to face the officer who had introduced himself as Major Simmons. The man looked decidedly startled to see three kids emerge seemingly from nowhere, but he quickly regained his composure. "I knew it. I knew there was something out here, and those aliens obviously have a pretty good technology to camouflage their ship or their headquarters to the point of being invisible. And who knows what they've done to these kids?"

"What aliens?" said Davy, trying not to look nervous. Keith was doing the best job of this. Martin looked ready to either faint or disgrace himself. On the other hand, how often did a bunch of kids run across a bunch of die-hard military officers and soldiers with big guns? Hopefully they'd think that was the reason.

"Nice try, boys." said Simmons. "I can't imagine why you'd want to protect a potential threat to the security of this country. Maybe you've just seen E.T. or Star Wars too many times. But whatever's in that hidden — whatever it is — is dangerous. And we're here to deal with it. Now stand aside."

The three boys reluctantly complied. Simmons and the other three officers moved forward. It took Simmons a few tries to feel for the surface of the dome-tent, and then find the door, but he ultimately did. With a mild grin of satisfaction, quickly replaced by his usual look of determination, and opened the door.

And stepped inside what looked exactly like a large, fairly high-tech, military outpost. There were two officers standing inside, and about a dozen enlisted personnel at various computer stations. The ranking officer was a grim-faced, older general, who scowled at Simmons and his men. "Major, what is the meaning of this?!"

Simmons blinked, stunned. He quickly came to attention and saluted. "Sir! We've — had reports of possible UFO activity in this area, sir. We were investigating."

"UFOs?!" barked the general. "Poppycock! This is a secret military installation designed to test new electronic camouflage equipment, short-range weaponry, and conduct special maneuvers."

Simmons had regained a little of his bravado. "Sir, there have been reports of mysterious flashes of light and sound in the area."

"Of course there would be!" roared the general. "It's a new weapon system designed to distract the enemy! I would have hoped that our own boys would have been above such obvious devices!"

"Sir, we passed no checkpoints on our way in." said Simmons.

"Of course you didn't, Major. Wouldn't that rather blow the 'secret' part of this operation, to have guards apparently guarding nothing?" replied the general, in an exasperated tone.

"Sir, what about those three children?" asked the major.

"What about them?" asked the general. "They stumbled across the place not long after we set up. I felt it might be a good idea to continue to let them play here — when we're not testing weapons outside, of course — to keep the illusion of nothing going on out here intact. They've been fully sworn to secrecy, as well. Not even their parents know."

"That's — unusual procedure, Sir." said Simmons.

"Are you questioning my command?!" yelled the general.

"No, Sir!" answered Simmons quickly. "But why hasn't anyone else heard about this place?"

"Because it's a secret, major! That's the whole point of it! Strictly need to know! And YOU are now under orders to go back to your command and destroy ANY records you have of this place, and forget that you were ever out here, unless you want to find yourself mysteriously demoted right down to private and cleaning latrines in the most unpleasant place I can think of! And I can think of plenty! Do you have a problem with anything I've just said?!?"

Simmons saluted and tried to keep from sweating. "No, SIR!"

"GOOD!" yelled the general. "Now get out of here before somebody sees YOU and blows OUR cover!"

"Yes, SIR!" replied Simmons, quickly turning around and escorting his men out the door, across the field, into their vehicles, and away from the area at a speed normally not recommended by the highway department.

Davy, Keith, and Martin had remained standing outside the tent rather nervously. They weren't entirely sure what to expect or what to do. They didn't want to run off and abandon their friends, but neither did they want to be taken away with them if they were captured. So they remained hoping that, at worst, if they had to, they could escape in some measure of confusion and maybe take their friends Jahv and Keyro along with them. The last thing they expected was such an obvious retreat.

Once the soldiers were gone and that particular fact had sunk in, it was Keith who commented first. "Hunh. What do you suppose caused that?"

"What would cause a bunch of soldiers to be scared of two naked alien kids?" asked Davy to no one in particular.

Keith snickered. "Do me a favor, Davy. Don't hand me straight lines like that, okay?"

"Too bad the dome-tent is soundproofed." remarked Martin, still scared. "Maybe we'd better check on them. Maybe the soldiers just — shot them?"

That got all three of the kids back in the dome-tent in a hurry. Jahv and Keyro were perfectly fine, Keyro having returned to his video, and Jahv storing the holocron device in a holding place on a control panel. "Oh, hi guys!" said Jahv cheerfully. "I was afraid you'd left."

"You're okay?" asked Martin.

"Yes, we're fine." replied Jahv.

"Okay — what did you do?" demanded Keith. "The last time I saw a retreat like that was at school, when Bubba Trukowski got sick over his limburger cheese pizza."

"Just a little holocron trickery." replied Jahv. "And some experience with some of your military movies. There's some really pompous, scary commanding generals in those things. Ever see 'Patton'?"

The boys started to giggle. Even if they hadn't seen the movie, they got the idea.

"Wish I could've seen that." said Keith, finally stifling the giggles. "Although I'm surprised they didn't wonder about this mess of a shirt I'm wearing."

"They probably figured it was just some T-shirt pattern." said Davy.

"You mean it's NOT?" exclaimed Martin. "Keith, did your stepdad do that to you?"

Keith fell silent.

"Yeah, we've still got a problem here, even though we got rid of the military, hopefully for good." said Davy. "Keith, enough is enough. Your stepfather can't keep doing this to you."

"It wasn't just him." insisted Keith. "I really did fall over a table."

"After he grabbed you and you pulled away." said Jahv. "Maybe he hasn't beaten you that severely yet, but doesn't this sort of thing just tend to get worse?"

"It's against the law, even as it is, I'd think." said Davy. "One of these days he might do something that not even Jahv can fix!"

"Come on, Keith, you can't let him keep hurting you like this." urged Martin. "You've got to report this to somebody. I'm sure my parents would help."

"Look, guys," said Keith, "I appreciate it, but as much as I hate being around him, I don't wanna end up in some special agency, or stuck in foster care, or maybe forced to leave town with some strangers that some court judge says are supposed to take care of me. I'd miss all of you too much."

Martin's eyes were filled with tears. Keith was his best friend. Davy was close to crying, too. But he was thinking, as well. There had to be some way to get Mr. Dillinger to cut Keith some slack. Then he noticed the holocron. "I've got an idea."

Keith looked up, skeptically. "What are you — no, don't tell me. I'm not sure I want to know. Just don't do anything that's gonna get me into even more trouble, okay? Just — just leave it alone. Hell, if I can survive long enough, I'll be grown up and can legally move out."

"Okay, if that's what you want." said Davy sadly. "Maybe you'd better head home before you get into more trouble."

"Yeah, right." said Keith, leaving the tent. Davy, Jahv, and the rest watched him depart.

"I hate this." said Martin. "Keith's my best friend. We can't just let him keep getting hurt."

Davy grinned slyly. "Sometimes you gotta help people whether they want it or not."

"You sound like you have a plan." said Jahv. "And I suspect it involves our technology."

Davy kept grinning, his mind already working. First, he'd need to convince his parents that he wanted to spend the night in his treehouse. Then… "What works on the military, oughtta work on civilians…"

Keith rode his bike home, and, not surprisingly, his stepfather threatened to beat him. But his mother got the man to back off. For his part, Mr. Dillinger was surprised that Keith was uninjured. He was certain Keith's nose had been broken, and for that matter, so was his mother, but except for the blood on the boy's shirt, Keith was unhurt. But for his «misbehavior», Keith was sent to his room without any dinner. Later that night, Keith crept downstairs to get something to eat. His mom and stepfather had turned in early that night. Keith grabbed a couple of toaster waffles from the freezer, toasted them as quietly as he could, poured a glass of milk, and started to tip-toe back to his room.

And ran smack into Davy, Jahv, and Keyro coming through the living room. Keith almost yelled, but checked himself just in time. "What the hell-?!" he whispered. "How did you get in here?"

Jahv held up a tiny device. "Electronic lockpick."

"Besides," said Davy. "You're just dreaming, Keith. Go back to bed."

Keith glared at Davy. "Get off it. What the hell are you three doing in here?"

"Helping you, whether you want it or not," said Davy, with a slight edge to his voice, "and I don't think you can do much about it without waking your parents, and that'd just get you into more trouble."

Keith was angry, but he also knew that Davy and the two aliens had him over the proverbial barrel. "Okay, you three. I can't stop you. But I swear if whatever you're up to gets me into trouble, I'm taking it out on the lot of you." Keith resisted the urge to either stomp up the steps to his bedroom, or to slam the door. He scarfed the waffles and hoped he'd be long asleep before those three idiots did whatever it was they intended.

Two minutes later, Davy and two aliens, one holding the holocron, silently crept up the stairs and found the Dillinger's master bedroom.

And less than a minute later…

"DILLINGER!" roared a thunderous, echoing voice. Keith woke up to find Davy at his bedside, grinning like an idiot and telling Keith to stay put. Keith now had at least a general idea of what was going on. He grinned, slightly. He was still skeptical, however.

The Dillingers woke up to find their bedroom turned into a nightmare miasma of outer space. Their bed seemed to be floating on nothing. Stars, comets, nebulae soared past. Suns exploded in the distance. Planets flew out of their orbits and roared dangerously close.

And standing at the foot of the bed were two of the most horrific-looking aliens one could possibly imagine. These things would scare Klingons. They'd scare those acid-blooded critters that Sigourney Weaver kept picking fights with. Easily over seven feet tall, one had green skin, the other lavendar. Impossibly muscular, they had deepset eyes, long, flowing white hair, antennae on the backs of their heads, ridged foreheads, and they were decked out in battle armor that was something out of a Japanese animator's worst nightmare. Each brandished a huge, bladed weapon that looked like it was part axe and part sword, and was double bladed at both ends. Their voices were deep and echoing.

Mr. Dillinger swore in utter shock. Mrs. Dillinger screamed.

"We need to have words, Mr. Dillinger." said the green alien. "You've been abusing a friend of ours. Your stepson Keith."

"Oh, damn." said Dillinger meekly. "Those military bastards were right. There are aliens out there."

"We took care of them earlier today. Now it's your turn." said the lavendar alien.

Dillinger remained slightly skeptical. Everything he saw around him — this just wasn't possible. "How do I know this is real?"

"Your son's nose was broken this morning as a result of your actions." said the green alien. "We fixed it."

Dillinger felt a cold shudder run down his spine.

"And if that isn't enough…" said the lavendar alien, raising his weapon, "just in case you think to write this off as a dream…"

"Or a nightmare…" added the green alien.

"Remember this!" yelled the lavendar alien, bringing his weapon down and leaving a large mark on the bedpost at the foot of the bed.

"Start treating Keith with more care and respect, Dillingers." warned the green alien. "Or next time, your furniture will not be all that suffers. And be warned, any attempt to find us, will only result in tragedy for all concerned."

There was a flash of light and an explosion of thunder, and when the Dillingers' eyes had cleared, the room was back to normal. "That hadda be a dream." muttered Mr. Dillinger angrily. "It hadda be."

"I don't think so." said his wife, still terrified. She looked at the bedpost. It was still marked. "And someone did fix Keith's nose after it was broken."

"Hey, he had it coming!" barked Dillinger. "If the little twerp hadn't broken away from me…"

"You probably would have hurt him anyway." said Mrs. Dillinger, with enough anger in her voice to bother Mr. Dillinger.

"Yeah, well…" Dillinger couldn't think of anything to say. The room still smelled of ozone from the aliens' departure.

"What are we going to do?" asked Mrs. Dillinger.

The next day was yet another in a growing series of insufferably hot and humid days that this summer had produced. The kind where you figure that even if you could work up enough saliva to spit, it'd evaporate before it hit the sidewalk. The kind of humidity where your clothes and your hair make you feel like you've been stuffed into plastic wrap and tossed into a warming oven. Keith scarcely noticed, tearing through the neighborhood on his bicycle, jumping curbs, letting out a whoop every so often, and occasionally scaring traffic.

He raced out to the pond near Davy's home as fast as he possibly could, once he set his mind to it. He practically jumped off the bike as it clattered to the ground, and found the location where Jahv's dome-tent was located. Based on the presence of other bicycles, it was reasonable to assume that Davy, Martin, and even Niklas were out here.

Keith ran into the tent. "I heard the whole thing last night, you guys." he said. "Nice bit of acting. You ever get discovered for real, we should just turn you over to George Lucas."

"So what was the result?" asked Davy.

Keith sort of grinned. "Well, you scared them, that's for sure. I kinda think he's going to back off for a while, probably till school starts, anyway. He'll probably crack down on me again then. But he kind of said that whatever I wanted to do this summer was okay with him, as long as I didn't cause trouble or break the law."

"And what you want to do is —?" asked Niklas.

Keith laughed once. "Stay as far away from him as possible. If anybody's looking for an overnight guest, maybe for a couple of nights or so in a row, I'm definitely available."

"I get him first!" called Martin.

"I'm sure it'd be cool with my parents once in a while." said Davy.

Keith nodded. "With a little luck, I might not have to be home more than a day or two in a row this summer."

"What about your grandmother?" asked Niklas.

Keith shrugged. "Ah, she's okay. But she's getting too old to take care of me, and you know she doesn't like having other kids around. I'm glad I can stay with her most of the time, though. I just wish I could see my mom more often without HIM around."

"I still think you should report this." said Davy. "Maybe one of us could persuade our parents to take you in."

Keith raised a hand. "One step at a time, guys, okay? I don't trust the cops or any child welfare authorities to do the right thing. And for now — I'll take what I can get. If he leaves me alone the rest of the summer, that works for me. But I do owe you an apology. I didn't think anything could be done. You proved me wrong. Thanks for your help."

"Keith, we're your friends." said Davy. "What else could we do?"

"We could go to the pond!" announced Keith. "You know how hot it is out there today?"

"There is one other thing, that I think we should discuss." announced Jahv. "Two things, actually. The first is: we have heard you refer sometimes to others of your friends. A boy named Jonathon. Another who calls himself Sniv, although I should mention that that's a pretty rude word on a couple of worlds I can think of. Keyro and I are very glad to have all of you as friends, but we would like to meet more of your friends. Would this be possible soon?"

The boys considered the question. Niklas knew the others best. "I think so. I'm sure we could trust Sniv, and I know we could trust Jason and Fabian. I'm not so sure about Jonathon, but maybe. Maybe Randy, too."

Jahv nodded. "Good. We'd like to meet and know more of your friends."

"You said two things." remarked Davy.

"Remember when we used the holocron to visit a representation of our world?" asked Jahv.

"Do I?" said Davy. "The inside of my mouth is still healing from those flame berries or whatever they were."

"It occurred to us that there are many different planets and races out there." said Jahv. "And although we are banned from ever returning to our homeworld, no such ban exists for other planets."

"Yeah, so?" asked Keith.

"Come with us." Jahv and Keyro stood, and led the boys through a second doorway in the dome-tent. One that had not been there until recently. "It's taken some doing. Fortunately, Keyro's backpack contained a second, larger dome-tent. And an intact computer, complete with the necessary schematics. The fabrication equipment that makes dry goods similar to how our replicators make food has been difficult to convert for a project like this, but it has worked. And it's almost ready."

"What's ready?" asked Niklas. The interior of this second dome-tent was darkened.

"Lights!" said Jahv.

The second dome-tent was a hangar. And in the center of it, nearly complete, was a huge, sleek, gleaming shuttle, that looked like it was straight out of Star Trek, Star Wars, or something equally futuristic. There was no question that it was capable of interstellar flight.

"Ohhh, wow." whispered Davy, breaking the silence of the four boys. Jahv and Keyro were grinning widely.

Niklas started giggling. "What's so funny?" asked Keith.

"No one's going to believe it, you know." said Niklas, still giggling. "We're going to have to lie like nobody's business when we write the reports for school."

"What reports?" asked Martin.

"How we spent our summer vacation." said Niklas, finally breaking down into complete hysterics, followed quickly by Davy, Martin, and Keith. Jahv and Keyro didn't quite get the joke, but they laughed as well.

The entire group headed out to the pond to cool off, and there they spent the rest of the day, with the prospect of the greatest adventure of all yet ahead.

Part 6

It had been a busy few weeks for Jahv and his friends. First off, Niklas had brought Jason and Fabian out to meet Jahv and Keyro. That had been more difficult for Niklas than he had thought. He'd never kept secrets from his friends, but he had kept silent about Jahv and Keyro. So he hadn't been sure how to bring up the subject.

One morning, both Jason and Fabian had come to Niklas' house, just as Mrs. Edlund was taking Tina shopping. "Niklas is asleep, boys, but I'd appreciate it if you'd get him up, anyway. I don't want him sleeping the summer away." As usual during the summer months, Niklas had slept late. Jason and Fabian stood over the bed wondering what the best — and most amusing — means of awakening their friend might be.

"Water balloon?" suggested Fabian quietly.

Jason shook his head. "Did that three weeks ago, remember? And his mom got upset about the damp sheets. What if we just yank the covers off?"

Fabian frowned. "Look at him. Dead to the world. I don't think he'd notice. Yank his shorts off?"

Jason giggled. "That'd be fun, but I'm not sure he'd notice THAT, either. What if we jumped on the bed?"

"We did that four weeks ago, and I didn't like the way the frame squeaked." said Fabian. "I don't want to have to explain a collapsed bed."

Jason looked serious. "You know, no one else is home. That does expand our options somewhat."

"I can't believe he hasn't woke up with us just standing here talking." remarked Fabian. "What's it going to take?"

"Okay, let's try part of one of your ideas." said Jason. "We yank his shorts off, and if that doesn't work, we pick him up, and if he's still not awake, we put him in the shower and hit the cold water."

"You're suggesting that we throw him in the shower, without his shorts but with his shirt, sound asleep, and nail him with a cold shower?" said Fabian. "That is a hideously evil concept. I love it. Now I hope he DOESN'T wake up."

The two boys carefully drew back the tangled covers. Niklas twitched but was still sound asleep, flat on his tummy and with his legs outstretched. "Well, step two should be easy enough." remarked Jason.

The boys each grabbed one leg of the lightweight shorts Niklas had worn to bed and pulled. The shorts slid off, but Niklas was still asleep. "I don't believe this!" whispered Fabian. "I've never seen him sleep like this!"

"What do we do if the shower doesn't work?" asked Jason.

"Check him for a pulse." replied Fabian.

"Bet he wakes up when we start to carry him." said Jason, who grabbed Niklas' legs. Fabian slipped his hands under Niklas' arms and lifted. Niklas remained asleep. The two boys carried Niklas into the bathroom, but the youngster gave no sign of waking up.

"Unbelievable." said Jason, as they gently leaned Niklas against the wall of the shower opposite the nozzle itself. "Well, this HAS to do it. Set that thing as far to cold as possible, and turn it on full blast at the count of three."

"Aye-aye, sir!" replied Fabian, adjusting the shower controls and making sure the nozzle was pointed directly at Niklas.

"Ready?" asked Jason. Fabian nodded. "One — two — thr…"

"Three!" yelled Niklas, instantly alert even as Fabian turned on the shower. Niklas grabbed his two friends by their shirt collars and dragged them into the shower, drenching all three of them in freezing cold water. Niklas was laughing and shrieking at the same time. Fabian and Jason were just shrieking. Fabian finally deactivated the shower, and the boys climbed out of the shower enclosure.

"All right, WHEN?!" asked Fabian, shaking water out of his hair and wringing out his shirt.

"I think it was when you said 'water balloon'." answered Niklas.

"You were awake ALL that time?!" exclaimed Jason.

Niklas grinned. "I just wanted to see what you guys would come up with."

Fabian rolled his eyes. "And I thought WE were being sneaky." The group headed back to Niklas' room, whereupon Niklas pulled on a T-shirt and some jeans.

"So, any ideas on how to spend the day?" asked Jason of no one in particular.

"Yeah, actually, I do." said Niklas. "There's something I need to show you guys out by that pond near where Davy lives."

Fabian raised an eyebrow. "You been keeping secrets, Niklas?"

Niklas sat down on his bed, and frowned. "Yeah, guys, I have, and I'm sorry. But the only reason I did was because you weren't out there when it happened, and what's out there is so weird that if too many people know about it, it could be dangerous."

"Dangerous?" asked Jason. "What do you mean? What's out there?"

"This is going to sound pretty crazy, guys." said Niklas.

"Tell us." said Fabian, more curious than angry at whatever Niklas had kept from them.

Niklas related the entire story. How he and Davy had been playing in the pond on one of the many insufferably hot days this summer had produced, and how there had been a bright light and a blast of sound, that had dropped a young alien boy whose name was best pronounced «Jahv» into their midst, and how later, a second, younger alien, Jahv's brother Keyro, had also arrived. Niklas told them about the hidden tent-dome, and everything Jahv and Keyro had been up to since then, mostly with Davy, Martin, and Keith.

"Keith and Martin know about these — aliens, too?" asked Fabian.

"Davy introduced them." said Niklas. "You know how tight those three are."

"It would explain some of the stuff you guys have been up to this summer." said Jason. "Fishing around for computer parts a while back. Keith getting more time away from his stepfather. And those military vehicles around here a while back."

"So why tell us now?" asked Fabian. "I mean, I'm glad you did, and I kinda understand why you couldn't before, but — why now?"

"They want to meet more people." said Niklas. "So you believe me?"

"Hey, we've promised to always tell each other the truth, right?" stated Jason.

"All right!" said Niklas. "Then let's go!"

It was a long bike ride out to the pond, but the three boys were there by late morning. They dropped their bikes, and Niklas started looking for where the tent-dome was. If you knew that it was out there, and had a general idea of where it was supposed to be, you could sort of find it.

Jason and Fabian held back. "What do you think?" asked Jason.

"I'm not sure what to think." replied Fabian. "Truth is one thing. Story-telling is something else. But there HAVE been some weird events around here recently. And why come all the way out here just to pull a prank?"

"I don't believe in aliens." said Jason. "I'm going to have to see this to believe it."

Niklas found the edge of the tent, and pulled the door aside. To Jason and Fabian, both suddenly astonished, it looked as thought Niklas had just ripped a hole in the open air, and there was something beyond it.

"Jahv!" called Niklas. "You in there? Got someone I want you and Keyro to meet."

Seconds later, Jahv and Keyro emerged, naked as usual. But that made their appearance that much more surprising to Jason and Fabian. A lot could be done with face paint and fancy uniforms, but here were two boys, one green, the other lavendar, with white, feathery hair, huge eyes, antennae on their heads, and no clothes.

"About that belief of yours…" said Fabian.

"Never mind." said Jason.

Niklas grinned, and made introductions all around. Jason and Fabian took distinct note that Jahv and Keyro only had four fingers per hand, instead of five. Jason seemed fascinated by their antennae. He reached up to Jahv, who flinched. Jason suddenly realized he was being impolite. "May I —?" he asked.

Jahv answered, "Please be careful. Those are what you would call ears, and they're very delicate." But he bowed his head and let Jason touch one of his antennae gently. Jason did so, and almost immediately withdrew his hand, looking more surprised than ever. "What?" asked Fabian.

"It — it was warm to the touch. And I could feel a pulse in it!" said Jason.

That seemed to be enough proof for Jason that Jahv and Keyro were the genuine article, and the boys were then given a tour of the two aliens' home, including the bizarre computer, and the shuttle that Jahv and Keyro had been working on, which was now nearly ready. Niklas looked forward to traveling in it. Jason and Fabian weren't nearly as convinced. Conversation then turned to who else it might be safe to tell about the presence of these two otherworldly youngsters. It was generally agreed that Sniv would be safe to tell. Jonathon was another matter.

"I hate to say this, but he's too often an accident waiting to happen." said Niklas. "I like him. He's a great kid. But he's reckless."

"If he finds out without one of us telling him, and then finds out that we knew and didn't tell him, he's going to be really upset." said Jason. "He's going to feel betrayed by all of us and I wouldn't blame him. And he's had enough of that already. Look what his mom did to him."

"I didn't say we wouldn't tell him," said Niklas, "but I think we need to think about it. Maybe bring him out here with a group of us. Who else? Randy?"

"If we tell either Randy or Jonathon, we have to tell the other." said Fabian. "What about your sister, Niklas?"

Niklas scowled. "Over my dead body. That blabbermouth would have it all over the school come fall, as well as following us out here all the time and ruining our fun. She doesn't even know about this PLACE, never mind who's living here!"

Fabian grinned. "Easy, Niklas. I was just kidding. Who else do we know?"

"Jody?" offered Jason.

Niklas considered that. "Keith knows him better than any of us. It should be up to him. Didn't Sniv make a friend with a kid named Ricky, when he was tracking down Keith and Martin when Keith tried to run away a while back? And then there's Martin's new friend Chris."

Jason nodded. "Yeah, but I don't know if Sniv's seen much of Ricky since."

"I think Sniv should be next, and then later we should probably bring Randy and Jonathon out here together." suggested Niklas. "Telling Chris should probably be up to Martin. But we should get to all of them before summer vacation is over."

And so it had gone. Sniv was introduced to the two aliens, and was properly astonished. Martin, on his own, brought Chris out at one point, to not only meet the two aliens, but Davy as well. Davy and Chris got along well, even though Davy was a lot more outdoors-type and energetic, compared to the quieter Chris. Chris' reaction to the aliens was one of the more unusual. Of course, Chris spent a lot of time reading comic books and other fantasy material. He grinned widely and said, "I knew it had to be true. I knew there had to be people out there." Of course, he was a little nervous around them, but who wouldn't be at first?

Jason and Fabian later brought out Randy and Jonathon. Randy was also impressed, and Jahv seemed fascinated by Randy's long hair, which was longer than any of the other boys', but he didn't say anything about it except to stare a bit.

Jonathon was skeptical about the «aliens» until he had a chance to poke around the dome-tent. True to form, he started pounding on the computer until a horrendous squeal nearly deafened everyone in the room. "What'd I do?!" exclaimed Jonathon, suddenly frightened.

Jahv made a big show out of checking the computer. "Oh, very nice. When the invasion force shows up and enslaves the planet, I am NOT taking the blame for it."

"WHAT??!?!" shrieked Jonathon, suddenly terrified. Then Jahv started laughing, which in turn got everyone else laughing, including Jonathon, eventually. But it was a solid example to the accident-prone youngster about keeping the presence and location of these two aliens a definite secret, and Jonathon actually managed to keep quiet about it. He nearly slipped a couple of times in conversation, but a loud cough from someone else, one of the other boys, suddenly made him aware of what he was about to say, and he soon learned to say nothing.

Not long after, the shuttle Jahv and Keyro had been building was ready. Finding passengers was a little trickier. Talking about flying into space was one thing. The sudden realization of actually being able to do so caused a certain reluctance on the part of a lot of the boys. Eventually, Niklas, Davy, and Keith decided to go along with Jahv, while Martin and Keyro would keep track of them from the dome-tent. Niklas and Davy managed to overcome whatever fear they might have had about an actual space voyage with the sheer prospect of adventure. Keith figured he'd better go along to provide a reality check if one was needed, or so he said. He probably wanted the adventure as much as Niklas and Davy, but wasn't about to admit it aloud.

Their destination, explained Jahv, would be a planet orbiting a star roughly fifteen light years away. According to his people's records, the planet was habitable, but was uninhabited — at least as far as advanced sentient life was concerned. And yet Jahv had detected, through his radio telescope investigations, what sounded very much like a distress signal, in a language that was believed to be nearly extinct.

Jahv had outfitted Niklas, Davy, and Keith in spacesuits similar to his own, but with different color patterns. He explained that the trip to the planet would only take a couple of hours, since much of it would be spent in a form of interdimensional transit he described as «hyperwarp». Fortunately, the boys technically had all weekend. Niklas, Keith, and Martin had said they were going to spend the weekend at Davy's. Davy had told his parents that they all wanted to camp out in the woods nearby, and they had made a big production out of hauling a large tent and more than enough food out there with them, most of which would be parked in Jahv's dome-tent.

"What are these uniforms made out of?" asked Niklas, tugging at the sleeve of his outfit. "They feel kinda weird."

"It's an organic fabric made out of — " began Jahv.

"Never mind!" interrupted Keith. "Organic anything and I'd just as soon not know. How'd you get the fit so perfect?"

Jahv shrugged. "One size pretty much fits all. The suit is highly elastic. Now strap in. We're leaving momentarily."

Minutes later, the sleek shuttle shot out of the dome-hangar it had been built in. Not that anyone saw it or heard it. The grav-engines were utterly silent, and the ship had the same cloaking capability as the dome-tents Jahv and Keyro lived in.

However, the boys were able to watch the lift-off through huge windows in the passenger cabin. The Earth quickly diminished in size behind them. "Incredible!" whispered Davy. Niklas was equally impressed. Keith was trying to hold onto his lunch. The inertia compensators of the shuttle were such that there had been no real feeling of extra gravity during the launch, but Keith's stomach wasn't entirely convinced of that.

Before long the moon came into view. "This is incredible!" proclaimed Niklas. The shuttle had windows along its sides, and Niklas and Davy's faces were firmly pressed against them. Keith was allowing himself an occasional glimpse, but he was also realizing that whatever he was when he grew up, it would most likely be something decidedly earthbound.

"Hey, I think I just saw a comet go past on this side!" yelled Davy.

"I feel like I oughtta be up on the bow of the ship yelling 'I'm the king of the world' or something." giggled Niklas.

"You would have to quote that movie, wouldn't you?" remarked Keith. "The ship sank. Get over it."

Niklas ignored him. "Jahv, this is incredible! And you get to do this sort of thing all the time?"

Jahv grinned. "Believe it or not, it becomes routine after a while."

"I don't believe that." said Niklas, still staring out the window. "This could never become routine."

"Hey, any chance of stopping on Mars on the way to this planet you mentioned?" asked Davy.

"It's not on the itinerary." replied Jahv from the cockpit. "Why?"

Davy shrugged. "I just thought it'd be a blast to walk past Pathfinder's camera and freak out all of NASA."

"You're evil, you know that?" remarked Niklas, grinning. "Fortunately for NASA in this case, I think I read that Pathfinder's batteries have already drained. But maybe we could figure out what happened to that Polar Lander probe they lost."

"I've got a better idea." said Keith, finally recovered from his brief nausea. "We do this again, we should take a couple of soda cans with us and leave 'em on Mars. Wouldn't that drive the 'first' manned mission to Mars completely nuts?"

"Great, we've got a kid on board who wants to be the world's first interplanetary litterbug." commented Niklas.

"Yeah, right." said Keith. "I saw an old video with astronauts on the moon. How about that one that golfed? You think he bothered to track down and fetch the ball back?"

Niklas groaned. "Jahv, when do we enter this hyperwarp or whatever you called it?"

"In about ten seconds, fortunately." replied Jahv.

Ten seconds later, the stars around the shuttle seemed to shift into long, straight lines, spinning around the small vessel. This time, the inertia compensators couldn't quite keep up, and the boys felt a decided tug of gravity slam them into their seats.

Once it alleviated, they all breathed something of a sigh of relief. Niklas had alternately been paying attention to the scenery outside the window, which at this point looked like stars whipping past so fast it was honestly making him dizzy, and noticing the empty co-pilot's seat next to Jahv. He surmised that Jahv and Keyro had used some sort of standard design for shuttle building that included a two-person cockpit. Figuring the shuttle was stable enough for him to get up and walk around, Niklas unstrapped and headed over to the cockpit. "May I join you?"

Jahv smiled. "Certainly. But strap in and don't lean on anything, okay?"

Niklas sat down and buckled the harness, and took a look through the front window. That scene was even more bile-inducing than the stars shooting past sideways where he'd been. It looked like a tunnel of stars, moving impossibly fast. Niklas wasn't sure if he was getting hypnotized or was about to throw up. He decided it really didn't matter, and averted his eyes and looked at Jahv instead.

Jahv looked just a little nervous, but was hiding it well. His antennae were perked up higher than usual. Niklas found Jahv fascinating. A child from another planet. He assumed that he and Jahv were more or less the same age, but what was a year to Jahv? Did his people age at the same pace? Jahv tended to act much more mature than his appearance. That could either mean he was older, or it was just normal for his people to act that way.

Niklas had always wanted an older brother, but he didn't have one, and of course it was an impossibility as such. Jahv acted older even if he wasn't. Niklas started to think it would be pretty cool to have a brother who didn't look any older, but sort of acted like a big brother, to a point.

And Jahv's huge dark eyes, white, almost feathery hair, and green skin made him that much more interesting. It was the differences and the similarities Niklas noticed, which put together made an interesting package. Given that Jahv tended to spend most of his time naked, it was readily apparent to anyone that he was both humanoid and a boy. And yet, if one combined the eyes, the antennae, the hair, the green skin, and the fact that Jahv had only four fingers per hand and four toes per foot, it was equally clear that Jahv was something quite different from what most people defined as «human». Niklas couldn't help but stare and smile at this remarkable friend he had made, and he felt something special inside whenever he thought of him.

Jahv, meanwhile, was paying very close attention to the navigational console and trying desperately to look like he knew what he was doing more than he really did. He and Keyro had assembled this shuttle from proved design parameters, and checked out all the specifications, so in theory, it should be a fully safe and operational spacecraft. But flying the thing was a different matter. Jahv was not an experienced pilot. He'd trained on a number of simulator devices, which were more than just games, and he had done well, but his mind couldn't help but remind him that this was the real thing, and if he messed up, he and his friends were space dust, and those left behind on Earth would have a lot of explaining to do.

An experienced pilot would not find this flight a challenging one. Straight shot out and back from one planet to another along precise coordinates was what would be called, in Earth slang, a "milk run". But Jahv was finding that all of the space-survival lessons he'd had pumped into his head from the instant he could understand language at once giving him a certain measure of confidence that he was capable of making this flight safely, and making him paranoid over everything that could go wrong. But he did notice Niklas staring at him, with a big silly grin on his face. Jahv returned the smile and Niklas' face reddened somewhat.

Niklas didn't visit the tent-dome quite as often as Keith or Davy or Martin did, but his visits were becoming more frequent, and he seemed to enjoy spending time especially with Jahv, and seemed to like being as physically close as possible. Jahv didn't entirely understand this. It wasn't rude behavior, but it did strike Jahv as peculiar. It had taken Keyro, after his arrival, and after witnessing this a few times, to finally explain it.

It had been one evening when Jahv and Keyro were discussing their new friends. "Niklas is the one that mystefies me," Jahv had commented. "The others are a little more obvious. Both Davy and Keith are, in their own way, lonely. Davy has few friends in the immediate area, and Keith comes out here to escape his home situation, much as we left ours. Martin comes out here because for him, it is a safe adventure for an otherwise timid boy. But Niklas seems at once the most well-adjusted of the lot and yet the most mysterious. I can't figure him out."

"I can't figure out why you keep using those big words." said Keyro. "You put out much more static and people around here will start getting interference on their radios." The two alien boys, when on their own, of course, spoke their native language, which sounded like static to anyone else. "You don't have to impress me with your vocabulary, and I think Mom and Dad always figured you were just showing off."

Jahv huffed. "Mom and Dad probably never heard much of a word I said."

"Anyway, Niklas is easy to figure out, if you have the right perspective." said Keyro.

"Which would be —?" asked Jahv, genuinely curious.

"Mine." replied Keyro. "Niklas wants a big brother. We've heard him mention a younger sister a few times, but I think he'd rather have a big brother than be one."

"But he and I are of nearly identical age." countered Jahv.

"You also act a lot older most of the time." said Keyro. "Niklas is picking up on that. And I suspect he's probably not sure how old either one of us are. Basically, we look the same as they do, so they figure us for kids. But they're probably smart enough to consider the possibility that we might not be that close in age to them."

"But we are." said Jahv. "We figured it out one night. This world has a rotational period that is only 0.025 % different than ours. And we age at nearly the same rate."

"They don't know that." countered Keyro. "Look at it this way, big brother. You know how upset our parents would get whenever we'd just hug each other."

"They didn't like it." admitted Jahv. "Said we'd picked up bad habits from other worlds."

Keyro nodded. "These kids seem a lot more open. And they're sure a lot more fun to be around. You should open up a bit more yourself. And you might find a really good friend in Niklas if you do."

Unfortunately, to date, there hadn't been that many opportunities to really test that theory, although Jahv certainly intended to do so, but not while flying a shuttle. That didn't mean that he couldn't enjoy the boy's company, however.

And Niklas was now talking to him. "What's your world like, Jahv?" Niklas asked.

Jahv recalled that Niklas had not been along on the holocron expedition recently. "Boring, frankly. There's some areas, mostly nature reserves. But we're not a people who do much with design, or art, or decoration. Everything is designed to be functional and not much else."

Niklas frowned at that, but then grinned again as he asked another question. "Isn't it just a little weird to run around naked most of the time when most everyone else is dressed?"

Jahv shrugged. "Not if that's what you were brought up to think of as normal. Besides, it's convenient."

"Convenient?" asked Niklas.

"Sure, you can pee anywhere you have to on a moment's notice." replied Jahv.

Niklas gave the green-skinned youngster an expression of combined alarm and skepticism. "Yes, I'm kidding." snickered Jahv. "Sorry, I guess I still have to work on my sense of humor."

"No, that's okay." said Niklas. "Just made for a weird image."

A short while later, the stars returned to their normal appearance, and there was a new planet slowly growing in size through the front window.

The world looked somewhat like Earth, but it was clear that it had less land mass, and the configuration of the continents was different. The oceans had a greenish tinge to them. There were more but thinner clouds, and the color of the continents was greener than Earth's.

"Ohhhh, wow." said Niklas in a quiet voice.

"This is incredible!" said Davy, somewhat louder. "That's really a whole 'nother world in a whole 'nother star system! It's really out there! We're really here! Look at that!"

Either Keith was also sufficiently impressed, or he was deciding to remain silent for the sake of his two friends' enjoyment.

"I'm homing in on the distress signal." reported Jahv, directing the shuttle to approach the planet. Calculating a proper orbit was actually what would take the greatest amount of time on their trip, except for the time spent in hyperwarp. Entering a proper orbit of a previously unknown world, Jahv explained, was always a precision maneuver, and landing on such a world even trickier. But before too long, they were rumbling through the atmosphere of the eerie new world. Jahv was used to this sort of thing. Niklas, Davy, and even Keith had their noses pressed to the windows, taking in everything, amazed. The green was clearly jungle. The entire planet seemed to be jungle, where there was land. The sky was pale green.

"Good." said Jahv, more to himself than anything. "A clearing ahead, and within half a mile of the distress signal."

Jahv brought the shuttle down for a landing and opened the hatch. He grabbed his ever-present backpack and motioned to the others. "This is unreal." whispered Davy. "We're actually on another world, that no one on Earth even knows about!"

Jahv was waving a scanner device around. "Distress beacon is about half a mile in that direction." he said, pointing towards a dense jungle. "Life readings are complex. Having trouble focusing on anything sentient. Perhaps once we have a better handle on whatever animal life exists here, we can do some fine-tuning."

"Assuming anyone's here." remarked Keith. "That distress beacon could just be all that's left of something."

"True, but I'd like to make sure if we can." replied Jahv. "Let's go."

The group headed towards the jungle, and were suddenly stopped when a huge grouping of round, fan-like flowers shot up from the tall grass.

"Yeek!" sputtered Niklas, startled, as were the others.

"Mobile plants." remarked Keith. "This is weird."

Jahv was hastily running his sensor near them. "They've reacted to our presence, but there's no indication of toxins in them. If they're capable of doing anything, it won't harm us. They do seem to be equipped to spray some sort of.

Before he could finish, the group of plants shot a fine blue cloud of pollen at the four youngsters. "If this is the local version of poison oak —!" snapped Keith.

"No, it's not toxic to either you guys or to me." said Jahv. "But it does seem to have reactive properties with certain organic strains of.

"Hey!" yelped Davy. "My suit is dissolving!"

"Mine, too!" added Niklas.

Jahv looked down and noticed that he was practically naked except for his boots, as well, which were made from a different, non-organic material.

Keith was almost laughing. "Boy, all of a sudden I'm really glad I kept my underwear on."

Within seconds, except for Keith's underwear, all the four boys were wearing were their boots. "What do we do now?" asked Niklas.

"I don't think there's much we CAN do." said Jahv. "These plants seem to be plentiful, and react to the presence of what they obviously consider a threat. While they can't harm us, they can clearly dissolve certain plant-based organics, which our uniforms were made out of."

"Good thing my shorts aren't cotton." remarked Keith, finding it difficult to keep a straight face.

"I can replicate new uniforms once we head back, but it'd be wasteful to attempt to replace them now." said Jahv. "These plants would just do it again."

Davy shrugged. "Oh, well, it's an isolated planet, with maybe only a handful of survivors here besides us. Let's hope they're not too picky about clothing."

"Let's hope there aren't any nastier specimens of plant life around here." said Niklas.

"Hey, guys, what do we call these plants?" asked Keith. "How about stripper plants?"

"Keep it up, Keith, and I'll throw your shorts into a tree." said Davy. "With or without you, I'll decide later."

"Let's keep going." said Jahv.

Fortunately, none of the plants in the jungle the boys had to make their way through seemed especially harsh. No thorns, burrs, or sharp-edged leaves to tear into skin. Even the bark of trees seemed soft to the touch. Roughly half an hour later, the group found the distress beacon Jahv had detected.

It was about two feet high, with a dish about four feet in diameter and a coil of glowing blue wire running in a spiral pattern throughout the dish. Nearby, perhaps twenty yards or so, was a fair pile of wreckage of a vessel somewhat larger than the one the boys had arrived in. It was difficult to be certain. "Nasty." remarked Keith.

"But someone survived." said Davy. "This distress beacon didn't set itself up."

Jahv seemed stunned. "I don't believe this. The shuttle, this equipment — it's Dorrian!"

"Someone you know?" asked Niklas.

Jahv shook his head. "Dorrians are — were — a race, like Keyro and I are Botarans."

"'Were'?" asked Davy.

Jahv paused to explain. "A number of years ago, a race called the Soluans — huge, lizard-like beings — warriors and conquerors, although more nasty than effective — invaded the Dorrian homeworld. The Dorrians fought back — a little too well."

"How do you mean?" asked Keith.

"They defeated the Soluan fleet and sent them packing, but the Soluans detonated a terrible device over the planet. An atmospheric incendiary bomb. It's banned by any reasonably civilized race in the galaxy." explained Jahv.

"What does it do?" asked Niklas. It certainly sounded unpleasant.

"It causes a chemical change within the atmosphere of any world. Literally ignites the atmosphere. Once started, there's no known way to stop it. It burns the world to the ground, turns it into ash. Only a handful of Dorrians managed to escape. A lot of those were offworld to begin with." said Jahv grimly. "Out of seven billion known Dorrians, it is estimated that only a few thousand remain, scattered across the stars."

Everyone was silent for a long moment. Finally Keith spoke, "Well, it looks like some of them ended up scattered here, and maybe survived. Like Davy said, that thing didn't set itself up."

"What were these Dorrians like?" asked Niklas.

"They were an elegant people." replied Jahv. "They were builders. Architects and designers, mostly, with a good level of technology. Everything they did had an element of ornate decoration to it. Everything. Look at the legs on the distress beacon."

The other boys looked more closely. Indeed, the three small legs of the distress beacon were elegantly curved and sculpted, and seemed to be made out of a mottled copper-like metal.

"They were a quiet and peaceful people." continued Jahv. "And they wore the most amazingly ornate robes. Dorrian fabric sold for high prices on other worlds. The Soluans made themselves pariahs of the galaxy by attacking and destroying them. Not that anyone was that fond of them to begin with."

"But obviously these Dorrians could fight." said Keith. "You said they defeated the Soluans before they dropped this bomb."

Jahv nodded. "They could fight very well, but it took a lot to anger them. An invasion would suffice, though."

Jahv scanned the wreckage. "According to decay readings, this shuttle has been here for approximately three to four years, possibly slightly longer. Difficult to tell through the nearby plant life, which of course has its own decay rate."

Niklas sighed. "Then whoever survived could be dead by now. Or far away."

"Could." said Jahv. "Whoever set this up had to be trained to do so. And standard procedure is to stay reasonably near the device at all times, regardless of how long it takes. Also, the readings I've been taking on the way in show that most of the fruit on the nearby bushes and trees is not only edible, but highly nutritious. I'm actually amazed that no sentient native life exists here, but stranger things have happened."

"You going to analyze this entire adventure through that gadget of yours, and keep throwing big words at us, or try looking around once in a while?" remarked Davy. "This is incredible! We're really exploring another world."

Jahv smiled. "I'm sorry. It's how I was raised. I keep forgetting how unusual this is for you."

"So what do we do?" asked Niklas.

"Whoever placed the beacon here, if they're not nearby, should be carrying a beacon tracker. If anything deliberate is done to the distress beacon, such as shutting it off — in other words, something that could not happen by accident, it will set off the tracker. Hopefully they'll come to investigate." Jahv knelt down near the machine and switched it off. "Meanwhile, we can explore this wreckage for clues as to survivors."

"If you guys would wait a second," said Keith, "I gotta pee."

"Watch out which tree you choose." offered Davy. "They seem to have more personality here than on Earth."

"So I'll whiz in the grass." muttered Keith, walking off a short distance and lowering his shorts. Seconds later, a sound vaguely resembling someone playing a harp — badly — emanated from where Keith was standing. "What the —!!!!" swore Keith, jumping back.

Jahv pointed his scanner at the grass, but recalling Davy's admonition, put the device in his backpack and instead plucked a single blade of grass and held it up towards the sun. "Remarkable. These blades have tiny perforations in them that react with liquid and produce a musical tone. In a rainstorm, this place would sound like a concert!"

Keith returned to the group moments later, swearing and without his shorts. "Decided to go along with the current dress code?" asked Davy.

"Ah, shaddup." muttered Keith. He wasn't about to admit that he'd been so startled by the musical grass that he'd pulled his shorts up without completing his intended business and had soaked them. He had then removed the shorts, finished what he had to do, trying to keep it quiet, wiped his front with a dry section of the underwear, and tossed the shorts against the nearest tree. The tree had subsequently absorbed the shorts into its bark. That had been more than enough to get Keith to return to the group.

"How long do you think it will take for someone to respond to you turning off the distress signal?" asked Davy.

"Hard to say," answered Jahv. "Let's have a look at this wreckage meanwhile."

The shuttle managed to retain some of its native elegance even though it was trashed, ripped open in several places, and covered with local flora. The boys could see elegant sculpting both in the hull and what remained of the furniture inside. It was also a lot larger than how it had appeared from a distance.

"I was going to say this thing might've been a family van," commented Davy, "but I'd say it's more like a mobile home."

"This vessel was definitely intended for long-range travel in style." added Jahv. "Multiple rooms, personal furnishings."

"Where's the cockpit?" asked Niklas.

Jahv looked around. The scanner wouldn't do a whole lot of good at this point even if he used it. This sort of inspection had to be done personally. He tried to imagine the shuttle in its original condition, and turned towards where the cockpit, at the very front of the craft, should be.

He found what he believed to be the cockpit door, hidden beneath a tangle of vines in a section of the shuttle that was nearly buried. This shuttle had come down hard and at a very nasty angle. Something told him to bring the scanner out again. He checked his readings and scowled. "Found the cockpit."

The others joined him. "Can we get that open?" asked Keith.

"Maybe, but I don't think we should." said Jahv.

"Huh? Why not?" asked Keith.

"Readings indicate decayed biomass." answered Jahv. Keith raised an eyebrow. "Bodies. Or what's left of them. Best guess — two adults."

The boys were all silent for a long moment, and backed away from the sealed cockpit.

"Somebody still had to set up that distress beacon." said Davy at length.

"Let's keep looking around." said Jahv. "I'd like to find some indication of how this happened, and who did survive, at least long enough."

"This wreckage isn't very clean, you know." commented Niklas. He and the others were already getting streaked with rust and grime.

"What are you worried about, getting your clothes dirty?" joked Jahv. For him, it had been too obvious to pass up.

Davy had crawled around to the far side of the shuttle from where they'd approached. "Jahv, this shuttle would have had two engines, right?"

"Yes." replied Jahv. One engine, relatively intact — or at least as much as the rest of the shuttle, could be seen protruding from the side of the shuttle from where they had approached.

"Then I think I know what happened, sort of." answered Davy. Jahv and the others came around. The second engine was at least half missing, and the portions that remained looked exploded.

"Yeah, that'd do it, I guess." remarked Keith.

"But what made it blow up?" asked Niklas.

Jahv was inspecting the machinery in the shuttle. "I'm not an expert on Dorrian ships, but engines tend to be engines to some degree, and this one looks like a power coupling failed."

"How can you tell?" asked Davy.

"Because the Dorrians bought their power couplings from Botarans, and I certainly know a Botaran power coupling when I see one, and only half of it is here — charred, too."

"Okay, we know what brought it down. Now we need to find out who set up the distress beacon." said Niklas, heading back into the shuttle.

"We are going to need baths so badly when this is over." commented Davy. He'd gotten very filthy crawling around the engine.

"Aw, quit griping about a bit of dirt." said Keith. "You can be really pathetic sometimes, y'know?" Keith was poking around everything he possibly could. He'd just found a large cylinder attached to some piping near what little remained of the ceiling of the shuttle. "Hey, maybe this is like an overhead luggage rack or something."

Jahv looked over. Keith was trying to pry open a hatch. "Um, Keith, I'd be careful there. That looks a whole lot like a.

Keith finally got the cylinder open and was promptly doused in a dark blue gelatinous substance. "Aw, gross!" he proclaimed, sputtering.

"Coolant reservoir." finished Jahv, trying not to giggle.

Niklas and Davy were less successful at restraining themselves. "All we need now is some peanut butter and two really big pieces of bread!" said Davy. "What were you saying about a bit of dirt, Keith?"

"Ah, shaddup." muttered Keith, trying with very little success to wipe the sticky goo off. "Hey, this stuff isn't dangerous, is it?"

"No, it's completely inert except when in use as part of a shuttle's drive system." said Jahv. "However, you will be — sticky until it can be washed off."

"Not to mention blue." added Davy.

Keith just groaned.

"I suggest we split up a bit to search the remaining rooms." said Jahv. The four boys were facing what was left of a corridor, and there were entrances to large rooms on either side. "Niklas and I shall take the one on the left, Davy and Keith the one on the right."

The boys separated, and Jahv and Niklas wandered into the darkened room. Here the roof was relatively intact, and little light shone through. "You asked me before we landed what it was like to go around naked most of the time," remarked Jahv. "What do you think of it?"

Niklas shrugged, trying not to blush but grinning slightly. "Yeah, but it's just us guys here, so it's no big deal. But I can see one other advantage."

"Which is?" asked Jahv.

"No laundry worries." quipped Niklas.

Jahv focused his small hand-light on a nearby console, and then flashed it around the room. "Some sort of master quarters, I would guess." There was a large bed and a comfortable sofa, bolted into place. The cushions for the sofa were in place, but the pillows to the bed were missing. Then something soft clobbered Jahv in the back. "YEEEK!"

Niklas started giggling. He'd found the pillows and had thrown one of them.

"You scared me." said Jahv, not really angrily.

Niklas just shrugged and grinned. It was just annoying enough to Jahv that he grabbed Niklas and wrestled him to the floor. Jahv had his nose to Niklas' face and said, good-naturedly, "If you're going to start a fight, you'd better be ready to finish it."

Niklas did so by kissing Jahv on the nose. The action so startled the alien boy that he backed away immediately. "What was that? Some form of surrender?"

Niklas looked at Jahv. "Hasn't anyone ever kissed you before? Not even your parents? Or your brother?"

Jahv shook his head and rubbed his nose, looking slightly cross-eyed as he did so. "What's a — kiss?"

Niklas suddenly felt profoundly sad for Jahv. "It's — a way of showing someone that you care about them."

Jahv looked at Niklas and suddenly smiled. Had there been better light, Niklas would've seen Jahv's face turn a slightly brighter shade of green.

Any further discussion was prevented, however, by a sudden call from the other large room. It was Davy. "Hey, Jahv, Niklas! I think you guys should see this!"

The two boys stood up and went into the other room. Keith was sulking at the far side. Davy had a blotch of blue gel on his upper chest. He'd probably teased Keith once too often. But that wasn't the point. Davy was holding several obviously child-sized robes and an odd stuffed animal. "Jahv, those two — bodies that you scanned in the cockpit. You said they were adults?"

Jahv looked at the robes. "Probably." He held up one of the robes. It was far too small for any of them to even consider wearing. The owner had probably been no more than five or six years, in Earth terms. "Someone this young wouldn't likely have been in the cockpit, anyway."

Niklas looked at the stuffed animal. It looked like a cross between a teddy bear and a warthog. "What the heck is this thing?"

"A gralnok." said Jahv. "Domesticated animal native to the Dorrian homeworld."

"A little Dorrian kid would take something this ugly to bed with them?" asked Davy.

Jahv nodded. "Anything else in here?"

"Just this." answered Keith, who'd been going through some drawers he'd found embedded in the wall he'd been leaning against. It looked like a metallic headband, and although it was quite ornate, it also clearly contained circuitry. "What is it?"

Jahv studied the device. "An encephalo-educator. Dorrian children wear these a few hours each day from the time they are three years old until they are ten. It teaches them language, math, history, science, all the basic skills."

"How do you know so much about Dorrian technology?" asked Davy.

"Botarans build a lot of it for them." replied Jahv.

There was a sudden THUNK on the roof of the shuttle. "Uh, ohhh." said Davy.

"I hope that was a tree branch." remarked Keith.

Then there was a low, growling noise. "And I hope that was your stomach." said Davy.

"It would've been if I hadn't figured out how to get a cheeseburger out of the food replicator." countered Keith.

"I still say what you people eat is — " started Jahv, but he was silenced by a wave of Niklas' hand. Niklas was pointing at the open doorway to the room they were presently in, and so scared he couldn't even speak.

Standing in the doorway was — something. It looked more or less humanoid, and about the same size as any of them. The light was so poor that they couldn't tell much more than that except that it clearly had very long hair and was crouched in a position as if to pounce. It was also what was growling.

"Oh, shit." muttered Keith.

The being sprang into the room and let loose a growling howl that nearly deafened the four boys. He went straight for Jahv, who was holding the only source of light in the room, which promptly shot out of his hand and skittered across the floor.

"He's attacking Jahv!" yelled Davy. "We gotta do something!"

"No, wait!" cried Niklas. "He's not after Jahv. Look!"

The new alien's eyes had followed the light, not Jahv. The alien released Jahv, and scampered across the floor and picked up the small hand light, inspecting it as an infant would a new toy. He was still growling, however.

"Is that a — what did you call them — Dorrian?" asked Keith.

Jahv was still checking himself to make sure he hadn't been hurt. "Yes, but Creator's name, I've never seen one in such sorry shape."

"Whataya expect?" remarked Davy. "He's a kid alone on a primitive planet."

Jahv nodded. "You're right, of course. But we need to try to communicate with him."

The alien had turned to face the others, and in the glow of the hand-light it was possible to get a look at his face.

"Is he a whole lot dirtier than we are, or is his face actually camouflage-patterned?" asked Niklas.

"Some of both, probably." replied Jahv. "Dorrian skin is naturally multi-colored. There's probably several shades of green and tan on him. And if you could see past the hair, you'd see he has long, pointed ears."

"It's the eyes that I'm seeing." gulped Davy. "Are those yellow eyes normal?"

Jahv nodded. "Yes."

"Like a wild animal." said Keith. "Real good. Our first encounter with alien life on another planet, and instead of 'Star Trek' we get 'Wild Kingdom'."

The alien continued to crouch and growl at the others.

"You think maybe he's upset because we're on his turf?" speculated Keith.

"What?" asked Jahv.

"This is HIS shuttle, after all." continued Keith. "Maybe he's mad we're in here."

Jahv raised an eyebrow. "That's possible. I hadn't thought of that."

"Okay, so what say we all back out of here, nice and slow, and see what he does?" suggested Davy.

"I have no problem with that." said Niklas.

"All right, let's do it." said Jahv. "Keith, bring the headband."

"Whataya want this thing for?" asked Keith.

"I think you would call it a 'hunch'." answered Jahv.

Keith shrugged, but kept the headband with him. The four youngsters very carefully backed out of the room, and out of the shuttle. The alien boy followed them all the way, never taking his eyes off of them, and continuing to snarl. But he stopped once they were all outside the shuttle, and stayed at the doorway.

"Maybe if we all sat down we'd look less threatening to him." offered Niklas. The others sat down in a crouched position similar to the newcomer, but looking less like they were ready to spring at someone.

Now it was possible, in daylight, to get a better look at the boy. To begin with, given that the youngster was wearing no clothes, it was obvious that he was a boy. And he was certainly far dirtier than any of Jahv's group. But not so much so that his natural camouflage coloring wasn't fairly obvious even through the dirt. His hair, a long and tangled mess, was also more than one color, streaked dark green and brown.

His eyes, although yellow, were more human-looking than Jahv's, and he had a full complement of five fingers per hand and five toes per foot. The only ornamentation anywhere on the boy was a small device on a chain around his neck. Jahv identified it immediately. "That's the homing device for the distress signal!"

"Are you saying George of the Jungle there set up the distress signal?" asked Keith, disbelieving.

"He probably had been trained to do so by his parents, and being very young when he did so and on his own ever since, lost whatever skills he had learned." said Jahv. "That's why I wanted the headband."

"You said that thing was some sort of educator device." remarked Davy. "But you can't expect to civilize him that quickly."

"Remember I said I had a hunch." said Jahv. "And it's a longshot. I'm going to try to teach him language, in the hope that he still has some semblance of civilized behavior left, and that if we can communicate with him, we can bring it to the surface."

"I don't think he's going to let you get close enough for that." said Niklas. "Besides, would that thing be able to teach English?"

"Hey guys, look." said Davy quietly. The alien boy was slowly coming closer. His angry expression had been replaced by one of curiosity.

"Now that we're out of the shuttle," said Jahv. "He wonders who we are."

"Maybe you will get to use the headband." said Niklas, trying to speak quietly and not move too much.

"I hope to use it to establish a telepathic link, through which I can teach him English." said Jahv.

"Can't you do that without the headband?" asked Davy. "You picked it up from us without one."

"Your minds were already civilized and organized." said Jahv. "His isn't. Besides, it's harder to implant information than retrieve it."

The alien boy had made his way over to Keith, who was trying not to back off or make any sudden moves. The youngster ran his finger along Keith's arm and came away with some of the gelatinous coolant. He stuck it into his mouth and spat it out. "Yeah, well, I kinda feel the same way." remarked Keith.

The boy crawled over to Davy next, and ran his hand along Davy's cheek, and then his own. His expression was one of confusion.

"I don't think he's used to seeing someone who looks more or less like him but is only one color." suggested Jahv. "Keith, pass the headband over here. He'll be getting to me in a moment if he keeps this up."

Keith did so. The alien boy was examining Niklas. He seemed to find the boy's blonde hair and rounded ears especially interesting. His gentle touch was ticklish, and Niklas was trying not to giggle. The alien boy was almost smiling.

Finally he came to Jahv. He fingered Jahv's feathery white hair, and started to examine Jahv's boots, which he'd ignored on the others for some reason. He started for each of Jahv's antennae, which made Jahv more than a little nervous, and he decided he'd better distract the youngster, so he brought out the headband. The boy glared at it, but made no move to run away.

Jahv gently brought it up to the boy's forehead and paused. Still the boy didn't move. Then Jahv placed it over the youngster's head and activated it, and pressed his own fingers to the visible circuitry.

Arcs of electricity sparked between the two alien youngsters. Niklas, Davy, and Keith backed off. "I just thought of something really unpleasant." said Keith. "What if that contraption is broken? If Jahv gets brain-fried, we don't get home!"

Niklas and Davy felt a sudden chill. Keith had a point, and none of them had thought of it.

Finally the two alien boys separated, and slumped to the ground. Niklas and the others quickly ran over to Jahv, who sat up instants later. "Are you okay?" begged Niklas.

Jahv shook his head to clear it. "Well, that was interesting. I'm having to dismiss this sudden urge to go swinging through the trees. But yes, I think I'm okay. What about him."

Clearly the alien wildchild had taken the worst of the shock. He moaned a couple of times and slowly sat up. He looked thoroughly confused, as if realizing something about himself he hadn't known. He opened his mouth and worked his jaw a few times before finally emitting sound. "What — what these words you give me?"

Niklas, Keith, and Davy looked towards the new boy with shock, their eyes wide. "Cripes, I think it actually worked." whispered Keith.

"It's called English." explained Jahv gently. "It's the language my friends and I speak."

The alien boy gazed at the others. "Where you come from? Why you do this?"

"We picked up on the distress beacon." said Jahv.

The boy frowned. "I think you're going a little too fast for him, Jahv." said Niklas.

"I think you're right." replied Jahv. He turned his attention to the boy. "What is your name?"

The alien boy scowled, deep in thought. Finally he spoke again, with a slight grin on his face. "Morik. Name is Morik."

"All right, Morik." said Jahv. "What do you remember about coming here?"

Morik pondered this question for a long time. "Two others like Morik. But bigger. Say we have to leave home. Home not there anymore. Come here but not supposed to. Not see bigger ones after that." Morik scowled again, trying to remember all he could. "Morik — did something with something, and put this around neck. Got hungry. Went into trees. Stayed there. Safe. Not go too far." Then he looked at the others. "You here because Morik did something?"

"Yes." said Jahv. "As you said, your home isn't there anymore. But we can offer you a new home, if you want to come with us."

"You from sky?" asked Morik.

"He remembers that?" asked Davy.

"Either the headband worked better than expected, or he's not as stupid as he's been acting up until now." answered Keith.

"Yes, but we're from — another part of the sky." said Jahv, trying to use words he hoped Morik would understand. "But it's your choice."

Morik frowned. "Morik alone for long time. Not see anyone like him. You sort of like Morik. More than like anyone else. Morik not want be alone now. Morik come."

"Is there anything you want from the ship?" asked Jahv.

Morik thought about this. "Morik remember — small animal. Not move. Soft. Friend."

"The gralnok." said Jahv.

"I'll get it." said Davy.

"Okay, hold it." said Keith. "Obviously we're pulling out. Well, I'm not going anywhere until I get this gunk off'a me."

"We could all use a bath." said Niklas. "And I don't recall a shower on the shuttle."

"Morik know place. Not far. Follow Morik."

Davy had emerged with the stuffed animal and handed it to Morik, who led the others through the jungle. The young Dorrian had astounding agility, and it was all the others could do to keep up with him. Finally they emerged in a clearing with a large lake.

"Wash here." said Morik.

"Like you'd know." remarked Keith, although the water looked inviting. Keith hoped it was enough to remove the sticky coolant.

"Not so." replied the boy. "Morik come here whenever trees turn color whether Morik need to wash or not."

"You're in no position to point fingers, Keith," grinned Jahv. "Besides, who's he gonna offend out here?" Seconds later, gratefully, the group was in the lake, washing off either recently acquired grime, a lengthy build-up of it, or an excess of coolant, which fortunately was water-soluable. Not long after, the activity had turned from washing to a lot of playful splashing. Morik seemed especially enthused. He'd been alone too long, and had almost forgotten how to play. But his childhood seemed to be gradually coming back to him.

"You know," said Keith, once he was clean, "this lake's not so bad. We don't have to be in that much of a hurry to return. And it is a nice day."

Suddenly bubbles formed at the far edge of the lake. Morik's eyes went wide. The others hadn't seen it, but before Morik could yell a warning, a huge, serpentine head and twenty feet of neck burst forth from the water and bellowed at the top of its lungs, then eyed the five boys hungrily.

"Get shore!" shrieked Morik, even as they all were doing just that. "That can't come on land!" Seconds later, the boys had made shore, grabbed their boots, Jahv's backpack, and Morik's stuffed animal, and had just kept running. "Boy, one word from you about having a good time on a nice day —!" joked Davy to Keith.

"And how is this MY fault!?" countered Keith, but he realized his friend was kidding.

Not long after, and breathing hard, they had reached their shuttle and were all strapped into their seats, Morik having been placed and strapped into one of the extras since the vessel had been designed to seat seven besides the pilot, and took off.

"What your world like?" asked Morik, who was clearly nervous about being on board a shuttle or apparently anywhere near machinery, but trying to stay calm for the sake of his new friends.

"Well, for starters, we don't always run around naked." remarked Keith, standing up once the shuttle had cleared the atmosphere. Jahv hadn't had time to program the return course to Earth, so they had a few minutes. Keith was trying to figure out how to program the fabricator to make new uniforms. Finally Jahv came over and did so.

"For another thing," said Keith, "our dinosaurs had the good sense to either die off or evolve into something a bit less hazardous."

"You've never seen an alligator or a crocodile, have you?" remarked Davy.

Morik watched the others get dressed. Jahv hadn't bothered yet, not because he didn't intend to, but because he was too busy flying the shuttle. Technically, it would be appropriate for him to wear some space-clothes out here. Morik seemed confused by what the others were doing. "I have to put on extra skins like you?" He seemed upset at the notion.

"Not to worry." said Davy. "You should probably stay with Jahv and Keyro. They never wear anything, anyway."

Morik brightened. "I think I will like your world."

"We haven't had any complaints from any other aliens." joked Niklas, as laughter filled the shuttle on its way back to Earth.

Part 7

Jahv, Niklas, Keith, Davy, and their new friend Morik were returning to Earth, after discovering Morik, one of a handful of survivors (and the only one in the area) on a jungle planet that featured, among other peculiarities, flowers that sprayed a mist that dissolved the fabric of the uniforms the boys had been wearing, and an aquatic dragon of considerable size that had attempted to turn the boys into lunch.

Keith especially had not taken this well, given his encounter with a similar creature in a holographic representation of Jahv's homeworld. He sat towards the back of the shuttle, muttering, "Overgrown lizards. Is Earth the only planet where the dinosaurs had the decency to die off before people came along? Jeez…"

At this point, the flight was proceeding fairly quietly. They were in hyperwarp, bound for Earth. Keith was trying to get the food replicator to make him a pizza. None of the youngsters could help but be reminded of a small microwave oven when they used the machine, since structurally it was very similar, except you didn't have to put food into it to get food out of it. And Keith had been reasonably successful with a cheeseburger on the first flight.

Jahv had replaced everyone's uniforms, but Morik had done without clothing for as long as he could remember, and wasn't entirely comfortable with the concept. He was grateful that he would be staying with two others, Jahv and Keyro, that didn't wear clothing on a regular basis. As it stood, all he could stand to wear was a pair of space boots identical to everyone else's, and the skimpiest pair of shorts imaginable. These made speedos look like boxer shorts by comparison. If the sides were any narrower, they would have had to have been measured in molecules. He looked a little silly wearing only this and the oversized, padded boots, but either he didn't notice or, more likely, didn't care.

What was truly odd, though, were the colors Morik had requested. The shorts, such as they were, were bright yellow with swirls of red and purple in them. Jahv had speculated that it was possible that Morik's natural Dorrian tendencies towards making everything ornate, since the Dorrians had been known for being artisans of the highest degree, were starting to re-emerge, and either had a ways to go, or else Morik just had rotten taste in color schemes.

Morik was spending his time wearing the encephalo-educator headband that had been found in the ruins of his family's shuttle. Somehow, when Jahv had placed it on Morik's head and then attempted to telepathically teach him English through it, the device had not only absorbed the English language, but had reset itself to operate far faster than before. Morik had realized that his language skills, to say nothing of his social skills, were severely hindered, and it embarassed him. So he was determined to bring himself up to date on the language as quickly as possible. He was paying for it with a headache he'd not soon forget, but he felt it was worth it. As far as social skills were concerned, he figured the best thing to do was just stay quiet and watch the others. Niklas and Davy were fixated on the images of stars flying past the large side windows of the shuttle. There was a gorgeous nebula in the distance that was far more brilliant than anything one could see on Earth. The two boys had been actively talking about what a grand adventure this was all turning out to be. Keith, on the other hand, was sitting in a chair away from the windows, and looked less than delighted. It was hard to tell if he was bored, angry, or scared.

Finally the other two boys noticed their friend's disposition. "You okay, Keith?" asked Niklas.

Keith grumbled. "Ask me that when we get back to Earth."

"Y'know, you've been acting a bit nasty since this whole trip started." commented Davy. "If you didn't want to come along, why did you?"

Keith glared. "Because while you two put your heads in the clouds, or the stars, or whatever, somebody had to come along to keep your feet on the ground!"

"What's that supposed to mean?" asked Niklas.

"You've been watching too many episodes of Star Trek or whatever, that's what I mean." said Keith. "In all of your watching space movies and stuff, did you miss 'Apollo 13? And that's the one that really happened!"

"Are you saying…" began Davy.

"I'm saying," interrupted Keith, "that we're shooting through space, faster-than-light, further out than anybody from our planet has ever been, on board a ship built by two kids who aren't that different from us, and all you two can do is gape out the windows. If anything happened to Jahv, do you think any of us would ever see home again?"

"And you'd rather sit there, sulk, and dwell on that than enjoy this opportunity to see the universe from a perspective that no one ever has before?" exclaimed Niklas. "I think this is all magnificent! I can see why astronauts and cosmonauts have always found traveling in space to be such an incredible experience. And we've gone a lot further than they ever have."

"I'd rather you guys keep a balanced view here, that's all." said Keith. "Sure, this is all pretty fantastic. But if you're expecting the Starship Enterprise or the Millennium Falcon to come zipping along, don't hold yer breath."

Suddenly a loud THUNK reverberated through the ship, which seemed to stall and shudder. "Uh, oh…" remarked Jahv worriedly from the cockpit. If he'd heard any of the conversation, he was either too polite or too occupied just now to say so.

"Hey, those are not words you want to hear when you're still a dozen light years from home, okay?" said Keith. Morik deactivated the headband. He didn't know machinery, but he could tell something wasn't right.

"What happened?" asked Niklas, moving up to the cockpit area.

Jahv was frantically checking controls. "I don't know yet! We're losing hyperwarp speed, but I don't know why!"

"What's going to happen?" exclaimed Davy frantically.

There was another loud THUNK which reverberated through the shuttle. The youngsters were all panicked at this point, including Jahv. "What's the matter with this thing?"

"Do something, greenie!" yelled Keith, wishing there was someplace to run but realizing there wasn't.

"I would if I knew what to do!" countered Jahv. "I can't even figure out what's happening! Sensors won't work, we're bouncing all over hyperspace. We could emerge anywhere in the galaxy!"

The shuttle was bucking around severely at this point. Niklas and Keith had been on their feet and got roughly slammed to the floor. They clambered into their chairs and strapped in.

Jahv was trying desperately to stay calm and figure out what was happening. A console on the wall behind him suddenly sparked, but a quick glance told him that it was, of all things, the windshield wipers. Jahv took a couple of deep breaths and called to mind everything his parents had taught him about emergency shuttle procedures. He continued checking the control panels. "Okay. I know what's wrong. Hyperwarp stabilizer malfunction. We're going to have to pull out of this, or we really could get lost halfway across the galaxy. But I've got to find us someplace to — I think you would call it 'pull over' — to effect repairs."

A loud BANG shot through the shuttle. Niklas and Davy both screamed. Morik was just hanging on, eyes wide and petrified. It was entirely possible he was having a nasty flashback to his last shuttle flight, the one which had killed his parents and stranded him on a wild jungle planet. "What the hell was that?!" yelled Keith.

Jahv, fighting panic, shot his hands across the control panels. The readings did not look good. "Stabilizer's shot entirely. We're coming out of hyperwarp. Hang on."

The shuttle vibrated and the metal screamed. The stars flashing past diminished into the normal points of light that they always appeared to be. Finally the ship shuddered a few times and stalled, nearly dead in space.

"What now?" cried Davy.

"Told you this could happen." said Keith, although he was as petrified as the others. He'd trusted Jahv, as well, and hadn't really expected anything this bad to happen.

Jahv continued to keep his own panic in check as best as possible. "Okay, run procedures." he said to himself. "Structural integrity — no, dammit — life support first. Life support fully functional. We won't run out of air. Structural integrity next. We're sound except for a slight breach caused when the stabilizer coil gave out, but that section is isolated to itself and can withstand space. Engine power — we've got sublight engines all the way up to.9995. I can maybe get us close enough to light-speed to shave some time off to a repair facility. Bridge us between normal space and hyperspace. Pray we're close to something useful."

"What the hell are you jabbering about up there!" yelled Keith, who had unstrapped from his chair. "You've just stranded us and you're running a checklist?!"

"Keith, I realize you're scared, and so am I, but panic won't do any good. Please sit down until I can figure out where we are and how badly off this ship is."

"Why, you —!" started Keith, but he was restrained by Davy, who had gotten up, as had Niklas and Morik.

"Keith, chill out. Let's see what's going on." urged Davy.

"Jahv, how bad is it, really?" said Niklas. They were all fighting panic, but Jahv was right. It wouldn't help.

"We've got sensors, and I'm running star charts." said Jahv, almost mechanically.

"Star charts?!" exploded Keith. "What the hell good are —?!"

Jahv shot out of his seat and faced the terrified Keith. "All right, that's enough! You're scared, I'm scared, we're all scared! And maybe I'm a stranger on your planet and don't know my way around even well enough to go to a mall, but out here, this is MY territory and I DO know what I'm doing! There are emergency procedures that are drilled into the head of every single space-faring Botaran from the instant they can understand language! And right now, that's what I'm doing. You want to know what happened? Fine! We blew a stabilizer coil. That means we can't use the hyperwarp engines to travel faster than light. We need a replacement part, which won't really be that hard to find PROVIDED we're close enough to a place where we can get one. When I realized what was happening, I had just enough time to point us more or less in a direction where we should be able to get help. And I'm running star charts right now to find out just where the closest help might be. Okay?!"

Jahv was shaking, partly from anger but mostly from fear. So was Keith. The two faced each other for a long moment. Nobody moved. Finally Keith backed off. "Just get us home. Whatever it takes."

"That, I promise you." said Jahv.

"Are we — lost?" asked Morik. He'd been too scared to even speak until now.

"I hope not." said Jahv. Suddenly the console in the cockpit beeped. Had it found something?

Jahv's fingers flew across the controls, and star maps soared across the screen. He wasn't sure whether to be relieved at the results or not. "Garboris. Not the nicest place in the galaxy, but it'll have to do. I've been there before, with my parents, years ago."

"What's Garboris?" asked Davy. "Some sort of planet?"

Jahv shook his head, replotting the course. "It's a space station. Huge. In what we call open space. It's not aligned with any of the major empires, alliances, or federations. Nicely placed along major trade routes, though. People go there to trade, repair their ships, stuff like that — especially when they want to avoid any official attention."

"Like a shuttle with five kids, no adults, three of which don't even belong this far out in space, and one of which is a runaway from his homeworld?" speculated Niklas.

"Something like that." grinned Jahv.

"What's this space station like?" asked Davy.

Jahv pondered the question, trying to put it in terms his friends would understand. "Think of Deep Space Nine from Star Trek crossed with the Mos Eisley spaceport from Star Wars, but not quite as nice as either one."

"Terrific." said Keith sullenly. "Just when I tell these two to get their minds of off Star Trek and Star Wars, our own resident alien has to go make comparisons."

"The trick now is getting there." said Jahv. "We're honestly lucky to be as close as we are to it. Without hyperwarp, it'll take the better part of an hour. Let's hope we didn't suffer any more damage."

The voyage continued in relative silence. Keith had returned to his seat and brought his legs up and rested his head against his knees. He didn't say anything. Davy and Niklas, seated next to each other, just tried to keep calm and held each other's hands. Morik had strapped himself in and had put the educator headband back on, wondering if there was anything in it about space flight.

Roughly an hour later, during which time everyone calmed down as much as possible — it helped just to realize they were at least moving towards possible help and not just sitting dead in space — the space station called Garboris was on the sensor screen, and finally appeared in the windows. It actually looked vaguely like Deep Space Nine, in that it was circular, with pylons jutting out, and a central section. But it was bulkier in appearance, and the pylons were more numerous and more haphazard. The place also looked ill-kept, with dirt and rust in apparent evidence. Either that, or this place had been cobbled together from materials that had already been rusted or dirty in the first place, or just naturally dingy regardless of their condition.

Jahv had a concerned look on his face. "Yeesh, it looks worse than it did five years ago when I was last here. Maybe this wasn't such a good idea, but we're out of options. I can't fix the stabilizer without being docked. I won't be able to access the necessary sections of the shuttle."

"Wonders of the universe, huh, guys?" remarked Keith.

"I've never seen anything like that in Earth orbit, have you, Keith?" replied Davy.

"Wouldn't want to." stated Keith.

"It's interesting, but I sort of agree with Keith. It looks a little nasty. Maybe some of us should just stay on the ship?" suggested Niklas.

"Not a good idea." said Jahv. "We need parts. We need to replace the coil. And I don't think splitting up is a good idea. The interior of that space station is like a maze. It was built over a long period of time, by several races, none of whom paid much attention to what their predecessors did." He worked the controls and opened a commlink. "Space Station Garboris, this is Shuttle designate Alpha-Jahv, requesting permission to dock."

Static blasted through the speaker, but then a rough, gravelly voice spoke, "Shuttle Alpha-Jahv, state your reason for docking."

"Repairs." replied Jahv. "Hyperwarp stabilizer is out. We shouldn't be long."

"Access granted." came the voice again. "Follow your beacon to docking pylon Zhrek-three."

"Understood. Receiving beacon. Thank you. Alpha-Jahv out." Jahv turned off the commlink. "Zhrek-three. Wish I could remember this station better and where that puts us compared to where we need to go. I think I know a shortcut. Have to see when we get in."

"I'm surprised they didn't ask why a kid was flying this thing." remarked Davy.

Jahv snickered. "You think tone of voice means anything out here? They were probably glad I'm not a Pavarot. Not only do they have deep baritone voices from the day they're born, but their entire language sounds like opera."

"Deep baritone from birth?!" exclaimed Keith. "That must make feeding time at hospital nurseries a load of laughs."

Jahv maneuvered the shuttle to the indicated pylon, and docked. A hiss of air indicated the the airlock was operational. "Enabling security field." said Jahv, more to himself to remember proper procedures. "Powering down. Okay, we're set."

"What will the security field do?" asked Morik.

"Anybody tries to break into the shuttle, it'll hit 'em with a stun field." replied Jahv. "Okay, guys, let's go. But brace yourselves. Like I said, this isn't a very nice place."

The group moved through the airlock and into the space station. It smelled like a gym locker. Keith wrinkled his nose, and Niklas looked nearly ready to gag. Davy scowled. Their illusions of the wonders of space were taking a bit of a beating just now. Morik looked nervous to be in such enclosed spaces as this. Jahv was amazed at how badly the place had indeed deteriorated. His and his parents had stopped here, as he had said, about five years ago, for emergency repairs. It had been a nasty place then. Now it looked downright vicious.

The walls were grimy, and so were most of the rather unpleasant-looking aliens they passed as the boys wandered through the corridors which led to a central section where Jahv knew the station's directory was. It was sort of a hub from which many corridors branched. They were all following Jahv's lead, and sticking close.

"This place is disgusting." whispered Davy.

"Yeah, I know, guys." said Jahv. "I didn't think it would be this bad, but we're kind of stuck. We've got to get the parts we need."

"Let's do it quickly, okay?" suggested Niklas, who, like Davy, had come to the realization that looking out the window of a nice clean shuttle at all the wondrous stars and phenomenae of space flying past was a far cry from dropping in on some remote outpost. Even Keith seemed cowed, thinking to himself, "I wanted a reality check, but not something this bad. I'm glad Martin's not here."

They soon came to the Core, as it was called. Several stories in height, there were wide corridors on every level, leading to all manner of shops and kiosks. An incredible array of alien life, very little of it pleasant-looking, milled around, conducting assorted business.

"I hope Karak is still here." said Jahv. "He's the parts dealer my parents dealt with years ago. Honest enough — for this place. He'll be on the second level if I recall." Jahv consulted the directory. "Thank the Creator. He's still here."

The group ascended a nearby stairwell that took them to the next level. "By the way," said Niklas, "I'm understanding a lot of the words I'm hearing around me. How is that possible?"

"There's a translation field in effect throughout the station." said Jahv. "Probably one of the few things anybody bothers to maintain properly, because the commerce of the station is so dependent on it. You think most of these spacers speak more than their own language?"

"Good point." said Niklas, surprised that some of what he was seeing was even capable of speech.

They came to an entrance to an obvious bar which spread across the width of the entire corridor. "Do we have to go through there?" said Niklas, suddenly fearful.

"I'm afraid so." said Jahv, wincing himself. As with the rest of the station, this place looked worse than ever.

"Are we even allowed in a place like that?" exclaimed Davy. "That's a bar, for heaven's sake!"

"Terrific." muttered Keith. "Only thing worse than these ugly aliens has gotta be these ugly aliens — drunk."

"Age isn't a factor." said Jahv. "There is a detour, but.

"But what?" said Niklas. "It's gotta be better than this!"

"It would take three hours, and I don't think any of us want to put on the breathing gear necessary to get through the Methane Zone." stated Jahv. "It doesn't do much to cut the smell."

"Bar." said Keith.

"Yep, bar." added Davy.

"I suppose so." said Niklas.

"Whatever." concluded Morik.

The group approached, but Jahv suddenly put his arms out and halted everyone. His eyes were the most sensitive of anyone's in the group, and he'd just seen trouble. "Now what?" exclaimed Keith.

"There's two Soluans in there." said Jahv grimly. "Right along the main walkthrough."

"Soluans?" asked Davy, then he realized. "You mean those aliens who — " He looked at Morik and stopped himself.

"Precisely." said Jahv. "And they are not going to be pleased to see Morik."

"What are Soluans?" asked Morik.

Jahv frowned. It was time to tell a story he would have prefered to avoid. "Morik, do you remember why your parents left your home planet?"

Morik scowled. He tried to call up memories from those very young years. "I — no. All I seem to recall is — lizard-men."

"You do know what those lizard-men did, don't you?" asked Jahv, very gently.

Morik nodded. "Destroyed the planet. I remember that." Then realization kicked in. "The lizard-men are here!?" His face changed to utter fury. "I'll —!" Davy and Keith restrained him.

Jahv spoke calmly but quickly. "It's not likely they're the SAME lizard-men, and you can't win a fight against them. They'll kill you on sight, even if it meant being arrested themselves. This place is not without some security. They hate you as much as you hate them because your people destroyed all of the ships that were sent to your world. We have to get you past them unnoticed."

"How do these Soluans feel about Botarans?" asked Keith.

"They're not too crazy about us, either, because they know they can't beat our technology." remarked Jahv.

"But they've probably never seen anyone from Earth, right?" added Keith.

"No, I'm sure of that." replied Jahv. "What are you getting at?"

"You want a distraction, you'll get one. Can I see your backpack?"

Jahv handed Keith the backpack. Keith started fishing around and came out with a can of bathroom deodorizer. "How did that get in there?" asked Jahv.

"I saw the plumbing facilities on board the shuttle before we took off." said Keith.

"Next question — when did you get so brave?" inquired Davy.

Keith sighed. "Look, I'm a bundle of nervous energy right now, and if I don't do something to blow off some steam, I'm gonna pop. I figure if nothing else, those guys are probably half-drunk and we can outrun 'em if we have to."

"'We'?" asked Davy suspiciously.

"I want back-up. You in?"

Davy groaned. "I suppose, if only to see what you've got in mind."

Keith turned to Jahv. "All right, you'll have your distraction in a minute. Get through the bar and we'll meet you on the other side."

"I hope you know what you're doing." said Niklas.

"Yeah, me too." replied Keith, as he and Davy walked off.

The Soluans were huge beings, easily over seven feet tall. Their bodies were powerful but their limbs were rather slender. Their heads looked vaguely like several species of dinosaur Keith could think of offhand. Both were scaly green, but one of them, who also had a badge on his metallic tunic that the other did not have, had some orange around his face. Keith assumed it was probably because he was just older. He looked more scaly, too. The two reptilian men were talking about something, but Keith couldn't quite tell what. The translation field was working in here, but it was crowded and noisy.

Keith took a deep breath and stepped right up to the table, Davy in tow. "Good afternoon, gentle — uh — men."

"Grife, now what." rumbled one of the Soluans. "Getting so you can't get quietly drunk anywhere in the cosmos anymore."

"And what manner of pathetic mammals are these?" said the other. "You ever see anything like these things before?"

"Not sober, I haven't." replied the first. "Maybe we're more drunk than we think."

Keith kept going, bringing out the spray can. "Gentlemen, I have a wonderful offer for you today. For just a — a small amount of whatever you use for money, you can own this wonderful new freshening product."

"'Freshening product'?" repeated the elder Soluan.

"Absolutely!" proclaimed Keith, trying to keep his knees from knocking. Out of the corner of his eye he saw Jahv and Niklas flanking Morik and making their way through the bar as quickly as they could without being too obvious about it. It was slow going given the crowd of patrons milling — and in some cases staggering — and in at least one case oozing — around. "Kills germs in the air!" Keith shot some of the spray into the air, and the Soluans waved the spray away from them. "Kills bad breath, too!" continued Keith. "Open up, llama-lips." Keith reached for the younger Soluan's face and pried his jaw open and shot some spray in. The Soluan stared choking. "Makes a great flavor additive, too!" Keith shot some of the spray into the older Soluan's drink, and the force of the spray splashed some of the purplish liquid out of the glass.

"Enough!" roared the elder Soluan. The younger one was still coughing. "Begone!"

Keith backed off, and Davy was clearly ready to run. "Well, I can see you're just not interested, but I tried. Bye!"

Keith and Davy skittered for the exit on the far side of the bar, where the others waited. "I don't believe what you did back there." wheezed Davy. "Grabbing that thing's mouth!?"

"Got on a roll and couldn't stop myself. And brother, he needed the spray, trust me."

"Well, after that stunt, I hope they're gone by the time we get back, because if they're not, Niklas and I are going to have to conceal three of you, and I'm not sure we can." said Jahv. "I didn't pack the cloaking field that I used that day in the mall."

"What now?" asked Niklas.

"Now, we find Karak." said Jahv. He led the group further down the corridor and through several turns. Finally they arrived at their destination. "Thank the Creator!" sighed Jahv. "Karak is still in business."

Jahv led the group to a medium-sized storefront with alien lettering above the entryway. But there was no denying the purpose of the store. Holographic images of spaceship parts were on display in the windows. Niklas theorized that this was probably some sort of universal symbology that practically anyone would understand. The translation field could take care of spoken words, perhaps, but not images.

A chime went off as soon as the youngsters entered. A deep, accented voice boomed from the back. "Yah, yah, I be coming!"

"Sometimes the translation field is — somewhat less than perfect." remarked Jahv, noticing the curious expressions on the other boys' faces. Even Morik stuck a finger in one ear as if to make sure it was working properly.

A huge specimen of alien life emerged from a back room. He was more or less humanoid, well over six feet tall, with light blue skin bordering on pale turquoise, thick black hair and a beard, bald on top with a ridge of skin or bone running from the bridge of his nose well over his forehead, disappearing into his hairline. And either his species was naturally predisposed towards a huge gut, or this being had not missed very many meals in his life, all of which had been considerable. He was dressed in a worn brown shirt, and equally worn grey coveralls with a variety of stains on them from assorted mechanical fluids. Davy, Niklas, and Keith backed off a few steps. Morik looked slightly nervous. Only Jahv seemed unfazed. "Whataya kids want?" said Karak, roughly but not unkindly. "The simulator arcade is on the next level!"

"We know that. We need a part for our shuttle." explained Jahv.

"YOUR shuttle?" Karak's reddish eyes went wide. "You five kids is on your own? Hokay, I'm impressed. Whataya need?"

"Hyperwarp stabilizer coil for a medium-sized shuttle of Botaran design." explained Jahv.

"Lemme see specs." said Karak. Jahv withdrew a small device from his backpack, which displayed an image of the shuttle, and handed it to Karak. "Hunh. Built this yourself, didn't you?"

"Yes, why?"

Karak shrugged. "Overall, you did good job. Followed specs almost precisely. But I see problem. Your regulator coil to your stabilizer isn't tight enough. That's why your stabilizer blew. I can give you new coil and new stabilizer. If you need me to do work, that'll be extra."

"We can do the work." said Jahv.

"I think you can." said Karak, grinning. "But you still need parts. What you have for trade?"

"I can offer you a Botar-Tech Mark 5 Food Replicator." said Jahv.

Keith grabbed Jahv's arm and whispered, "You're giving him the food replicator? I just got that thing to do cheeseburgers and pizza!" "And we're on our way directly home after this, and there's still the replicator back in the dome tent." replied Jahv. The replicator on the shuttle was one which Keyro had brought with him, and they were working on building more such equipment. "Besides, we don't have any currency, and can you think of anything else to better offer Karak?"

Karak stroked his chin. "Hokay. I like you kids. I make you deal. Replicator for coil and stabilizer. But you better throw in some food programs."

Jahv grinned. "Deal!"

"You go get replicator. I will have parts when you get back." said Karak. "Hey, one question. You I know as Botaran, and him I think is Dorrian, though I haven't seen one since — well, in years. What you other three?"

Jahv smiled. "They're from a planet called Earth."

Niklas almost panicked. "Jahv," he whispered quickly, "should you have told.

He was interrupted by a derisive snort from Karak. "Earth. Silly name for a planet. Never heard of it. Whatever. You get replicator, I have parts."

The youngsters moved off and headed back towards the stairwell. "It's like I said, Niklas. Nobody on this station is going to care, and Karak's one of the nicer guys around here."

"I have to say, that deal went easier than I guess I thought it was going to." remarked Davy, as the group headed down.

"I'll just be glad to be out of here." said Keith.

"I gotta admit, I'm thinking that watching the universe through a telescope from now on might not be such a bad idea." said Niklas.

"Guys, I really am sorry about this." said Jahv. "But we'll be out of here soon enough."

"May I ask, do any of you know a Prince Arion?" said Morik abruptly.

Jahv immediately turned. "What? Prince Arion? Of Korras? Why?"

"Those two Soluans in the bar have him prisoner on their ship." explained Morik. "That's what they were talking about when Davy and Keith walked up. He's been giving them a lot of trouble."

"How could you know that?" asked Davy.

Morik brushed his long hair past his tapered, pointed ears. "Not much gets past these."

"What are you guys talking about?" asked Keith impatiently.

"Korras is a gorgeous planet. Very mountainous. The people are a peaceful and elegant race, but not someone that you want to pick a fight with." explained Jahv. "They consider combat an art form as much as painting or dancing. And they can fly, on their own, so they're also pretty good at developing flying machines and spacecraft."

"They can fly?!" exclaimed Davy, stunned. Davy loved to climb in trees and up hills and pretend that he could swing through branches like Tarzan or even fly like a superhero.

"Prince Arion wouldn't be any older than any of us." remarked Jahv. "Taking him prisoner makes no sense. He can't possibly be a threat."

"He could be a hostage." said Keith.

"We should rescue him." said Morik.

"Whoa, hold it!" exclaimed Keith. "Do we look like a SWAT team!? Come on, guys, we're five kids with a broken-down shuttle that we'll be lucky to limp home in, and camo-face here wants us to go play commando!?"

"There may be a way that doesn't require us to actually go up against the Soluans." pondered Jahv.

"Guys, the shuttle repair?" urged Keith.

"It's going to take some time for Karak to get the parts ready, anyway." said Jahv. "And there's really not much to do here otherwise. Not for kids, anyway."

"I'm not sure about this." said Niklas gently. "I mean, suppose they come after us?"

"As soon as we've managed the rescue, we'll get the parts and be out of here." said Jahv. "I know Soluan ships. They rely on brute force. They don't have the subtlety to track us once we're in hyperwarp."

"I hate to say this, but this really isn't any of our business." said Davy.

Jahv frowned. "Look, guys, we're talking about a kid just like us. The Soluans' reputation tells me they're either going to execute him, imprison him indefinitely, or brainwash him."

Niklas and Davy looked hesitant. Finally Niklas said, "What's your plan for rescuing him?"

"Aw, for —!" started Keith, but a glare from Niklas and Davy silenced him, admittedly into a scowl.

"This station has a working transmat unit on the fourth level. It's similar to what Keyro and I used to arrive on your world." explained Jahv.

"I hope it's a darn sight quieter!" sputtered Keith.

Jahv nodded. "It is. That was an older unit, and we were using it over a vast distance. I'm even working on a mid-range unit for myself and Keyro back on Earth. But never mind that now. Anyway, considering the specifics of Soluan ships, they're not really well shielded against energy intrusions. If we find the transmat console, we can — I think you would say 'beam' Prince Arion right out of the Soluan ship, get our shuttle parts, and get underway before the Soluans even know what happened."

Niklas and Davy looked at each other, thinking about the rescue. Finally they shrugged and nodded. "Okay. We can try it."

Keith let loose a few choice expletives.

"But if it starts getting too messy, we'll have to break it off." added Davy. "One thing we're all agreed on — we want to get home. Safely."

The five boys found a nearby staircase and scooted up the steps to the fourth level and down a short corridor. As Jahv had recalled, there was a transmat station. There was also a guard, or operator, at the console. He wasn't much taller than any of the kids, and was in fact thinner. But his rather wrinkled facial appearance, which was moderately human through greyish skin, indicated that this was an adult. "Can I help you kids?" he said in a bored but slightly suspicious voice.

Jahv tried to bluff it through. "We have some cargo we need transported here."

"Yeah, I'll bet you do." said the operator, approaching Jahv as the five boys spread out somewhat. "G'wan, get out of here. I have no time for pesky kids. Whataya doin' on this station, any —!"

The operator's eyes bugged out, then closed, and he slumped to the ground, Niklas bracing him to keep from falling too hard. But it was impossible not to notice Niklas' hand on the alien's shoulder. "I'll be darned — it worked!"

"You gotta be kidding me." said Keith, trying not to laugh. "You pulled a Vulcan nerve pinch!?"

"Just don't think it's going to work on anybody else." said Jahv, not quite stifling a giggle. It was rather funny. "That race is known to be susceptible to that sort of thing."

"I hope I didn't really hurt him." said Niklas.

"Nah." said Jahv. "He'll wake up in about an hour with a headache. That's all." Jahv scanned for the Soluan ship. "Interesting. Two-man transport ship. At least those two in the bar are the only Soluans on the station. Picking up a life sign in one of the cargo holds. Locking on. Got him!" Jahv activated the console, and a humanoid form was coalescing on the transmat platform.

He was, as expected, a boy, perhaps in Niklas' age range. His skin was a pale reddish-purple, and instead of hair he appeared to have a helmet of huge, black feathers fanning out from his head. His huge, oval, almost upswept eyes showed a distinct ferocity. He wore no shirt, but his trousers were indigo blue in color and highly ornate, with purple and gold swirls running through them.

He'd also apparently felt what was happening to him and was in mid-sentence when he finally appeared. "-the spires of — and who in the cosmos are you?"

Jahv provided some general introductions, including homeworlds. Arion frowned. "Earth. I have never heard of this world. I suppose it's not important. I am Prince Arion, regent-heir of the planetary monarchy of Korras. You have my gratitude."

"Not too overbearing, is he?" whispered Keith.

"Well, he is royalty of some sort, I guess." replied Niklas. "I guess he's entitled."

Jahv had already started discussing options with Arion. "We're really in something of a hurry to get home," explained Jahv, "and this place does not have any Travelers' Assistance Station that I know of. And I don't think our shuttle would make the journey to Korras very effectively."

Arion shook his head. "I could not return there just now anyway. I was the bargaining point in a disgusting truce between my people — my own father, the King — and the Soluans. I suspect it doesn't much matter what happens to me at this point, but if I were to return to my homeworld, the truce would be broken and war would result."

"Jahv told us you people were warriors." remarked Morik. "Why would you make a truce with Soluans?"

Arion turned angry only for a moment, then calmed. "An initial attack that destroyed the power supplies for our spacefighters, and a subsequent attack on two of our major cities. Do you want the casualty list, or do you get the idea?"

Morik merely nodded.

"That doesn't mean, however, that I'm going to let these Soluans get away from here anytime soon." said Arion. He turned to the transmat console. "Is this still set for the Soluan shuttle?" he asked Jahv.

Jahv nodded, and Arion worked the controls. A transparent sphere with glowing circuitry in it materalized.

"What's that?" asked Niklas.

"Their power core." said Arion, grinning. "Is there a way to set this thing to dispersal?"

Jahv studied the console. Niklas, Davy, and even Keith started to giggle. Even they could figure out what was happening here. "Yes," replied Jahv. "Coordinates set for space beyond the station, wide spread. Do it."

The glowing sphere vanished. "They won't be going much of anywhere without that." said Arion.

"And I don't think even the lowlifes on this station would help Soluans." added Jahv. "No one likes them."

"Now that that's settled," said Keith, "can we please get the parts we need and go home?"

"Karak's had enough time, I'm sure." said Jahv.

"Hey, I just thought of something." offered Davy. "Could we use this to get back to the shuttle?"

"What, the transmat?" asked Jahv.

"Yeah, that'd be kind of cool. don't'cha think?" exclaimed Davy.

"We'd still have to carry the food replicator back to Karak, since we couldn't use the transmat from a remote location like the shuttle." said Jahv. "And then carry the parts back. And I can only set us in the docking bay at the shuttle, not inside it. The security field…"

"We get the idea." said Keith. "But even ONE less trip through that disgusting bar? I'm all in favor of that."

"Okay." said Jahv, adjusting the controls. "Focusing on the docking area outside our shuttle. Everyone get on the platform, please." Everyone climbed up to the platform. "Ten second delay, and — activated!" Jahv scurried over to the platform and waited. A few seconds later, the six youngsters disappeared — and reappeared in the docking area right near their shuttle.

"That was SO COOL!" yelped Davy. "WOW!" "It — tickled." said Niklas, amazed and grinning.

"Says you." added Keith, who appeared to be counting his parts. "I itch."

"Coolant residue from Morik's shuttle, probably." snickered Davy.

"I think I feel a little dizzy." said Morik.

"It can be disorienting at times." said Jahv. "Maybe you and Arion should wait here with the shuttle, while we conclude the parts deal.

"I have no problem with that." said Arion. "The sooner we quit this station, the better."

The group headed into the shuttle. Jahv quickly detached the food replicator and rounded up the programs he needed for it.

They had to cut through the bar again, and noticed the distinct absence of Soluans. This worried Jahv. "If those two have headed back to their ship, they'll see Arion missing. That could sober them up real quick, and I'm going to need some installation time to repair the shuttle. They can't go anywhere in their ship, but that doesn't stop them from searching the station."

"Lemme ask." said Keith. He walked up to the main bar, followed by Jahv. "Excuse me, what happened to the two Soluans that were in here earlier?"

A gruff, orange-skinned alien that seemed to be made partly out of rocks and partly out of fur answered him. "Those two? Got so drunk they picked a fight with three Pundrians. They're in the brig. Actually, they're in the brig infirmary."

Keith nodded thanks and walked away. "What are Pundrians?" he asked Jahv.

"There's a saying in some of the rougher parts of the galaxy, Keith." said Jahv. "The best translation I can give you is — If you pick a fight with a Pundrian, make sure you know a good doctor first. And a funeral director."

Karak was waiting for the group when they arrived. "Welcome back, young ones! Your parts are ready for you." he said. "You have food replicator?"

Jahv presented Karak with the food replicator. The alien inspected the device, and smiled widely. "This is good machine! Well worth the trade. I haven't had decent meal in weeks. This will produce good meals for me. Thank you!" He started going through the program discs. "Hey, what's — pizza?"

"You gave him MY program discs!?" yelled Keith.

"We'll be back on Earth before you know it, Keith." said Jahv. "Besides, those are the backups. Karak, try it. As long as you're not allergic to cheese, you'll like it."

"Sounds interesting. Is good deal whatever. Safe journey, little ones!"

"Thank you, Karak." said Jahv. "You're an honorable man among thieves."

Karak grinned widely and knowingly. "Somebody has to be, yes?"

Jahv gathered up the stabilizer and the coil and the group headed back to the shuttle. He was able to complete the repairs in about an hour, and all diagnostics on the control console checked out completely. Before long, the shuttle was underway, with its new passenger.

"Good-bye, Garboris." said Keith. "And good riddance. Gonna take me a week to get that smell out of my nose."

"Oh, come on." said Davy. "It wasn't that bad. We did make a new friend, right?"

"Two, including Karak, but I don't think he'd fit in with our group quite as well." offered Niklas.

"I don't think he'd fit in Jahv's TENT all that well!" proclaimed Keith. "Cripes, what do you feed somebody that big, anyway?"

"Whatever he wants?" suggested Morik, eliciting a few giggles as Jahv set the hyperwarp coordinates and the stars outside the ship began to elongate as the initial rush of faster-than-light speed took hold. It was a sight neither Niklas nor Davy, nor even Keith, grudgingly, would forget seeing.

A few hours later, Earth was visible through the front cockpit windows. "Now, that's a cool sight!" proclaimed Keith.

"Interesting looking world." said Arion. "Lot of water."

"It looks wonderful." said Morik.

Davy and Niklas remained transfixed by the sight of the fast-approaching planet. "Astronauts gotta be the luckiest people on the planet." said Niklas.

"Yeah, they get to see what things look like off-planet." affirmed Davy.

Finally close enough to Earth to attempt contact, Jahv activated the commlink and said, "This is shuttle Alpha-Jahv to central control. Anyone there?"

"Yep! You guys finally on the way back?" The voice was Jason's.

"Jason!" said Jahv. "Is that you? Where are Martin and Keyro?"

There was a slight laugh at the other end. "Where d'you think? They're out mudwrestling. I think they got bored waiting, so me, Sniv, and Fabian have been taking turns. It's my shift now."

"Has anyone missed us?" asked Jahv, suddenly concerned.

"Nah. Everybody thinks your hanging around the pond or Davy's treehouse." replied Jason. "So, you bringing anything back from the galaxy for us?"

"How about two more aliens?" asked Jahv. There was a faint thud in the background.

Niklas giggled. "I think he fainted."

"Darn it, I knew we forgot something." said Davy. "Souvenirs!"

"From that place!?" exclaimed Keith. "I'll take you to the city dump later. You can get something that looks better and doesn't smell as bad."

Jahv activated the cloaking device for the shuttle once they were in Earth's atmosphere, and it coasted silently into the tent dome hangar. Jason, looking somewhat stunned, watched the group emerge. Davy and Niklas emerged first. Jahv was next, followed by Keith, and then Morik and Arion. Jason just shook his head, more stunned than ever. "I thought this was going to be a short trip out and back somewhere!"

"So did we." muttered Keith.

"Where are Martin and Keyro?" asked Jahv. "I would've thought you would've called them back.

"I did. They're just outside." replied Jason. "I wasn't sure you'd want them loose in here."

Jahv cut through the crowd, as did Keith and Niklas, while Davy tried to give the newcomers a tour around what would be their new home. Morik seemed pleased, but nervous, and Arion wanted to get outside, feeling rather confined.

Standing just outside were two thoroughly mud-covered boys — which was also ALL that was covering them. Keith, Jahv, and Niklas started to giggle. "Sheesh, which one is which?" asked Niklas.

"I think mine's the one with the two antennae." said Jahv.

Arion emerged, much to the surprise of both Martin and Keyro, and much to everyone's surprise, shot into the air like he was wearing rockets.

"Holy cow!" sputtered Niklas.

"Ohhhh, wow." said Davy, who had come outside with Morik just as Arion had taken off. "That is so incredible."

"Yeah, unless someone sees him!" said Keith.

"Who'd believe it?" stated Niklas.

Although so high into the sky that he barely looked like a speck, the boys could see Arion just well enough to see him performing stunts that would have put any flying thing on this planet — bird or aircraft — to utter shame. Finally he shot down into a dive that had Niklas and the others wondering how much ground he was going to plow up when he hit. But somehow, the young Prince managed to stop himself short and came to an impossibly gentle landing.

"That was incredible!" proclaimed Davy. "Do you take passengers?" Arion raised an eyebrow. "I suppose I could — sometime." Then he noticed Martin and Keyro. "Provided it's not those two, unless those are not their natural states."

"I hope you took your clothes off BEFORE going into the mud and didn't LOSE them out there, Martin." said Keith.

"I think these guys deserve a big hug for getting back safely, don't you?" asked Keyro, looking at Martin.

"Absolutely!" replied Martin, and the two boys surged forward.

Arion shot into the sky again, almost panicked. Jahv, Niklas, Morik and Keith managed to keep the two from falling back into the nearby tent, but not from getting muddy themselves. Seconds later, after some standing wrestling, all five either dove or fell into the nearby pond, except Morik, who ran off inexplicably in another direction. The rest finally surfaced, and Arion gradually came back down, but maintained a cautious distance. "You lot have the strangest customs. Is this normal behavior for your kind?"

Davy laughed. "Define normal."

"Oh, I see." said Arion, looking somewhat concerned. "May I assume by the rather isolated location and the concealed appearance of this nearby structure, as well as the fact that I've never heard of this planet, that there aren't many offworlders here?"

"Just you four, that we know of." said Niklas.

"Which means watch where you fly." added Keith. "You don't want to attract attention."

"I see." said Arion. "I trust, at least, that I haven't just traded one prison for another?"

"Would the Soluans have treated you as a friend?" asked Davy.

"Hardly." replied Arion. "The Soluans barely tolerate each other."

"There's the difference." said Niklas. "To us, you're a friend. Sort of a secret friend."

Arion pondered this remark. "I suspect I can live with that. Thank you."

"Hey, where's the other one you brought back with you?" asked Martin. "The one with the camouflage skin?"

"Did he go into the lake with the rest of us?" asked Davy, suddenly concerned. "We know he can swim!"

"I saw him head off in that direction when I took off." indicated Arion, pointing down a short path, that a now thoroughly mud-covered Morik was now returning upon.

"Morik, what the heck —?!" questioned Niklas.

Morik shrugged. "Seeing what you look like, I wondered what I would look like if I were just one color instead of many."

"This is a weird kid." said Keith. "You can take the kid out of the jungle, but you can't take the jungle out of the kid…"

"Hold it." said Jahv, his antennae and nose suddenly twitching. "Does anyone smell something weird?"

A comment like that would normally invite a lot of bad jokes, but everybody else picked up on the aroma, as well. Something like burning metal and ozone. "The shuttle!" screeched Jahv, dashing back into the dome-tent, with the others quickly behind.

They entered the dome-tent, and Jason was frantic. "Something's really wrong back there, but I swear I didn't touch anything!" The group headed to the hangar. Sure enough, the shuttle's engines had experienced a major malfunction. They hadn't exploded or caught fire, but they were giving off weird bursts of energy spheres. Jahv was working a nearby control console. "Maximum containment field!" he commented. A shimmering half-dome appeared around the shuttle. Seconds later, the energy spheres built in intensity, and one last impossibly bright burst filled the entire containment dome. When it finally dissipated, the shuttle was gone.

Jahv was instantly downcast, almost in tears. "All that work…"

"What happened?" asked Niklas.

Jahv shook his head. "I–I'm honestly not sure. Maybe something in the repairs. Maybe something even in the initial design, or something we missed when we built it."

"Maybe you shouldn't build another one until you find out what did happen." suggested Keith, but without any hostility. Inwardly, he was too thankful that whatever had happened hadn't happened while they were still on it.

"Jahv, don't beat yourself up about it." urged Davy. "Hey, you got to take three of us out there once, and a lot further than anyone from this planet has ever been. That's something we'll all remember!"

"Definitely!" agreed Niklas, who then eyed Keith.

Keith tried not to groan. "Okay, so it was — interesting. Still glad I'm back."

"And you rescued both me and Arion." added Morik. "I'd still be alone without you."

"And I would prefer to not even think about where I would be." said Arion. "So the ship is gone. Perhaps, in time, another can be built. But this one clearly served noble purposes."

"Guess you're right." said Jahv.

"Hey, guys," said Jason, looking at his watch, "it's getting kind of late. We should all be heading home."

Quick farewells were said, and Niklas and the others headed on their way. Niklas turned back to see the tent-flap close. Only Morik remained outside, diving into the lake to wash off the mud he had smeared on himself.

What an incredible adventure, thought Niklas, smiling. And what an incredible secret. But at the same time, he considered the friends he was now walking with. Davy, Martin, Keith, and Jason. Space was an adventure, the aliens were incredible, but this was home, and these were the people he truly knew the best of all.

Part 8

The remainder of the summer had gone quickly for Niklas and his friends, including their alien friends hiding out in the woods near Davy's.

Of all four of them including the brothers Jahv and Keyro, Prince Arion of the planet Korras, and the camouflage-skinned Morik, it was Morik who had spent the most time with Niklas, Davy, and the others. Once he started associating with people again, he had turned out to be the friendliest. Jahv and Keyro tended to be content using their assorted equipment to scan the stars. Actually Keyro did most of this, whereas Jahv spent a lot of time building new contraptions, most of which — perhaps thankfully — didn't work very well, although he did build a small transmat unit that could «beam», much like Star Trek transporter systems, up to four people anywhere within a fifty-mile radius. Unfortunately, the device was a little pointless, since the foursome didn't dare show themselves in public, and they didn't know the terrain well enough to pick out hiding spots.

Prince Arion was regretably just too pompous for the others at times. He never really meant to be rude, but growing up in a royal family of apparently considerable opulence had engendered in him certain mannerisms of superiority that the others found difficult to put up with. Arion himself didn't seem to object all that much to being left on his own, and reportedly spent a lot of time flying, as he was able to do, always shooting out of the hidden dome-tent so fast that no one could have possibly seen him, and then flying either so high or so erratically that no ground-based radar system was likely to pick up on him. It was also hoped that he was too small to be easily detected.

Morik, meanwhile, alternated his activities between exploring the woods around the hidden home of the aliens, which given his camouflage skin was absurdly easy for him to do, or spending time with the others. This required a bit of effort, obviously. Although all four of the aliens were reasonably humanoid, there were aspects that prevented Jahv, Keyro, or Arion from readily being passed off in public. Even setting their unusual skin colors aside, Jahv and Keyro had antennae on their heads, and Arion had feathers.

Morik's face, however, was much more human than the others. And he had neither antennae nor feathers. Davy had managed to use some leftover face paint that he had stashed in his treehouse on Morik, and was able to get a much more realistic coloration than he had on Jahv's one and only journey to the outside world. Practice made perfect, apparently. There wasn't much to be done for Morik's long, dark green hair, but any parents who saw the boy just assumed he'd colored it that way for some weird reason. This caused some slight suspicion, but Morik was sufficiently polite and friendly that their worries were soon enough quelled. It wasn't as though Morik could really cut and color his hair, either. That would've given away his one unusual feature. Rather large pointed ears. He'd also accepted the name «Morris» for when he was hanging around with the others, at least when someone who didn't know who and what he was was around.

Morik had shown himself to be a good friend to anyone he visited. He'd also proven to be a good artist. He loved to draw, even if sometimes what he drew was a little unintelligible by Earth standards. Morik called it "recapturing memories of home". Apparently many of the sketches were drawings of his homeworld as he remembered it. Morik was also merciless with board games, although surprisingly he was completely inept when it came to video games. Perhaps it wasn't that surprising. He'd never been around working machines all that much. Just the crashed shuttle on the planet he'd been stranded on. Picking up on the rules of a board game was apparently a lot easier for him.

He was also no great fan of music. Apparently most forms of modern music hurt his very delicate ears. He couldn't stand heavy metal or rap, thought country sounded like some of the animals he'd heard on the jungle planet, and disco just plain nauseated him (although a lot of the other boys were in agreement with that particular judgment).

Despite all of this, Morik was still welcome in any group where Niklas or one of the others who knew about him were hanging around. It had been rather devastating for Morik when school had started. Morik, obviously, had never attended school, and it was generally agreed that attempting to hack into the school system's computer, an idea proposed by Jahv, and enrolling any of these kids would be pushing their luck a little too far.

Jahv, Keyro, and Arion didn't really understand the principle of school, either. Children on Jahv's and Keyro's world were educated by their parents. Arion, being royalty on his world, had had private tutors. He had no idea how other children on his planet were educated.

Which basically left weekends and the occasional holiday to get together. It was October, but it felt like July. Summer had decided to deliver one last blast of heat and humidity through the area. Davy and Niklas, who had gotten together with Morik, were extremely thankful that the day it happened was a Saturday. No school, no church — no responsibilities.

Davy and Niklas had been spending quite a bit of time together, especially on weekends. Davy didn't attend the same school as most of the other kids Niklas knew, being just outside the school district. Niklas knew that Davy tended to be lonely. There weren't a lot of other kids in his neighborhood. When Keith and Martin had first dropped in on Davy, during their «runaway» adventure, the poor kid had acted desperate for friends. Fortunately, through Keith and Martin, Davy had gotten to know a lot of the other kids in Niklas' neighborhood, and they managed to keep in touch despite the distance.

Today, Morik had conceived of a game for all three of them to play. It was a variation on hide-and-seek. Davy and Niklas would try to find Morik somewhere in the woods. If he found them first, he won the game.

They'd already been at it for nearly half an hour. Niklas and Davy were hot, tired, rather dirty, and a little scratched up. "I don't believe this," said Niklas. "These woods aren't THAT big."

Davy retained a certain determination. "Maybe we shouldn't be surprised. He has spent most of his years on a planet a lot wilder than this forest, dodging things a lot nastier than us."

"Yeah, but how far could he get?" asked Niklas. "I know he's got skin that blends in with the background, but he was wearing a bright yellow shirt and red shorts! We should've spotted him by now."

Then Davy's foot caught on something. He looked down. "Uh, Niklas…" Niklas looked down. It was a bright yellow shirt and red shorts.

"That dirty little camo-skinned cheater." muttered Niklas. "We'll never find him now."

Suddenly a cry that sounded something like a strangled eagle shot through the air, and Niklas and Davy barely had time to look up and see a stark naked Morik plummed down on top of them from a tree branch. Fortunately there were enough fallen leaves on the ground to cushion the tackle. "I think the word is — TAG!" proclaimed Morik, sitting atop the prone forms of Niklas and Davy.

"You crazy — " sputtered Niklas as Morik allowed him and Davy to get to their feet. "Nobody said anything about you taking your clothes off!"

"Nobody said anything about using them for bait or climbing trees, either, one way or the other, I might add, but it worked rather well, don't you think?" said Morik, grinning widely and retrieving his shorts.

"I think you cheated." said Davy.

"I think I won." stated Morik.

"I think I'm hot and tired and want something to drink." said Niklas.

"Good." said Morik. "Let's head back to the tent. I think Jahv got that glitch out of the food replicator finally."

"I hope so." said Davy, as the threesome headed off. "There's just something wrong about blue lemonade."

Upon arriving at the dome-tent that was home to the four aliens, they found that Jahv had indeed gotten the glitch out of the lemonade program. It was the proper color. The chocolate chip cookies were another matter, however. "Never saw purple cookies before." said Davy, trying to be polite and keep his gag reflex down. "With white chips."

Niklas closed his eyes, worked up his courage, and took a bite. "Well, they taste okay."

"I guess that's all that matters." said Davy, reluctantly tasting one. It was, as Niklas had said, perfectly fine in flavor.

"Don't know what to tell you, guys." said Jahv. "You should've seen what it did to the meal Arion ordered last night."

"Stuffed pakra roast is most definitely not supposed to be green." grumbled the young prince.

Conversation turned to other topics while everyone could still eat. "I still wish we could look around your world more." said Keyro. "It's just not the same, getting everything through computer screens."

"Your big brother tried that once." remarked Niklas. "From what I hear, it didn't go very well." Niklas turned to Davy for corroboration, but the youngster appeared deep in thought. That generally meant trouble.

"There might be a way." said Davy. "How would you lot like to attend a party?" "What?!" exclaimed all of the other boys — Jahv and Keyro in anxious expectation, Morik genuinely stunned, Arion moderately curious, and Niklas in utter shock. Niklas managed to get the next words in. "Did that purple cookie do something to your brain!?"

"The Halloween party." said Davy, grinning.

"What's — Hollow Een?" asked Jahv.

"Well, I don't know its entire specific origin, but these days, it involves kids dressing up in costumes for a night." explained Davy. The aliens suddenly caught on. "Used to be, kids would go around to houses in their neighborhoods, knock on doors and beg candy."

Jahv and Keyro tried to stifle laughter. They failed. So did Morik. The three aliens burst into raucous hysterics. Arion merely raised an eyebrow, as if finding both the concept and the other aliens' reaction equally absurd. When Jahv finally recovered enough to speak, he said, "That has got to be the silliest excuse for a holiday I've ever heard in my life! But you said something about a party?"

"Well, the past few years, it's gotten kind of dangerous for kids to be out at night, going around to houses where maybe they don't know everybody." said Davy sadly. "There's some sick people out there. So the town decided that the best thing to do would be to have an organized, supervised party. It's in the local high school's gym, but it's run by adults, and kids of all ages are welcome."

"And with everyone in costume," said Jahv, "no one's going to notice a handful of actual aliens."

"You two will have to wear your uniforms." advised Niklas, speaking specifically to Jahv and Keyro. "Morik, I don't know. Come up with something. Maybe a military uniform. Arion, you'll need to wear a shirt." That got him a nasty glare from his highness, as if Niklas had somehow stated the pathetically obvious. "And I'm still not sure this is a good idea. Davy, costumes can't explain some of their features."

"No one paid that much attention to Jahv on his first public outing, until he got tossed into the fountain and threw a lightning bolt." said Davy. "No one's going to pay that much attention now."

"When is this party?" asked Keyro.

"Two weeks from tonight." said Davy. "I can give you directions to the school, and you can meet us there."

"Great!" said Jahv.

"Indeed," said Arion. "I haven't attended a proper celebration since I left my homeworld."

Niklas and Davy weren't sure what to make of that remark, but decided to let it drop. They said their farewells, and headed out of their alien friends' new headquarters, and towards home. "I hope this doesn't blow up in our faces." said Niklas.

"Stop worrying." said Davy. "By the way, what were you planning on going as to the party?"

"I've been working on a pirate costume." said Niklas. "I've got this old striped shirt, and some ragged jeans my mom said I could cut up a bit. Put on a bandana and an eye patch and I think I'm set."

"I've got an old stuffed parrot toy." remarked Davy. "You could have your mom sew it to the shoulder of the shirt."

Niklas grinned. "Not bad. What about you?"

Davy stretched his arms. "Well, I was going to go as Adam from the Garden of Eden, but I'm not sure I can find a big enough fig leaf."

Niklas scowled, a desperate attempt not to grin. "You're sick, you know that?"

* * *

Two weeks passed. Niklas and Davy alerted the other neighborhood kids, those that knew about the four aliens, about their intended presence at the party. The more forewarned, the better off they might be in case something did go wrong.

The night of the party arrived. Niklas had arranged with just about everybody to meet in a darkened area behind the high school's athletic field scoreboard. Sniv, Jason, Fabian, Randy, and Jonathan had opted to head directly into the party. They were pleased to see their alien friends back, but they'd never been as involved with their activities as the rest of the boys.

Niklas had made good on his pirate outfit, complete with stuffed parrot. Davy had shown up wearing a sleeveless spandex leotard and claiming to be a professional wrestler. He'd inscribed the word «HUNK» on the front of the outfit. Keith was dressed in a leather jacket, blue jeans, and leather boots, stating that he was a biker. Martin was garbed in a loose-fitting white shirt, jeans even more shredded than Niklas', and a floppy straw hat — the sheer descendant of Huck Finn if there ever was one.

Keith wasn't quite able to restrain a few laughs when he saw Davy's uniform. "Jeez, Davy, if you have to advertise yourself that badly, why not rent out a billboard?"

"Watch it, pal, or I'll have to bodyslam you." countered Davy, more or less good-naturedly.

"So where's the aliens?" asked Keith.

"Here." came a new voice. Jahv, Keyro, Morik and Arion crept out of some nearby bushes. Jahv and Keyro were dressed in their usual spacesuits. Morik had taken the suggestion to dress in sort of a soldier's uniform, but he was going to have to pass himself off as a soldier of the future, given his long hair and the outfit itself, which consisted of a ridged, padded grey vest, black trousers with green and grey streaks in them, and the very high-tech boots. An insignia of Morik's own design was on the vest. He'd designed a cybernetic targeting eye to wear, in interesting high-tech contrast to the pirate eyepatch Niklas sported. Prince Arion was the wildest of all, garbed in a rather ornate, loose-fitting golden shirt, with turquoise trousers with red, glittering patterns running through it.

"Jeez, bird-head, what Las Vegas wardrobe did you raid to get that outfit?!" quipped Keith.

"I'll have you know that this is the ceremonial garb of the Royal House of Korras!" snapped Arion. Indeed, he'd managed to replicate it through the equipment in the dome-tent from memory. "And this is not how I am accustommed to attending parties."

"Just remember, this party isn't in YOUR honor." said Davy. Between Keith's wisecracks and Arion's attitude level obviously being set on «high» tonight, he was starting to get a little worried. "And don't expect to be announced when you walk in, either."

Arion snorted. "Barbaric primitives. No sense of ceremony."

The group headed out of the hiding place and towards the gym. "Anybody know what the rest of the gang was going to show up as?" asked Martin.

"Jonathan said something about showing up as an accident victim." remarked Niklas.

"That's hardly fair." said Keith. "You're supposed to come in costume, not as yourself."

"You sit on something sharp before you came here tonight, Keith?" asked Davy. "Tone down the attitude a bit."

"Yes, Hunk." said Keith.

"Fabian and Jason said something about coming as rock stars." added Niklas. "I don't know what Sniv or Randy had in mind."

The group entered the gym. Despite the presence of several hundred children and teenagers of varying ages, all the way from preschoolers to high schoolers, it didn't take long to spot the others. Jonathan had wrapped a bandage around his head and spattered red paint on it. He was also wearing a torn T-shirt that he'd drawn a tire tread across (or possibly rolled an actual tire across given how authentic it looked), and had smeared a bit of fake dirt and blood on his arms and legs. He was being given a generally wide berth.

Fabian and Jason were wearing phony, frizzed out wigs — Fabian's was green, Jason's was purple. They were dressed in tie-dyed T-shirts and blue jeans, and were carrying guitars. Keith muttered under his breath that they should call themselves the "Eyesore Twins". Randy was wearing a silver snow suit, which he'd attached NASA logos to, claiming he was an astronaut. Sniv had dressed as Spider-Man, apparently buying a commercially-produced costume, to which he'd added red rubber boots on which he'd drawn the web pattern, but instead of a mask, he'd painted his face with the Spider-Man mask pattern — entirely red, with black webbing lines, and the large, slanted black outlines around the eyes, with white centers.

Throughout the room was a miasma of costumes. Clowns, robots, monsters, animals, other superheroes, and several things defying description. At least three kids had gotten together and made a massive costume of some sort of nondescript but horrific-looking six-legged monster. Arion had to be restrained from attacking it. Niklas wondered how any of the inhabitants of the costume were able to get refreshments. Or even see where they were going. And milling through the crowd and watching over the refreshment tables were several dozen adults — in varying degrees of nervousness.

Music was playing, but only a few high schoolers were dancing. It was early in the evening, so everyone was still comparing costumes, and some of the younger kids were playing games.

"Uh-huh — and this race thinks of itself as an intelligent species." remarked Arion. "Riiiight…"

"Could be worse." said Niklas. "My sister could be here." Tina had managed to catch a nasty cold, and her parents refused to let her attend. It had taken all of Niklas' strength not to tease the daylights out of her over that one, but he realized doing so would likely get him barred from the party, as well. He'd let her have it later.

"Hey, amigo!" called a voice, and Sniv turned. It was his friend Ricky, whom he had first met when Keith and Martin had run away. He didn't see the boy all that often. Ricky was dressed — sort of — as a soldier. But nothing like Morik. He'd smeared green and brown paint on his face and arms, and was wearing a camouflage T-shirt and trousers. "Nice outfits!" said Ricky, then looking at Morik. "Wish mine looked that good." Ricky came from a poor family. The shirt and trousers were probably actual clothes of his.

"You look fine." said Sniv. "I think you've met some of the others?" Niklas and the rest of the group had wandered over.

"Yeah, but not those guys!" said Ricky, seeing Jahv, Keyro, Morik and Arion for the first time. "Those gotta be the best costumes I've ever seen!"

Sniv gulped. Ricky had never been introduced to the aliens. It just hadn't worked out. "Uh, yeah. This is Jeff, Kevin, Morris, and — Arion." Jahv and Keyro had been willing to assume names that were a little more normal-sounding for the night. Morik had simply taken up his usual «Morris» identity. Arion had categorically and obstinately refused any alteration to his name.

Ricky scowled. "That's a weird name. You not from around here, amigo?"

"Hardly." said Arion with an icy tone to his voice.

Sniv and Ricky wandered off. Niklas walked up to Arion. "What's ruffled your feathers — pun intended?"

Arion glared. "Do you have the slightest idea what 'ameegoh' means in my language?"

"Well, in his language, it means friend — so make nice." said Niklas. Arion just shrugged. "Are there refreshments around here?"

Niklas pointed at towards the long refreshment table. It was actually a bit of a buffet. Somebody had reasoned that there was no reason to just have candy at the party. Besides, who wanted to deal with several hundred sugar-whacked kids in costumes? The high school wanted their gymnasium left relatively intact, thank you. Arion nodded and walked off.

"I hate to say this, but he's royalty, all right. A royal pain." remarked Niklas.

"I suppose he's used to higher living than this," said Davy, "his ability to fly notwithstanding."

"Well, if he's going to hang around for any length of time, he'd better get over it." affirmed Niklas.

"He's not that bad," said Jahv. "But I'll admit he takes getting used to. I think he tends to act arrogant to mask his nervousness sometimes."

"I just thought of something," said Davy. "You guys had to scan all the food when you first showed up here. What about him? Does he know what's safe to eat?"

Jahv nodded. "We put both him and Morik through that as soon as we arrived after the shuttle trip. The only thing Arion really can't tolerate is milk. And anything with garlic."

"And all I need to avoid is some orange vegetation called 'carrots' and I'm okay." said Morik. "So if you'll excuse me, as well, I'd like to try some of the local food."

"I saw some sliced meat for sandwiches up there," said Jason, joining in the conversation. "I doubt any of it has garlic in it, but you'd better check."

Jahv pulled a small analyzer out of his backpack and headed off.

The evening progressed largely without incident. Arion, after being assured that the food was all safe for him to eat, parked himself at one of a small number of tables set off to one side, and made himself so stand-offish between trips to the buffet that no one came anywhere near him, which was apparently how he wanted it. Niklas reasoned that Arion was more interested in observing than participating. His large eyes tended to dart everywhere, watching everything.

Jahv and Keyro were just the opposite. They wanted to see and do just about everything. The only risky moment came during an old-fashioned round of "bobbing for apples". A huge water-filled tub with apples was the centerpiece of this game. Keyro had decided to attempt the game, but his antennae instinctively perked back on his head to stay out of the water, which startled a few people. It also startled a few people that none of the «paint» on his face "washed off" when he came up. On top of that, the little imp had also eaten most of the apple while still underwater.

Morik, for his part, was talking his head off to anyone interested in conversation. Niklas considered that this was the largest group of people Morik had probably ever been in since his planet was destroyed. He wandered past within earshot a few times to make sure the boy wasn't saying anything he shouldn't. Fortunately, any slips he did make were being attributed to his being "in character" as a "soldier from a future planet" or some such. Niklas didn't want to look like he was eavesdropping, and Morik seemed to be keeping a number of people well entertained — even if they thankfully weren't believing everything he said.

Davy spent a fair bit of time posing around some of the girls showing off largely mythical muscles. Niklas wasn't sure what he thought of that. Part of him almost felt — jealous? At the same time Davy seemed almost oblivious to the probability that the squeals and giggles of the girls were more a result of them laughing at him than any substantial measure of appreciation.

Candy was being given out as prizes for certain games, although Keith had apparently managed to find where it was being kept and had liberated a fair supply of it for himself and Martin, and it looked as though Martin had gotten a bit too much of it. He looked almost as green as Jahv did normally. He'd also apparently somehow incurred the wrath of a rather large specimen in a black hockey shirt and pants, who wanted some of the candy. Niklas recognized him. Until he'd switched schools with the start of the new school year, the brainless oaf, whose name was Toby, was the biggest bully in the school, and the smaller the target, the better. Fortunately, Keith had risen to Martin's defense, and Jason and Fabian had edged over, and Toby, apparently on his own, although in Niklas' experience Toby tended to have reinforcements available if needed, didn't like being outnumbered, even if neither Keith nor Martin would have stood much chance against him, and Jason and Fabian little more. Once Toby backed off, Keith went and found an adult, who gave Martin some antacid. The boy looked better minutes later.

Ricky and Sniv had spent most of the evening together, Sniv making sure that Ricky had a good time despite the boy's apparent shyness. Whether Sniv had told Ricky the truth about Jahv and the others, Niklas did not know, but the camouflaged boy kept glancing at the three «obvious» aliens almost every time he was within sight range. Morik didn't seem to attract the same level of attention.

Niklas was playing a few games here and there, but something in the back of his mind kept telling him to keep an eye on the aliens. He hated to think he was being paranoid, but something was bothering him. That was when he noticed he'd lost sight of Jahv.

A loud belch behind him quickly determined the location of the green-hued alien. Jahv was sitting — no, more like he was flopped down in a chair at a nearby table, holding a large cup of the rather peculiar punch the party had served. Niklas had wrinkled his nose at it. Everybody said it had tasted fine, but in keeping with the Halloween spirit, the punch bowl vaguely resembled a swamp. Jahv had a silly grin on his face and his eyes looked unfocused.

He almost looked — drunk!? Was that possible, wondered Niklas? Would Jahv drink something without analyzing it first? Maybe, in the spirit of the party, he might have. Niklas walked over to the alien. "You okay?"

Jahv sputtered some static in his native language, and then said, "Huh? Niklas. Oh, yeah. I'm great. Great party!"

Niklas winced. Something was definitely wrong. He went off in search of Keyro, and found him fairly quickly. "Did you drink any of the punch?" he asked.

Keyro shook his head. "It looked too gross, why?"

"Because I think your big brother has, and I think there's something in it that's not agreeing with him too well."

Keyro's expression became one of immediate concern. "Where is he?"

Niklas led Keyro over to where Jahv was. Jahv now looked asleep, his head down on the surface of the table. Keyro picked up the cup and pulled an anaylzer out of his own backpack. "Uh, ohhh." he said.

"What?" asked Niklas.

"This stuff is half orange juice. The other half is melted lime sherbet, but it's the orange juice that's trouble. Orange citrus makes us — act a little weird."

"Like drunk?" asked Niklas. "At least it looks like he's sleeping it off."

Keyro was shaking his head. "Not — quite like being drunk. And when the stuff really kicks in.

Suddenly Jahv's head snapped back and his eyes opened. They looked glazed. He still had a silly grin on his face. He tried to stand up and failed. Finally he knelt on the chair. "I have ridden the nebulae of Andromeda!" his voice blasted, echoing more than usual. "I have been one with the cosmos! I am the great space explorer! I have seen the wuhh — BWURRRP! — wonders of the heavens!"

"Oh, great." groaned Niklas. "Jahv, you want to keep your voice down? It's not only carrying, it's echoing." Somewhat unfocused eyes scanned the room, resting on one high schooler who had, for reasons known only to him, painted his face blue and was dressed in silver. "How the *hiccup* did a Trandosian get in here? Don't they have security at the door?"

"What?" remarked Niklas. Keyro just shrugged.

Suddenly Jahv jumped up on the table. He'd seen the two guys dressed as the four-legged monster. "Good Lord, it's a four-legged vraktow! They're much more dangerous than the six-legged kind, you know." Jahv slapped his hip as if reaching for a weapon, then looked down. "I'm not armed, am I?"

"No, you're not," replied Niklas, adding, mostly to himself, "thank God."

"Oh." said Jahv, climbing (more like stumbling) off the table. "Okay. Somebody else will have to kill it then."

"Jahv, I think maybe we should get you out of here." suggested Niklas politely.

"Huh? Why? It's a great party."

"You've had a little too much orange juice." said Niklas.

"Don't be ricid — riduc — diric — don't be silly." said Jahv. "If I had, I'd be acting drunk."

"Uhhh…" said Niklas, wondering how to phrase his next remark without sending the alien flying off the handle again.

"Niklas?" said Jahv quietly.

"Yes?" replied Niklas.

"This is the weirdest bunch of aliens I've seen since FelgerCon 35 on Relcos 7." proclaimed Jahv. "Or was it FelgerCon 7 on Relcos 35? It's a pretty big star system."

Niklas looked at Keyro. "What the heck is he talking about?"

Keyro shrugged. "Don't ask me. He tended to go ashore more often than I did anyway, back when we were traveling with our parents."

"Of course," said Jahv, continuing as if Niklas and Keyro hadn't even spoken at all, "that was probably because FelgerCon didn't have a dress code. Good thing, too, since I wasn't wearing anything!"

Jahv started to giggle at his own bad jokes, with intermittent native static coming through. This, however, was abruptly followed by a belch of truly staggering proportions. Niklas and Keyro weren't certain which was worse, the force of the blast, its unbelievable volume, or its staggering stench.

Niklas covered his face. "My God, what was that?!"

Keyro was blinking his eyes. "Smelled a lot like the last meal our parents fixed us. Only people I knew could ruin a meal out of a replicator."

"But — that would've been months ago!" said Niklas.

"Yeah, I know." replied Keyro.

The gaseous explosion had not gone unnoticed in the rest of the room. It had darn near drowned out the music. Somebody from across the room bellowed, "Hey, what the hell just died horribly over there!?"

"We need to get him out of here — right now." said Keyro.

"No argument there." said Niklas. Everybody within earshot, which was a good third of the room, was staring at them. Davy and Keith had already come over to help, and Martin was close behind. Niklas couldn't see Morik or Arion and right now he didn't care.

Niklas and Davy dragged the yammering alien out of the main room and carted him into a nearby — and thankfully unoccupied — restroom, not really knowing what else to do. They were followed quickly by Keyro. Martin and Keith stood guard outside, explaining to a few people that one of their friends was violently ill and they really didn't want to go in there. Somehow they'd managed to escape the detection of any adults so far. Either that or the adults didn't want anything to do with this, or assumed the matter was in hand or that Jahv had been removed entirely. Whatever the case, it worked to the boys' advantage.

"Any ideas how to detox him?" asked Davy. "He keeps yapping there's no telling what he might say."

Keyro shook his head. "It just kind of has to wear off."

"What in the name of — " another burst of static from Jahv — "am I doing wearing clothes!?" Jahv started to tear at his uniform, ripping it in multiple places, several of them rather crucial.

"No no no no no!" yelped Keyro. "You don't want to be doing that right now, big brother!"

"Oh, great — now what do we do with him?" groaned Niklas. "We can't let him out of here looking like that!"

"Keyro, can you two — beam yourselves or whatever it is you do back to your headquarters?" asked Davy.

"Not indoors, we can't." said Keyro. "The transmat homing beacon and remote lock-on system has its limitations. It's just not powerful enough. We have to get outdoors."

"There's a door to the outside on the other side of the restrooms away from the gym." said Davy. "At least we won't have to haul him through the party again."

Niklas stuck his head out of the door and said to Martin and Keith, "Get ready to flank us. We've got a drunk alien here who's shredded his uniform. We need to get him outside."

"Thank you so much for including me on this, Niklas." said Keith. "Definitely a Halloween I won't forget — no matter how hard I try."

"Just be ready." said Niklas. Seconds later, Niklas and Davy half-carried and half-dragged Jahv out of the restroom. Keith, Martin, and Keyro did their best to cover the scene, even as Keyro primed the transmat units remotely to beam the two of them back to their headquarters.

Miraculously, they managed to get outside and into the open without being spotted. "Where we goin', Keyro?" muttered Jahv, still tugging at what was left of his uniform.

"Home." said Keyro. "You're drunk."

"I'm not so think as you drunk I am…" said Jahv, as Keyro activated the transmat device and the two faded from view in a coruscating beam of light.

"Yeesh." was all Keith could say. "Well, come on, there's still some party left."

"I agree." added Davy. "Besides, Arion and Morik are still in there."

"I don't think we have to worry too much about them." said Niklas, as the boys walked back to the gym. "Arion seems content to sit in a corner and watch everybody else, and nobody's taking anything Morik's yapping about all that seriously anyway."

That, however, proved not to be the case when the boys returned to the party. Toby and Arion were facing down each other, and although Toby had the clear size advantage, there was pure fury written on the face of Arion. Morik was about a third of the way across the room from the confrontation, but his attention was directed solely on the situation, specifically on two rough-looking specimens leaning up against a wall with some balloons attached to it, part of the party decorations. They seemed to be grinning at Toby's actions.

"Jeez, we can't take these guys anywhere!" complained Keith. "Guess we'd better break this one up."

"Hold it." said Niklas. "Let's see how it plays out. That big bully has had it coming for a long time, and I think Arion might be the one to give it to him."

"Would you repeat what you called me — peasant?!" roared Arion.

Toby bent down slightly to get right in Arion's face. "You heard me. I called you a feather-headed little f…

Whatever the final word was about to be, and apparently had been once already, Toby never got the chance to finish the sentence. Arion leapt into the air, not quite flying, and executed a series of martial arts kicks and chops the likes of which none of the boys had ever seen even in the most vicious video games. It was both unearthly and deadly-looking.

"Remind me never to play 'Mortal Kombat' with him." said Davy.

"Remind me to ask him who trained him and see if he's offering lessons." stated Keith.

Toby was now sprawled on the floor, a good ten feet from Arion, aching from a dozen nasty shots to his body. Arion apparently decided to add a certain less-than-graceful point to his martial arts exclamation by picking Toby up and throwing him across the buffet table, right through the punch bowl. The sopping swamp juice splattered the overstuffed, injured, and now nearly unconscious bully.

Arion turned his back on the whole mess and walked towards the same doors the boys had just entered. "Party is over." he said, and kept going.

"No kidding." said Keith. "Niklas, the next time these idiots want to go someplace, I say we drop him off at a wrestling match, Jahv at a juice bar, and let Keyro and Morik clean up after both of them!"

"I think I agree." said Niklas, not entirely stifling a grin. "Still, that one's had something like that coming to him for years."

"I think maybe we'd better get out of here before some of the adults remember who showed up with whom." suggested Davy.

That would've turned out to have been the least of their worries, as the two toughs Morik had been watching looked to move towards the departing Arion. Morik got as close as he could without being obvious, and made a small adjustment to his cybernetic eyepiece, whereupon a beam of laser light shot out of it and popped several of the balloons. The toughs turned and saw Morik's glowing eye. "Like my friend said, party's over, right?"

The two toughs grinned weakly and backed off.

"Gonna have to remember to thank Jahv for making me this thing." said Morik, catching up to the others.

The five boys quietly and quickly departed, with some of the others, including Sniv and Jonathan, behind them. Suddenly a voice called out. "Hey, wait up!"

If it had been an adult voice, there was no guarantee any of the kids would have maintained bladder control. But it hadn't been. It was Ricky, running to catch up. "I gotta ask you guys something. Those three weird friends of yours, and you with the eye thing — they — you — those weren't costumes, were they?"

The boys looked at each other. Could Ricky be trusted? Apparently Sniv decided he could be. He walked up to the boy and placed his hands on his shoulders. "No, they weren't. They are actually aliens. Tomorrow I'll show you where they live, if you like. But you must promise never to tell anybody — ever — that they're here. It could be dangerous for them, and us."

Ricky's face spread into a wide grin under the camouflage. He looked the happiest Sniv had ever seen him. "Don't worry, amigo! No one will know from me! Gracias! Thank you for trusting me!" He hugged Sniv quickly and ran back to the party.

"Now there goes a happy kid." said Davy.

"He deserves to be." said Sniv quietly.

The next day, Sniv kept his promise. Along with Davy and Niklas, Ricky was taken out to the aliens' new headquarters. Whatever sort of paint he had used to camouflage his face the night before apparently hadn't been designed for use on skin. Most of it had washed off, but the boy still looked slightly multi-colored. "But I don't see anything!" he protested, as they reached the site.

"Watch." said Niklas, finding the hidden door-flap to the dome-tent that you really had to sort of know was there to find. It took practice. Fortunately, Niklas had plenty.

The doorway opened, and Ricky's jaw hit the floor. The group entered. Ricky's eyes threatened to bulge out of his head. "I have never seen anything like this! It is so big! How do you hide it?"

"It's bigger on the inside than on the outside." said Davy. Ricky just scowled. "You told him?" The voice was Keyro's, who was at the main monitor station.

Sniv nodded. "This is Ricky. Ricky, this is Keyro."

Keyro stood, and Ricky raised an eyebrow. "Howcum you not wearing any clothes?"

Keyro shrugged. "We generally don't, at least not Jahv and myself. If it offends you, though…

Ricky shook his head. "No. S'okay. Just wondered, I guess."

"Where is Jahv?" asked Niklas.

Suddenly a voice boomed from one of the secondary rooms. After the arrival of Morik and Arion, Jahv and Keyro had fabricated several smaller dome-tents so everyone could have their own quarters. "SHADDUP OUT THERE!" This was followed by a long moan. "Keyro, if we have to have visitors, will you PLEASE tell them to tread lightly on the floors and keep their voices down?"

Niklas laughed. "Hangover?"

"A whopper." giggled Keyro. "He'll probably be okay in a day or so, then he'll apologize. Meanwhile, he's not very good company."

"I HEARD THAT!" yelled Jahv.

"Go to sleep or I replicate my old percussion set!" shouted Keyro.

"All right, all right!" replied Jahv. "Just tell them to knock off the loud breathing, okay?"

"Where's Arion and Morik?" asked Davy.

"Well, given how insufferable Jahv's become, Morik decided to go on an extended exploration of the woods, and Arion decided to check the holo-program of his homeworld. He's using what used to be the old shuttle hangar. I'm sure he wouldn't mind company." smirked Keyro, giving them directions.

"Keyro!" yelled Jahv. "Do something! The bedsheets are rustling too loud!"

"Replicate some antennae plugs!" said Keyro.

"The replicator's too loud!" complained Jahv.

"Come on, anything's better than this." said Niklas, leading the rest of the group to to the holoroom.

The doorway opened to reveal Arion's homeworld of Korras. The boys found themselves perched at the mouth of a cave overlooking a huge precipice, and jagged mountains rising in the distance. Arion swooped over as soon as the door parted. "Welcome!" he said. "If you're looking for some peace and quiet from the whining going on out there, come on in."

"But — it's so high!" squeaked Ricky.

"But," said Arion, " the room will let you fly."

"Fly?!" exclaimed Ricky.

"You're kidding!" said Davy. He had long envied Arion's ability to fly. was it now possible for him, even just in here?

"Absolutely!" said Arion. "I found a way to negate gravity in this area. Wasn't easy. I had hoped Morik might join me, but given Jahv's mood, he decided to get out of here entirely for a time."

"Is this safe?" asked Niklas. It looked like an awful long drop. His mind told him that none of this was actually real. His eyes and his nerves were telling him something else entirely.

"I gotta try this!" said Davy, dashing into the room and instantly going airborne. It was fortunate that the holoroom was soundproofed, because if it hadn't been, the delighted whoop Davy gave off as he seemingly soared through the sky probably would've pushed Jahv over the brink completely.

"He's — flying!" said Ricky. "How is that possible!?"

"I think you'll find, with these guys, there's a lot of things possible." said Niklas.

Ricky grinned. He could believe that. His world had just gotten a lot more interesting. He spent the next hour flying, his spirit soaring as much as his body, through the (simulated, but who cares?) skies of an alien world, along with his friends.

Part 9

One day Keyro invited Martin to come out and play and explore the woods with him. Martin liked Keyro. The young alien seemed no older than Martin himself, but came across as so much smarter. And Martin, a generally timid boy, somehow felt safe in the company of the lavendar-skinned youngster, and was usually willing to go along with whatever adventure Keyro might concoct.

Martin arrived on his bicycle outside of where he knew the aliens' tent-dome to be after a long and rather hot ride. Keyro stuck his head out of the invisible, cloaked tent — which made for a very strange image of Keyro's head seemingly floating in mid air — and grinned. "Martin! Good to see you."

"Uh, yeah." said Martin, not sure whether to laugh or be slightly disturbed. "Mind if I see the rest of you?"

Keyro suddenly realized what he must have looked like, and blushed. He stepped out of the tent the rest of the way. He was, of course, naked. "I thought we might explore these woods today." suggested Keyro. "You know, we've never really been beyond the mud hole. And according to my readings, it's a huge forest."

Martin looked into the dense woods. "Well, okay, but I don't wanna get lost in there."

Keyro giggled. "That's impossible. These antennae of mine are not just for hearing. They're directional locators. Sort of like a built-in compass. Botarans do not get lost."

Martin smiled. "Well, okay, then. Let's go!"

Keyro put up a hand. "You're not going in like that, are you?"

Martin sighed. He knew what Keyro meant. Keyro was not entirely comfortable around clothed humanoids of his own age. Botaran children routinely went around naked unless they needing clothing for special protection. The only problem was that Keyro tended to be a little too insistent that other kids around him went naked, too. "Keyro, I don't really like being naked except when we're in the mud pool, and then it just makes sense. Do I have to?"

Keyro thought about this. "Perhaps a compromise?"

The ball was back in Martin's court. Martin had to admit to himself it was a hot day, and the woods would make it humid. "Undershorts and shoes. I don't wanna step on anything nasty in there in bare feet."

Keyro just nodded, grinning slightly. "Agreed."

Martin tried to pry his T-shirt off. But his hot and rather damp body from the bicycle ride made this a more difficult proposition than Martin had expected. His own arms — and part of his head — were soon tangled in a half-removed T-shirt. "Uh — help?" pleaded Martin.

Keyro didn't quite stifle a laugh. "See, that's why I don't bother with those things. When I do have to wear something, that's what's always happening to me. Hold still. This is a good time for me to practice."

"Practice what?" came the slightly muffled and suddenly rather alarmed voice of Martin. As he watched, for his eyes were still outside of the shirt collar, Keyro closed his eyes, and when they reopened, they were glowing bright blue. Martin had seen that once before, but only on Jahv, just as the boy had shot a lightning bolt. Martin felt a brief moment of panic, but this soon passed as he suddenly felt the T-shirt lifted from his upper body. He also felt his shorts get pulled down around his ankles, nearly pulling his underwear down with them. "Hey!" said Martin, momentarily indignant. Then he looked at Keyro again. The boy's eyes had returned to normal, but he looked exhausted. "Are you — how did you do that?" asked Martin.

Keyro let out a tired breath. "Remember the telepathic anesthesia I did on you once, when you hurt your leg playing in the mud?" Martin nodded. "That wasn't a specific trick so much as the fact that my telepathic abilities are a lot higher than normal. All Botarans can do some things. Mostly it's the language absorption trick. I've been practicing to see if I can move objects with my mind. Your clothes are the largest items I've tried so far."

"Well, it worked." said Martin, carefully stepping out of the shorts around his ankles, and admitting to himself that he didn't entirely understand everything Keyro had said. Every so often the boy sounded way too grown-up. "Can we stash these and my bike in your tent?"

"Certainly." replied Keyro. With Martin's clothes and bike safely stashed away, the two youngsters headed off into the woods. It wasn't long before they came across one of their favorite places to play — the mud hole. Martin didn't really like getting dirty and grimy all that much, but the mud was fun, more like playing with wet clay — all over the place — and Keyro was also fun to hang around with, who for all of his seeming sophistication enjoyed playing in this earthy morass as much as anyone. Both looked somewhat longingly at the mud pool, but both soon realized they were on other business today. They continued beyond, and further into the woods.

"I wonder if we'll come across any wildlife?" speculated Keyro. "I've made a rather thorough study of the names of many animals."

"I hope not." said Martin, who wasn't too worried. He recalled that, not long after Jahv had first appeared, he, Davy, and Keith had taken the young alien to the local mall, and had caused a decided ruckus in the pet store when the assorted tame animals didn't care the least bit for the scent of the young offworlder. This was why Martin had, sadly, never brought his dog Fix out to visit the aliens. He really wanted them to meet the little mutt someday, but he didn't want to see Fix go nuts the way the animals in the pet store had. As for wildlife, most of it tended to avoid people anyway. Martin imagined that probably went double for alien people.

Indeed, they didn't seem to encounter much more than birds as they went further into the woods. The trees grew larger and were packed more densely than at the perimeter area the boys were used to. There was enough sunlight, though, to keep the area from looking creepy, which suited both of them, especially Martin, just fine.

At one point they came across a sloping, grassy hill. Both boys tried to run down it, but both of them also slipped, rolling the rest of the way to the bottom and coming to a stop with grass and leaves in their hair and green streaks on their bodies. "For an accident," giggled Keyro, "that was kind of fun!"

Martin smiled. "Yeah, I guess it was. But, boy, are we gonna need baths."

Keyro giggled again. "You worry too much about that. We can clean up at the end of the day. Meanwhile, it's no big deal."

They continued their exploration of the woods, mostly just wandering around, until Keyro spotted something out of the corner of his eye. "What's that?"

"What's what?" asked Martin.

"I see some sort of building over in the distance." stated Keyro. "Let's check it out."

"Maybe we shouldn't." said Martin timidly. "Somebody might be there that doesn't like kids."

Keyro peered more intently into the slight gloom of the shadows. "Place looks old, and abandoned. But we'll be careful. Come on."

Both boys proceeded at a slower place. Finally Martin could see what Keyro's far more acute vision had picked out. It looked like a very old cabin, that could've been in the area for a century or more. As they got closer, it was apparent that while the structure was more or less sound, it had also been somewhat burned out. The heavy logs comprising the cabin were partially blackened, as were the stones which comprised a makeshift chimney. The shingles which made for a roof had several holes in them.

"What do you think?" asked Keyro. Martin was surprised to be asked an opinion. But he took a careful look. There was no sign of recent activity. No furniture of any sort around. No graffitti indicating the presence of gangs. Martin thought it was pretty possible that he and Keyro were the first people to pass this way in a very long time. "I guess it's safe enough."

The two boys approached the cabin and found the door. It was closed. The holes that existed for one-time windows were very small. "Somebody wanted privacy." said Keyro, walking up to the door. It opened easily. Martin stood several steps back, rather nervously. "I can't see anything." stated Keyro. "It's like it's totally dark inside. Just a few slight shafts of light from the holes in the roof, but they're not showing anything. But I don't smell anything except musty air and rotted wood. No one's been here for a very long time. Maybe we can poke around and find something interesting, some sort of artifact."

"Well, okay." said Martin, not at all enthusiastic about it. "But let's find a way to prop the door open. Maybe we can see a little better in there."

Keyro found a large rock nearby and propped the door open. "I don't know if this is going to help much." he said. "I mean, for seeing what we're doing. It looks completely dark in there."

"I wonder what could cause that?" asked Martin, as both boys stepped through the doorway.

And found that the floor of the cabin was about six inches lower than the ground outside. Both Martin and Keyro went sprawling, and landed surprisingly softly on what felt like two tons of dust. It gave both of the boys sneezing fits for the next several minutes. Martin's sounded normal enough. Keyro's sneezes sounded somewhere between a whistle and a quack, a sort of "whee-HONK!" sound.

"Wow." wheezed Martin when he finally stopped sneezing. He felt weak from all of it. "Now I know why my mom tells me to dust every so often."

"I'm not sure this is just dust." commented Keyro. "Smells burnt. And it's making my eyes itch."

"I don't think we're gonna find anything in here." suggested Martin. "And I don't wanna trip like that again."

"Agreed." said Keyro. "Let's get out of here."

When they emerged, the two boys looked at each other with astonishment. Their bodies were heavily covered in streaks of grey and black. If it had been even slightly worse, it would've been impossible to discern any color on either boy. "Soot!" said Martin. "That wasn't dust, it was a big mess of soot and ash!"

"Is it harmful?" asked Keyro.

"Not really, I don't think." said Martin. "Just real dirty." He tried to brush himself off, but this just made matters worse.

"We were sort of getting that way, anyway." remarked Keyro. "But why would stuff like that be in there?"

"Maybe a fire, a long time ago." said Martin, trying to wipe some of the grime from his face, at least. "But left the outside of the building standing. Weird."

"So are these woods, at times." said Keyro, also trying to wipe his face clean a bit. "Let's continue on for a while longer, then head back."

Martin nodded. The two boys wandered away from the old rotted cabin and further into the woods, with Keyro in the lead. The next point of interest they discovered was a huge mound of dirt, with some weeds protruding from it at various points. "Odd place for a hill." said Keyro.

"Looks like somebody dumped this dirt pile here and then forgot about it." said Martin. "Race ya to the top of it!"

The dirt of the hill turned out to be fairly loose, and slightly wet from either a recent rainfall or just the local humidity, and the boys' arms and legs sank in as they climbed. By the time they reached the top, they were not only covered with soot and streaked with grass, but had a fair amount of dirt on their arms, lower legs, and chests. Keyro won the race, but not by much. Additional strength doesn't do a whole lot of good when the surface you're racing on is that unstable.

"If we get much dirtier than this, no one's going to know it's us!" said Martin.

"Maybe that should be our objective!" exclaimed Keyro. "I mean, not so they don't recognize us. I think that'd be impossible." Keyro twitched his two antennae as examples. "But I wonder how dirty we can get before we head back and jump in the mud to finish it off?"

"You're weird." giggled Martin.

"But you like the idea?" asked Keyro.

"I don't know how much worse we can get, but I guess at this point it don't make much difference." replied Martin.

"'Worse'?!" protested Keyro, raising an arm in the air in an exaggerated fashion. "No, Martin, you don't understand! We are a culture unto ourselves today! A culture of two, for whom getting dirty is the desired objective! This isn't wrong, or bad. This is good! This is beauty!"

"You been drinkin' orange juice or something?" asked Martin, trying not to laugh.

Keyro pretended to be insulted, but ultimately shrugged and grinned. "Well, I thought it sounded good." The two boys tried to slide down the hill, ended up tumbling a bit, and wound up at the bottom in a cloud of dust. After a bit of coughing to clear their throats, they picked themselves up, Keyro having to prevent Martin from instinctively trying to brush himself off, and they continued further into the forest.

At one point, exploring some tall grasses in the woods, Keyro put up his hand. "Wildlife!" he whispered.

Martin gulped. That could mean anything from a chipmunk to a bear. "What is it?"

"A member of the ophidia family." replied Keyro.

"A what?!" exclaimed Martin, wondering not for the first time if Keyro was really as close in age to himself as he actually looked. The way Keyro spoke sometimes, it was very hard to know for certain.

"A member of the ophidia family." said Keyro again. "In this case it is one of the limbless specimens of…

"Let me see." said Martin. He had no idea what Keyro was talking about. He'd never heard of an «ophidia». He edged around Keyro and looked about twelve paces further along, and saw the animal Keyro was talking about.

It was, in plain language, a snake. A large one, at that.

And Keyro was clearly clueless about it.

Martin nearly wet his underpants. He didn't know if this thing was poisonous or not, and didn't intend to hang around long enough to find out. "Keyro?" Martin squeaked.

"Yes?" asked Keyro.

"RUN!" cried Martin, turning around and taking off at full speed, barely looking over his shoulder long enough to see if Keyro was following. He was. After a few minutes, the two boys stopped. "That was a snake!" said Martin.

"That is the standard term, yes." agreed Keyro.

"Some of them are dangerous!" said Martin. "And they're all creepy."

Keyro blinked. "I didn't know some of them were dangerous. I haven't gotten that far in my reading yet. Was that one dangerous?"

"I don't know." said Martin. "An' I don't care."

The two boys slumped to the ground, Martin leaning up against a tree. "Keyro, how can you sound like you're so smart, act like you know so much, and then something like that happens?"

"I'm still fairly new to this world." replied Keyro. "And there's a lot of animals on this planet."

Martin sighed, and stood. "I gotta pee. I'll be right back."

"Plenty of bushes around here." commented Keyro. "It's not as though I'll be offended."

Martin just shrugged. Inwardly, he didn't really want to separate from Keyro. The forest seemed to be getting thicker. So he turned his back on Keyro, lowered his shorts, and aimed at the nearest bush. He could also hear Keyro stifling a giggle. "What's so funny?" said Martin once he had finished.

"A very dirty you compared to a very clean butt." replied Keyro. "You sure you want to keep wearing those shorts?"

"Yes, and stop lookin' at my butt." replied Martin.

"Well, sorry, but the sun's glare off it was a little too much to ignore." giggled Keyro.

"Why, you —!" said Martin, who looked to try to tackle Keyro, but the young alien was to his feet and running off into the woods too quickly. Martin gave chase. "Come back here!" yelled Martin. He followed the sound of Keyro's dashing through the dense leaves and bushes. Then, abruptly, there was a shriek and silence.

Martin froze in his tracks. That wasn't a good sound. He paised and listened. "Keyro?" No response. "KEYRO?!"

From off in the distance, Martin heard a distant, "Help!"

Martin swallowed hard. The woods looked a lot creepier all of a sudden. Martin didn't move. Then he heard it again. "Martin, help!"

Martin moved forward towards the sound of the cry. He couldn't tell what was ahead, but it seemed to be getting a bit lighter. "Keyro?" Martin said, but not as loudly as he should. He couldn't seem to work up any volume.

Then Martin emerged from the woods and almost wished he hadn't. There was about ten feet of grass, and then — nothing. It was a cliff. Martin could see more forest on the other side, but he was too scared to get close to the edge, and even as it was, it looked like a long way down. And there was no sign of Keyro. "KEYRO!" he screamed, not taking one step closer to the edge.

There was a long pause. "Martin!" came the response. "I'm — holding on here — just past the edge. I need your help!"

Martin got on his hands and knees and crawled to the edge of the drop-off, trembling every few inches. It took every ounce of courage the boy had to look over. It was a terrifying sight. Keyro had grabbed a thick protruding branch about a foot and a half down from the edge, which wasn't very far, but he had no way of climbing up. To even reach up and shift his entire weight too much, and would almost certainly cause the branch to break off. It was a good sixty or seventy feet down — probably more — to a pile of jagged-looking rocks. Not even Keyro could withstand that, and there would be little way to get the injured alien out of there. "A — Are you okay?" Martin squeaked.

"Yes, but I can't get back up myself." said Keyro, sounding as terrified as Martin felt. His voice trembled. "I need your help. You've got to reach down to me."

Martin backed away, terrified at the prospect. "Can't — Can't you bring yourself up the way you lifted my shirt off or something?"

"No!" cried Keyro, not angrily but now showing his own terror. "No one can do that! It doesn't work that way!"

Martin was close to tears. "Keyro — I–I don't think I can do that."

"Martin, I can't climb up on my own." said Keyro as calmly as he could. "You're the only one who can save me. Martin, please! You're my best friend. Please!"

Martin bit his lower lip. He thought about all the wonderful times he'd had with Keyro, including today. He recalled teaching the boy that it was okay to show affection for someone else that you really cared about. He balanced that against the terror he was feeling at the idea of lowering himself over the side far enough to reach Keyro.

Finally, with a determination he had never felt before — and wasn't entirely sure he ever wanted to feel again after he got through with this — Martin choked back his tears, and his fear, and launched himself at the drop-off and reached out to Keyro. He caught the boy's hands just as one of the rocks he'd been hanging onto broke away. The weight was nearly enough to drag Martin over the edge. Keyro did his best to move his feet against the edge of the drop-off even as Martin squirmed to back up and bring his friend back from the edge. Finally, after what seemed like forever, Keyro was brought back to safety. He and Martin collapsed into an exhausted, relieved, sweaty, grass-stained, dirty, soot-covered heap.

Keyro rolled off of Martin and both boys just laid there for a time. Martin started to cry. Keyro still looked shaken. Finally, though, the young alien turned to his friend. "Martin, I'm okay."

"My fault." sniffed Martin. "If I hadn't chased you…"

Keyro reached out to his friend. "I was going to suggest a race in that direction anyway. This isn't your fault. I was looking over my shoulder to make sure you were following when I fell. There's no need for — whatever's happening to you. The water from your eyes."

Martin sniffed again. "I'm sorry."

"Nothing to apologize for. Sometimes I wish — I could do that. Maybe I can and don't know it. It's just not how I was raised."

Martin tried to gain control of his crying, with little luck. "What about you? You couldn't do anything to save yourself? You know so much."

Keyro paused, looking at the confused boy.

"You're so smart and strong and everything…" said Martin in gasps between tears.

"Not — as much as you think." said Keyro, coming as close to tears as he ever had, and surprising himself at that. "Martin, I know how I act sometimes. That's just — how I am. How my people are. But I'm not that much stronger than you. And I'm no older."

"You're not?" said Martin, his tears finally calming.

"I guess Jahv and I never told you. We calculated it. We're the same age — ages — as you and your friends. The difference is — too small to even mention."

"So you really are — just another kid?" asked Martin.

"You doubted?" asked Keyro.

"Kinda."

"I'm also just another kid who's — well…" Keyro paused.

"What?" asked Martin.

"Terribly embarassing thing for a space explorer to admit." muttered Keyro.

"What? I won't tell anyone." promised Martin.

"I'm afraid of heights." said Keyro. "At least the high cliff drop-off type like that. I–I couldn't do anything because I was too scared to do anything."

Martin's eyes went wide. "But — but so was I!"

"Wrong." said Keyro. "You DID do something. You saved me. You were braver than me."

Martin's eyes went even wider. "I–I was — braver than you?!"

Keyro smiled and nodded. "And you saved my life."

As relief poured over both boys, Keyro started to giggle. Kneeling on the ground next to Martin as he did, it somehow became contagious. Finally Martin managed to snicker, "What's so funny?"

"Well," laughed Keyro, "I think we found where the edge of the woods is!"

That resulted in another round of laughter. Finally the two boys calmed down and slowly sat up. "You did save my life." said Keyro quietly. "Had I fallen, I'm not sure even I could have survived. I know one shows affection with a hug, but somehow that doesn't seem to be enough."

Martin smiled. "Well, there is one other thing. Have you ever heard of a kiss?"

Keyro thought about this. "I think I've seen them in some of the movies I've watched. But I've never really understood what they were for."

Martin leaned over and kissed Keyro. The boy looked stunned, then he grinned. "That was it? I — liked that. Is it permissible to combine that with a hug?"

Martin giggled. "Of course."

Keyro reached over, hugged Martin, and gave him a kiss. "Thank you for saving me, Martin."

Martin was left briefly too stunned and happy to think of a response. Both boys clambered to their feet. "Boy, look at us!" commented Martin. "We're filthy disasters!"

"Still not dirty enough, if you ask me." proclaimed Keyro. "Wanna hit the mud hole on the way back?"

Martin shrugged. "Why not? I don't think it's going to make that much difference."

Keyro led the way safely back, avoiding the last known location of the snake, and even steering clear of the old cabin. His antennae twitched and sometimes even rotated. Before too long, they could themselves at the mud hole, and wasted little time in wrestling around and getting as utterly mud-covered as possible. The mud was thicker than usual, and it tended to pile up. Martin could tell his undershorts had slid off, yet somehow managed to retrieve them and toss them to one side for later cleaning. By the time they were finished, the two boys didn't look so much like two humanoid children as two very unfinished sculptures of brown clay that had somehow gained the ability to move on their own.

They finally decided they'd had about enough (for one thing, it was getting difficult to move), and gradually staggered their way over to the lake to wash off. It took a considerable period of time to get all of the mud, soot, dirt, grass, and assorted grime they'd gotten into! off of their bodies, but eventually, two clean boys emerged from the lake and started making their way carefully back to the tent-dome.

Davy and Jahv were waiting there when they arrived. "There you two are!" said Jahv. "Davy persuaded his mom to bake some cookies for a get-together with friends."

"Yeah, I just didn't tell her that some of thise friends aren't from this planet." added Davy.

"Sounds good!" announced Keyro. Martin enthusiastically agreed.

"Where've you two been all this time?" asked Davy. "I saw Martin arrive earlier today and then the two of you scoot off into the woods, but that was hours ago."

"Exploring the woods." replied Martin, putting his clothes back on that Keyro had brought out, along with towels for the two to dry off.

"More like exploring the mud hole — again." said Jahv. "No offense, but you two are no great adventurers, so don't try to kid us."

"Really." said Davy, but not unkindly. "Exploring the woods. Sure."

Neither Davy nor Jahv quite understood the level of giggling that Martin and Keyro indulged in while everyone enjoyed the plate of freshly-baked cookies.

Part 10

Winter had not been entirely kind to the young aliens stranded on Earth. Of the four, only Arion had not suffered greatly. A loner by nature, and from a mountainous and rather cold world, he relished the winter air and the snow. He spent vast amounts of time soaring through the sky, testing his own flight ability during the harshest of blizzards, generally coming back exhilarated and "victorious over the elements", as he liked to phrase it. His appearance changed subtly during the winter months, with white streaks in his feather-like hair becoming evident.

His favorite «activity» was dive-bombing rabbits. He didn't capture or kill them, just scared the daylights out of them. It was reasonable to assume that if rabbit droppings were good fertilizer, the grass and plants in the forest would grow unusually well come spring.

Morik suffered the greatest. Having spent most of his life on a perpetual tropical world, and with no clothes, the poor camouflage-skinned youngster thought he would freeze before the world around him thawed. He spent increasing amounts of time sequestered in his room in the dome-tent. He also became increasingly surly and unresponsive to the others. It was an odd change. Arion had tended to be the abrasive one of the group, but the winter had brought out his good side. Morik, on the other hand, could have previously been described as «shy», but was now just plain reclusive. He couldn't stand the chill in the air and intensely disliked having to stay indoors all the time, having spent most of his life in the outdoors, but neither did he like the idea of wearing heavy clothes. His own body tried to compensate with a strange, accelerated hair growth. But since his hair was predominantly on his head, this had only limited effectiveness.

Still, by the time Niklas and Davy convinced Morik to wear a heavy winter suit, boots, and a scarf they'd picked up at a thrift store in town, Morik's hair was better than waist length, there was a wild gleam in his eyes, and a slight growl to his voice. He accepted the winter clothes and donned them without comment, somehow managing to get the coat and hood past all that hair (and not even catching the waistband of the pants in the really long portions), wrapped the scarf around his face, and slowly ventured outdoors. He returned some hours later without comment. After that, he would venture out roughly once a day, stay out for several hours, and return. Although Morik seemed in somewhat better spirits after this, he remained somewhat sullen throughout the winter, and nobody ever did find out where he went. He even managed to somehow elude Arion once, when the young flyer decided to keep an eye on him. "I was two thousand feet up and he still knew I was there." Arion had told Jahv and Keyro. "And I wouldn't've thought he could move that fast in that heavy suit, let alone trudging through all that snow."

Jahv and Keyro seemed largely undisturbed by the winter, mostly because they didn't venture outdoors much. Jahv was up to something in his workshop, and seemed determined to make up for the errors of some of his previous endeavors. But no one knew just what he was working on. Both aliens, generally tending to spend their time naked, had taken to wearing at least limited clothing. In Jahv's case it had a practical purpose. He'd asked Davy for a pair of overalls. He admired the extensive pockets they had. This proved useful for carrying around a variety of tools. Keyro, on the other hand, had found a Web Site that sold T-shirts with slogans, and started making some of his own when Martin gave the young alien some of his T-shirts that he had slightly outgrown. Of course, Keyro tended to wear the T-shirts and nothing else, which looked pretty hysterical, but he was reasonably imaginative with the slogans. Everyone's favorite seemed to be "Is There Any Intelligent Life On This Planet?"

But visits from Niklas, Davy, Keith, Martin, or anyone else had been few and far between. As hot as the past summer had been, the winter had been that much colder and harsher. The boys just didn't get out as much, and for everyone but Davy, it was a fair trek, and doing it by bicycle was essentially impossible. There were also security concerns. The leaves were off the trees in the forest, which as a result looked a lot more open, which meant there was that much greater a chance of being detected. So, too, might suspicion arise from a constant trail of footprints into the forest that seemingly ended at a blank spot. Jahv had reworked the camouflage of the dome-tent so that there appeared to be snow in the spot where the tent sat, and he was very diligent about sweeping any new snow off the top of the dome (actually this task generally fell to Arion, who could simply fly up to the top of the dome with a small broom). But generally, the aliens had been on their own for months.

So when spring finally arrived and temperatures quickly climbed, the young aliens were delighted when their four closest friends dropped by for a visit. Arion's feather-hair had returned to all black, Morik's mood had improved although he had kept his unusually long hair (despite unsubstantiated claims from the others that he was shedding and it was a little disgusting to find a two-foot-long hair in one's food), and Jahv clearly had an air of anticipation about him.

"My friends," he said, "I have finally completed my latest inventions."

"Oh, God." groaned Keith. "We shoulda seen this coming. I told you we should've suggested hibernation to this bunch."

Jahv glared. "Keith, I really wish you'd have a little more faith in my skills."

"Yeah, Keith." added Davy. "At least wait until something goes wrong before you condemn it."

That got a moderate laugh, but Keith wasn't kidding. "Have faith? How about your track record? You nearly get us lost in space on board a shuttle that explodes five minutes after we finally manage to get back to Earth, and just to put a point on it, you got drunk on citrus punch at a Halloween party! Now you wanna tell me why I should have faith in whatever it is you've come up with this time?"

"Well, I did get your stepfather off your case for the better part of last summer." replied Jahv politely.

Keith opened his mouth but nothing came out.

Davy whispered to Niklas, "Score one for the green kid with the antennae."

Keith scowled, but he also knew that Jahv had a point. "All right. I'm listening."

Jahv opened a small box on a nearby table. There were eight small discs inside each about six inches in diameter. "These are teleportation devices," he explained. He pressed the center of one, and a small screen and keyboard appeared on the disc. "All you have to do is type in the location of where you want to go. The device will scan for a safe place within the general area and take you there. It's got the entire planet mapped."

"Darn, and here I was hoping for a nice quiet trip to Mars." said Keith.

"I'm working on that." said Jahv.

"Leave it to you to screw up a joke." countered Keith. "Okay, suppose these do work? What good does it do the lot of you? You can't show yourselves in public, anyway."

"Ah, that's where stage two of these devices come in handy for those of us who don't blend in with natives such as yourselves." continued Jahv.

"Just what we need — a two-stage cluster foul-up." quipped Keith.

"Keith!" snapped Niklas, Davy, and Martin almost simultaneously.

"All right, all right," said Keith, backing down. "Like I'm not entitled to an opinion."

"We incorporated holocron technology into these devices." explained Jahv. "Watch!"

Jahv pressed a few buttons on the tiny keyboard of the disc. There was a flash of light, and in the placve of Jahv stood — something that looked like what Jahv would probably look like were he human. The skin was a normal color, and his antennae had vanished. His hair was still rather oddly upswept, but it was blonde instead of white, and ears were visible. His eyes remained rather large, but they too appeared normal. His hands still lacked a fifth finger, but overall, the illusion was remarkable.

"All we need do," said Jahv, "is put on regular clothing and we're set."

"The disc can't do that?" asked Niklas.

"Probably, but we'd rather not strain them needlessly." emphasized Jahv.

"What about Chewbacca over there?" asked Keith, indicating Morik. "I don't care how human you make him look, that fire hazard he's toting around on his head is going to be trouble one way or the other."

"I guess maybe I could use a bit of a trim." commented Morik.

"And me without the lawn mower." remarked Keith. "Okay. You've got the means and you've got the looks. But where ya gonna go?"

"We sort of hoped you could come up with a suggestion." said Keyro. "There are so many fascinating places on this planet."

"What about that amusement park on all the commercials? The one that's supposed to be the best ever!" chimed in Martin. "I always wanted to see that place!"

"What are you talking about?" asked Keyro. "What's an amusement park?"

"Are you outta your minds?!" exclaimed Keith.

"I kind of like the idea." said Niklas. "I've never been there either."

"Me neither." added Davy.

"What is this you're talking about?" asked Jahv with a fair bit of emphasis.

Keith rolled his eyes and gave up. "It's an amusement park. Been in business only a couple of years, but it's supposed to be the wildest, most incredible amusement park ever. Technology that might even impress you. It's got just about every other amusement park on the planet wondering how they managed it. Some guy named Paul Keisner came out of nowhere and had the place built. Anyway, there's lots of rides and other attractions. The place is divided into different sections, each one somewhat different. But it also tends to be very, very busy and there's always long waits for all of the rides. I don't know if we could do the whole place in an afternoon."

"We could at least look it over." said Jahv. "It would be a good test for the discs, as well as the disguise programs."

Keith realized he was the only one who seemed only slightly opposed to this. And truth be told, even he wouldn't mind seeing the place himself. But he wanted to know one thing. "How fast can those discs get us out of there if we hit trouble?"

"Instantaneously." said Jahv. "There's an automatic homing feature that'll bring us all right back here if need be."

Keith bit his lip. "I hope you're right about that. Okay, if I'm the only holdout on this craziness, let's do it."

It took about twenty minutes for the four aliens to change into passable clothes. Arion seemed the most reluctant about that, but apparently even he was bored enough with his present surroundings to go along with the plan. Morik had managed to hack his hair down to a far more reasonable level, slightly longer than Keith's or Davy's, and it actually looked halfway decent, although his long pointed ears stuck through. That soon changed when they activated their disguises. Of the four, Arion's was the only one that was slightly suspect. The disguise program apparently wasn't entirely sure what to do with the feather-like hair the boy had, and the result looked vaguely like an afro.

The teleport-discs computers had located Keisner Park without trouble, although they took a while to secure a safe location for the boys to appear. Keith remained concerned about crowds, but Davy didn't think there would be many. "This place is generally only really busy in the summer months and around holidays. This isn't either."

"How would you know?" asked Keith. "You ain't been there any more than I have."

"I read about places I'd like to visit." said Davy.

"Everyone ready?" asked Jahv. "All your discs have been programed. We should all appear in the same general area. Just press the green button. We're ready to go."

They did so, and eight boys faded from existence.

* * *

Keisner Park.

To be specific, one of the fortunately larger stalls in the men's room at the far end of Gateway Avenue, which led to the junction point for the other «Realms» of the park, as they were called.

"Jahv — when you said 'same general area', I kind of thought we'd have a little more breathing room." said Niklas.

"Just be glad no one else was in here." added Davy.

"And don't mention 'breathing', okay?" remarked Keith. "We're in a public bathroom, for cryin' out loud. Jahv, get your elbow out of my back."

"That's not my elbow." said Jahv.

"That's more than I needed to know."

"Hey, guys, as long as we're in here…" began Martin.

"Don't even think about it." snarled Arion. "I happen to be in the direct path of the commode."

"Can anyone reach the door?" urged Keyro.

"I think I'm closest." said Morik. "Odd locking mechanism, though. But I think I've got…

The door swumg open and eight boys tumbled to the floor in a heap.

"— it." finished Morik.

"Well, that was probably the most unique entrance in the history of the park." remarked Niklas.

"And I hope it stays that way." said Keith. "Assuming this is the right place. Shouldn't there be park logos on the toilet paper or something?"

Just then music blared from outside, and an announcement heralding the opening of the park for another day was broadcast.

"Curious." remarked Jahv, looking at the device. "There shouldn't've been any temporal displacement, but we seem to have lost a few hours if the park is just now opening."

"Just tell me we won't be late getting home, okay?" said Keith. "As long as we're here, even I'd like to try to have some fun."

"No, no problem there. If anything, we arrived earlier than we left."

"Great." said Niklas. "Let's get out of here. If the day's crowd is just getting into the park, we can blend right in with them."

Davy and Martin were the first ones out, and Davy's prediction was accurate. There was a crowd, but it didn't seem to be a very big one by any reasonable standards. Just a few thousand people. That would likely grow during the course of the day, but most park guests liked to spend as much of the day as possible at the park.

"Where to first?" asked Niklas.

"Looks like we're on the edge of Future Realm." remarked Davy. "Anyone for the Star Screamer ride?"

"I thought the lot of you had pretty well had it with space travel." said Jahv.

"It's a roller coaster." said Davy, as the group headed into Future Realm. "But it's indoors, and it just looks sort of like you're in space."

"Interesting architecture." commented Keyro as the group headed through Future Realm and over to the Star Screamer entrance. "Looks a bit like the outskirts of Igtex Village on Rominus V."

"Doesn't smell as bad, though." added Jahv.

The boys made their way through the entrance and down the corridors within Star Screamer to the main area where they would board the vehicle that would take them through the roller coaster. A huge spacecraft model hung from the ceiling in the boarding area. "Decent design." said Jahv. "Engine placement could be a little more efficient."

"Hey, Sparky, you want to stop analyzing everything?" said Keith. "Somebody's going to notice if you keep it up. Hey, Niklas, after this, let's haul 'em over to Western Realm. I doubt they'll be able to analyze that."

"Why don't you relax and try to enjoy the place?" urged Niklas. "No one's paying any attention to us."

The boys made their way to the front of the line, and a park employee asked them how many were in their group. "Eight of us." said Davy politely. They were seated in the first four rows of the next "space vehicle" to come through.

Star Screamer was a roller coaster in a dark, enclosed environment, with projected stars whipping around the darkened walls. It has many wild turns and several fairly sharp drops. A couple of times what looked like comets and meteors seemed to soar right past or in front of the wildly careening car. At the end of the ride, Niklas, Davy, and Keith were cheering wildly, Martin had a near death-grip on Morik, Arion's eyes were spinning, and Jahv and Keyro just looked mildly confused.

They exited, Martin somewhat unsteadily, the other Earth-born boys still elated. "That was a blast!" proclaimed Keith. "Okay, maybe this was a good idea!"

"Now I'm not so sure." said Martin.

"That was supposed to be a simulation of space flight?!" exclaimed Jahv.

"No, it was supposed to be a fun ride." replied Niklas.

"Oh, good." said Jahv. "Because if you people actually drive like that on the rare occasions when you do go into space, it's no darn wonder you've never gotten past your own moon."

"You okay, Arion?" asked Keyro.

"I think I will be." replied the young prince. "But generally when I whip around like that, it's under my own power. That was an — interesting sensation."

"I'd swear some of the imagery in there was the same sort of holographic projection used in the holocron, though." commented Jahv.

"Wouldn't that be kind of impossible?" asked Niklas.

"It should be." stated Jahv. "I'd have to analyze it more closely."

"You're not here to analyze. You're here to have fun." said Keith. "Western Realm?"

"The Runaway Wester-Trains!" emphasized Davy.

"That sounds like another roller coaster." groaned Martin

.

"Yeah, but I think on this one you'll be able to see where you're going, and there's more to look at." stated Davy. "Keep your mind off it."

Martin just sighed. The group exited Future Realm, crossed the central hub, and made their way into the frontier-like environs of Western Realm. There was a Shooting Gallery just to the right of the entrance which caught Arion's attention. "Hold a moment. I want to check this."

"A shooting arcade?" questioned Davy.

"Marksmanship in battle, even simulated, is an important skill." said Arion. He wandered over while the others waited.

Unfortunately, the arcade was something of a disappointment. The weapons were merely infra-red projectors, which Arion's greater range of eyesight could easily detect, and the targets were mere projections, although they seemed to be holographic, but they clearly didn't shoot back. "Care to try your luck, son?" asked a park employee in a Western outfit.

"No, thank you." said Arion. "It doesn't look to be much of a challenge."

"What do you want?" joked the park employee. "Live targets that shoot back?"

Arion brightened suddenly. "Is that an available option?"

The park employee looked stunned, but managed to stay in character. "Uh, no, afraid not. But — uh — this should be a fair test of your skills."

"Really…" yawned Arion. He looked at one of the primitive weapons and noticed that it would require money. He turned to the rest of the boys. "Do any of you have fifty cents?"

Davy wandered up along with Jahv. "Here." he said. "You going to try this?"

"No." said Arion. "I'm going to prove a point." He deposited the two quarters, picked up the simulated rifle, and picked off every last target in the shooting gallery in less time than it took to tell. The holographic images feigned almost comical deaths, and all that was left when Arion was finished was a heap of fallen projected corpses. Davy's jaw practically hit the floor alongside the park employee's. Arion set the rifle back down on the counter and said, in an almost painfully bored voice. "At least if they shot back, it might have been more worth my time."

Arion and Davy moved off, but Jahv studied the images. "Excuse me," he said to the employee, "can you tell me what the technological basis for the — uhm — targets is? They appear to be a more advanced form of holography than — than I have generally seen."

"Sorry, kid," replied the employee. "I just work here. I didn't design the place. All I know is the guy who designed the place had everything from engineers to scientists working on it. There's a book you can buy on the building of the park, but don't expect it to divulge many of the secrets. Mr. Keisner's got copyrights and legal protections like you wouldn't believe on every last bit of it."

"I see." said Jahv. "Thank you."

The group made their way over to the Runaway Wester-Trains. Martin remained reluctant to go on another roller coaster, but the more open environment, and the far larger vehicles — comical trains with seven cars (three rows each) barreling around the track within a highly detailed Western setting, persuaded him to stay with his friends.

With eight boys, they were divided into three rows. Martin sat between Davy and Keith, Niklas ended up with Keyro and Morik, and Jahv and Arion sat together. The ride, in some respects, was wilder than Star Screamer. It was certainly more varied, with a lot more to see along the way. Towards the end of the ride, it entered a dark tunnel with uneven track. The train seemed to just miss a mine car and go careening down a second tunnel, which seemed to collapse from the force of simulated explosions. Amidst a cloud of dust, the train emerged safely from the tunnel and pulled back into the "train station". As they got off at the end, the alien kids finally seemed to be picking up on the nature of the park, and even Martin didn't seem to have minded the ride. "I think I'm getting used to these." he said.

Davy next suggested Ghost House, which wasn't too far away. It was supposed to be one of the most visually advanced rides in the entire park, although it wasn't a roller-coaster. The exterior of the place looked like something that would've scared the Addams Family. Martin was a little nervous and clung to Keith rather tightly. The initial portion of the ride was a walk-through some increasingly creepy rooms with a haunting voiceover. Eventually the group got into small moving vehicles that slowly made their way along a track, and wound their way through more of the huge «house» and outside into a backyard miasma of Halloween nightmares come to life. Martin was scared out of his wits, the other boys were getting a kick out of it — even Arion — and Jahv was getting increasingly analytical.

"The more I see around here," said Jahv as they emerged, "the more convinced I am that aspects of this place are simply beyond your standard technology."

Keith swore and detached himself from Martin. "If you don't knock it off and try to have some fun, I'm gonna haul you into Jungle Realm and toss you into the river of the Safari Boats! What's your problem!?"

"Yeah, Jahv, I'm with Keith." said Davy. "Besides, places like these always seem to have technology more advanced than anyplace else. That's what makes them so interesting. But it's really just how they use what's available. Stop being so suspicious and try to have some fun."

Jahv looked at Davy. "You are certain of that?"

Davy nodded. "Stop studying the place and just try to enjoy it."

Jahv sighed and shrugged. "All right. I give up. It's just how I am, I guess. I want to understand the technology. But I'll try."

"Is anyone else hungry?" asked Niklas. His stomach had growled loudly during the argument.

"Yo, right here," said Keith, "but this place is probably pretty expensive."

"Let's see what we can afford." said Davy. So the boys — at least Niklas, Davy, Keith, and Martin, pooled whatever money they had with them. It wasn't much. About ten dollars. "That's not likely to buy much food in this place." said Davy.

"Let's see what it will get us." suggested Keith. "And I think I saw a place to cool off in Future Realm."

The group headed back in that direction, mostly checking food carts along the way. They discovered that they had just enough money to get two large containers of popcorn — which fortunately none of the aliens was allergic to — and two soft-frozen lemonades. Jahv and Keyro would have to find some water someplace. Fortunately, there were drinking fountains throughout the park.

The group found themselves making their way back gradually to the other side of the park, where they'd more or less started, as they made short work of the popcorn and lemonade. In Future Realm was a large area of ground-level fountains, called the "Galactic Waves". The floor beneath these fountains was soft and rubbery, and was intended for children to run through and play in. Numerous children were already running through the fountains, some fully dressed, others without their shirts, some in swim shorts. In the center was a constant mist of water on which images of stars and planets was projected.

"Now that looks like fun!" said Niklas, finishing off his share of the popcorn.

"Yeah!" agreed Davy, already removing his shirt. The two boys gave each other a stare that more or less said, "Dare ya to run right through 'em." and they took off. They got caught in several of the sporadic bursts of water, and shrieked on their way to the center. Davy had caught the worst of it, and was pretty well soaked. Niklas had caught a blast of water across his front, and his shirt, which he'd left on, was dripping.

Keith was next, at first running through until he got caught by a blast of water that soaked him head to toe. Amused more than angry, he decided to see what would happen if he sat down right on top of one of the ground-based fountains. The next time it blasted water, it sprayed out from under Keith and nearly knocked him off his feet. So he decided to try lying on his back over several of them. Unfortunately, one of the fountains was right about at his neck, and he caught a faceful of water as a result.

He got up, and started chasing Martin, who had yet to enter the fountains. Martin was fairly elusive, but the area was just too crowded, and Keith caught him by the shirt. Martin decided to squirm out of the shirt, but that was only a brief reprieve. Keith caught up to Martin again, and essentially carried the screaming-but-laughing Martin through the highest-shooting fountains.

Jahv and Keyro had run into the fountains as well, quickly followed by Morik. Arion remained uncertain, but finally realized that if he was the only one of the group to remain outside the area, he would likely be overpowered and dragged in much as Martin had been, and flying to escape was not an option. Arion had no intention of allowing himself to be treated in such an undignified manner. But neither was he really of a mind to get soaking wet. He studied the patterns of the sporadic fountains long enough to figure out where there would be a break in them, and then ran towards the center and joined Niklas and Davy in playing with the huge projection area in the center. Getting slightly sprayed with water he didn't mind. He just didn't want to get soaked.

Not long after, though, there was an outcry of some sort. Arion turned to see all eyes on Morik, Jahv, and Keyro. They were shooting sparks. Arion cursed under his breath. Something about the teleportation discs, or at least the holo-disguise feature, was obviously not waterproof.

The other boys had noticed it, as well. Niklas, Davy, and Martin stood in shock, and Keith looked about ready to swear a blue streak. Arion felt his own device starting to malfunction. He'd gotten a spray of water right against the pocket where he was keeping it. He briefly thought about flying away, but that wouldn't solve anything and would probably just make matters worse.

Seconds later, before anyone could act, Jahv, Keyro, and Morik all gave off a bright flash of light, and were then back to their alien forms. Three seconds after that, so did Arion.

"Oh, crap." snarled Keith. "I knew this was all going too well."

Keith looked around. Niklas and Davy looked like they wanted to do something, but they weren't sure what. Martin looked stunned. So did the four aliens. The rest of the people — the reaction was mixed. Most of the kids anywhere near the aliens had backed off. Some parents were hauling their kids away as fast as they could. Other people were coming closer to see what the commotion was about. Keith spotted two park employees nearby, and they both looked like they hadn't the slightest idea what to do, as if they weren't sure if this was some sort of staged event they hadn't been told about, or something a whole lot weirder.

Keith recalled when they had left Star Screamer, there had been restrooms near the exit. It wasn't much, and it was likely to be crowded, but it was semi-secluded and in shadows. And frankly, it was all he could think of.

He raced over to Niklas and Davy. "Round these four up and head for the bathrooms off Star Screamer. Now!" he whispered to both of them. Niklas and Davy ran for the aliens and hauled them out of the area. Keith grabbed Martin and Arion, who had been furthest from the other three.

The crowd easily parted for the strange group, and as they entered the bathrooms near Star Screamer, that was pretty much more than enough to suggest to anyone in there that they would be better off seeking relief elsewhere.

"I'll chew you out about your track record on inventions later." said Keith. "We need to get out of here. Now!"

Jahv withdrew his teleportation device. "That may be a problem."

Keith just lowered his head. "Lemme guess. They're REALLY not waterproof."

"I had thought that they were." said Jahv. "But apparently not against such a soaking. They'll work — eventually — but they'll need time to dry off."

"How long?" asked Niklas.

"I can't imagine it would take more than an hour." replied Jahv.

"An hour?!" exclaimed Keith. "We can't stay in here for an hour! And somebody is going to get his wits about him and report what he saw."

"And this place is reaaaally good on security, from what I hear." added Davy.

Keith was thinking, not really looking at any of the others. "Jahv, you brought your backpack with you, right?"

"Of course."

"You still got that gizmo that made you, me, Davy, and Martin invisible that day in the Mall last summer?"

"Yes, but there's no way it can handle all eight of us." answered Jahv.

"Can it handle the four of you?" asked Keith. "Then the four of us can cover for you, and hopefully no one will pester us — too much, anyway."

"That's — possible. But there is a problem."

"Which is?" asked Keith, turning and suddenly noticing that Kahv was not wearing the backpack.

"I left the pack out by the fountains."

Keith bit his lip, realizing that letting loose a scream the likes of which he would have wished to right then would have only complicated matters. He sighed, and said, "Okay. Everybody wait here. I'll get the backpack and whatever else we left out there."

"What if you get caught?" said Martin.

"Then getting to the backpack won't make much difference, because they'll be on to all of us. But it's our best shot."

Keith stuck his head out of the restroom. It looked more or less safe. People had gotten off Star Screamer who clearly didn't know what was in the bathroom. Keith figured they'd probably gotten lucky that no one else had had to use it since they'd dashed into it. He saw no immediate sign of security. A few people milling around had looked a little unnerved, but no one seemed to be paying too much attention to the bathroom.

Maybe they figure it was some sort of park stunt, thought Keith. Good. Let 'em.

There was an arcade next to Star Screamer, attached to a souvenir shop. Keith decided to cut through these on his way to the Galactic Waves instead of plow right through the open area. The arcade and certainly the souvenir shop were busier, and Keith figured he was more likely to go undetected.

No one's going to figure a kid is smart enough to take a detour, thought Keith.

When he peeked out of the souvenir shop in the direction of the fountains, he spotted Jahv's backpack. It was off to the side, and no one was paying any attention to it. Unfortunately, no one was in the fountains, either. The cast members who'd been around before had shut down the fountains. Given the sparks Jahv and the others had thrown off when their holo-disguises had malfunctioned, they were probably making sure no one was getting electrocuted around there.

This had an advantage and a disadvantage as far as Keith was concerned. There were a lot less people milling around — but it was also obvious that something in the area wasn't quite right, and that was making people suspicious.

Still, they couldn't hide in that restroom forever. Keith hoped he could get to the backpack, conceal the four aliens, and maybe find someplace to hide until the discs dried off enough to use to get them out of the area. He hoped Davy knew of someplace they could do that. Big as Keisner Park was, there had to be someplace.

He walked over as nonchalantly as possible in the direction of Jahv's backpack. One of the straps was facing up, and Keith hoped he could loop it over his foot as he walked by and keep going. He'd pick it up and carry it as soon as possible.

He'd just gotten to the pack when two Keisner Park security guards in blue uniforms and a Keisner Park Lord-knows-what in a dark suit and sunglasses seemed to pop out of nowhere. "We'd like to have a few words with you, son — and with your friends. Where are they?"

Busted at Keisner Park. Now just how bad could a day get?

* * *

Davy was recalling everything he could think about Keisner Park. He'd read up on the place, hoping one day he'd be able to visit. He'd never figured that he'd be using that information to keep from getting caught. "Okay, if we can get out of here, there's a few places we can hide until the discs work again. There's a remote restaurant with a big lower level at the far corner of Western Realm. No one'll be there at this time of day, and it's dark and secluded."

"I am so sorry about this." said Jahv, sounding miserable. "I thought I had insulated these well enough."

"Regrets later." barked Arion. "Concern yourself with the present."

"Indeed." came a new voice. The boys turned to see the two guards and the man in the suit, standing with a miserable-looking Keith. The man in the suit continued. "You boys need to all come with us. Now."

Niklas thought of one desperate ploy. "Our parents are expecting us to meet them on Gateway Avenue in a few minutes."

"Your parents aren't here, boy." said one of the guards. "We know that as much as you know it."

The boys were taken out of the restroom and through a nearby "Security Only" door. Martin looked like he was ready to either throw up or wet himself. Keith put an arm around his shoulder. Niklas and Davy looked frightened, and so did Jahv and Keyro. Morik looked downright petrified, and Arion frankly looked like he was spoiling for a fight. If he thought the odds would have allowed it, Keith might have joined him. But both he and Arion seemed to realize that would accomplish nothing.

They eventually reached an outdoor behind-the-scenes area, and were led into a van. The back area had no windows, and no way for the boys to ascertain where they were being taken. When the van finally stopped, not long after, they were near the entrance of an office building. They were taken inside, and led to one of the larger offices. All eight were taken inside, and left alone with whoever was seated at the desk.

The large chair at the desk turned around, and a smiling man perhaps somewhere in his late 40's was seated in the chair. From the pictures Davy had seen in some books he had read, this was Paul Keisner himself. "Well, this is interesting. Two Botarans in the park."

The entire group was shocked. Jahv finally stammered. "You — you know what we are?"

The man rose and walked over to the group, looking at Arion. "And this one would be from Korras. Royalty, I'd guess, based on the arrogant expression."

Arion just scowled as hard as he could.

"And you," said the man, looking at Morik, "are either from some species that I have never encountered before, with an astounding resemblance to another, or you're absolutely the scruffiest-looking Dorrian in the long and recently-tragic history of that race."

"So who precisely are you?" asked Jahv, trying to sound more confident than he felt.

"As you've probably guessed, I'm a Botaran." said Keisner, returning to his seat behind the desk. He reached into his shirt pocket and pulled out an ornate pen. He twisted it and his face was transformed into that of a Botaran. Most of the facial features remained the same, although the eyes got slightly larger, his hair turned white, his skin turned orange, and antennae appeared on his head even as his ears vanished. "My real name is Pol, son of Keis, son of Neros — etc, etc. It wasn't too hard to translate that into something a little more human-sounding."

"So how did you get here?" asked Keyro.

"Who's running this session, hmm?" asked Pol. "How did you get here?"

Keyro remained silent. Jahv wasn't sure what to say. He figured the truth was probably the best means. Granted, what he and Keyro had done, running away from home, was not looked upon very favorably by Botarans. But Pol himself had to be here pretty unofficially himself, so there wasn't much he could do about it. "We ran away from home."

Pol raised an eyebrow but said nothing. "And these other two?"

"Encountered on a later exploration." said Jahv.

"And the humans?" asked Pol.

"Friends from the start of our arrival here." finished Jahv. "Now what about you?"

Pol stood and looked out the window of his office. "I crash landed here about six years ago after running my ship through a wormhole. I landed in the desert, with no one around. Enough of the instrumentation and supplies were left intact that I was able to determine where I was, and use a teleporter to get out of the area. But I also realized that my supplies were limited and that I would somehow need to become part of human society. After a period of study and observation, I realized that my skills as a tech-developer could best be put to use in the one industry where unusual technology would not be overly suspect — the amusement park business. I was able to present some blueprints and demonstration models to some financial backers, and built this park."

"Cripes, Jahv was right." said Davy. "The place is too advanced for current technology on this planet!"

Pol smiled. "Observant, aren't you, boy?" He directed his comment at Jahv. "Of course the place was never meant to fool other Botarans. Just humans."

"And no one suspects you of being anything other than human." said Arion.

"Of course not." said Pol. "I am viewed as a brilliant genius, but something of a recluse. No real social life. So be it. After a day in this holographic disguise, my antennae start buzzing. And of course I am a sufficiently important individual within this business circle to warrant the finest security — that also knows enough to mind its own business and give me privacy from themselves even as they keep other people out."

"So why drag us here?" asked Jahv. "Why not just have us tossed out after our disguises failed?"

"Two reasons." said Pol. "I can sympathize with your plight. You're not as well off as I am. As children, you're less able to mingle with the people of this world and find a place for yourselves. I wanted to rescue you from possible further suspicion and capture by the wrong people."

"And saving the rep of your own park and making sure that none'a that 'suspicion' comes down on your head wouldn't have anything to do with it, right?" snapped Keith.

"I'd be lying if I said that wasn't something of a consideration." said Pol. "But from that basis, you're hardly the first — situation — I've had to deal with quietly around here. You're certainly the first involving people of my own race — or other offworlders. Keisner Park has a superb, almost flawless safety record."

"Almost." said Davy.

"There's always some idiot who thinks he can stand up on a roller coaster, or climb over a safety railing, or get out of a moving vehicle, and he's not going to get hurt." said Pol. "Such matters are tended to with the utmost of compassion — and the utmost of efficiency."

"You said two reasons." stated Jahv.

"I have no idea of what your existence is like on this world," said Pol. "But how would you like to stay here, with me? Work for me. Your own holographic disguises and your portable transmat units are quite impressive. And I could guarantee your safety."

"Does that include Morik and me?" asked Arion harshly.

"Of course. The Dorrian penchant for ornamentation would be a valuable asset to this park. And I've seen the architecture of your world. We could use design elements of that here."

"I'm not sure about this…" said Jahv. "These others are our friends. We don't even know you."

"I understand your hesitancy." replied Pol. "Look, why don't you all step into this other room?" Pol waved to a second doorway along a side wall of his office. "There's something to see in there that I believe will convince you to remain."

Jahv whipped out his backpack. "You don't mind if I run a sensor scan, do you?"

"Of course not." said Pol, smiling.

Jahv pulled out his scanner. "Reads as a large holographic grid. Like a holocron room. Should be safe enough."

"It could be interesting." said Keyro.

Pol walked over to the doorway, and opened it. "It's perfectly safe. Please, I think you'll be impressed."

The eight boys looked at each other. Arion and Keith clearly weren't convinced, but they all seemed to realize that there wasn't much alternative. If it would settle this entire issue and get them either out of this office and out of the park — or at least have the matter resolved — then so be it. They cautiously entered the massive room.

And Pol slammed the door behind them and sealed them in.

Keith let loose with the worst string of expletives he'd ever let fly with in his life. Arion was doing likewise in his own language, sounding like a really pissed-off hawk.

Pol's face appeared hovering above the youngsters in the darkened room. "Idiot children. I knew who you were the instant you set foot in the park. The entire place is lined with sensors to detect advanced technology. Nice landing in the men's room by the way. I suppose it could've been worse. You could've ended up in the ladies room."

Jahv cut loose with a burst of native language static that sounded no more polite than what Keith and Arion had said. "What do you mean to do with us!"

"I mean to use you to get myself off of this pathetic, backward mudball of a planet once and for all!" said Pol. "I know who you are, Jahv and Keyro. Runaways. That's a serious crime and you know it. And I have connections with one of our world's magistrates. He knows I'm here and has been prepared to keep that knowledge a secret."

"What!?" exploded Jahv. "A Botaran magistrate keeping secrets!? That's unheard of!"

"Not when it's in his best interests." said Pol. "True, I should be hauled off this world and arrested for passing along technology to a primitive culture myself, but that doesn't have the same — social relevance as dealing with a couple of well-publicized runaways. That, by the way, will be added to the charges against you. Those four humans have no business having transmat discs. Which, by the way, won't work in that shielded room, so spare yourselves the effort."

"How could you make a deal with a magistrate!?" yelled Jahv.

"When he's my brother, that's how." said Pol. "He wants to advance in his profession, and I want to return to mine and stop playing games here. Trying a couple of runaway tech-trading traitors should be just the thing for his career, and I will be the hero who after struggling to survive for years on a backwater planet was the one that found you and brought you in, along with the local natives you consorted with. That won't be too far from the truth."

"This has got to be a bluff!" snapped Arion. "How's this — " Arion made a rude noise in his throat "-expect to get the lot of us to your homeworld!?"

"I won't have to." said Pol. "My brother is stationed on a traveling trial ship. All I have to do is summon him to the proper location."

"Yeah, right." said Keyro. "Summon him to an off-limits world."

"Hardly." said Pol. "Summon him to where we'll be appearing."

The face of Pol faded, and the floor beneath the boys began to glow. "I don't believe this!"

said Jahv. "The entire floor is a transmat pad!"

"Pol!" screamed Keyro. "At least let our friends from this world go!"

But it was far too late for that.

Part 11

REVIEW: Jahv had invented a portable transmat device that would allow the user to teleport anywhere on the planet. He, Keyro, Morik, and Arion, along with Niklas, Keith, Martin, and Davy, used the transmat discs to travel to Keisner Park, which had gained a reputation in a very short period of operation of being the most sophisticated, advanced theme-amusement park in the world. Holographic disguises kept the four aliens' true identities from being revealed, until the group decided to play in some nearby fountains, which disrupted the holographic disguises and kept the transmat discs from functioning. The group sought refuge in a nearby restroom until the discs could be dried enough for use. Unfortunately, Jahv had left his precious backpack out at the fountains, and Keith was caught by park security trying to retrieve it. The other youngsters were taken in shortly thereafter. They were taken to the office of the creator of Keisner Park, a man named Paul Keisner, who revealed himself to the youngsters to be of the same alien race as Jahv and Keyro, a Botaran tech-designer named Pol. Initially seeming to be friendly, he soon captured the eight children and locked them in a room that was actually one immense transmat device with interstellar range. Pol wanted to rejoin Botaran society, but realizing that he had spent a great deal of time on an «off-limits» world, needed a way back. Turning in the two runaways Jahv and Keyro and bringing them up on charges of treason by sharing their technology with the local «primitives» would be a good way to do that — especially if the Botaran Magistrate he delivered the youngsters to on board a traveling Botaran Judicial Vessel happened to be Pol's own older brother who was looking to advance his own career with a particularly spectacular case — such as two runaways who could also be charged with a particularly heinous crime by Botaran standards…

* * *

The eight boys were being led by large armed and armored Botaran guards through the corridors of a rather nondescript vessel. Keith had only stopped swearing a few seconds ago, Arion was still muttering under his breath, Martin was clinging to Niklas and Davy for all he was worth, Morik looked almost as petrified, and Jahv and Keyro looked all of betrayed, angry, and scared.

"Where the hell are we, anyway?" said Keith. Apparently the guards didn't have any argument with the boys conversing. Either that or they didn't understand what was being said.

"On board a Botaran Judicial Vessel." explained Jahv. "There's hundreds of ships like these. Justice is swift in my culture, and the Magistrates make all the decisions. They're generally the most honest and honorable people in our society. But I guess there's exceptions."

"Why vessel?" asked Morik.

"My people travel a lot, to many worlds." said Jahv. "If there's a legal problem, it's easier to send a ship to the problem than to bring the problem to the homeworld."

"But we were on Earth!" protested Niklas, his voice shaky. "Why would your people be that close to our world?"

"I'm not sure they were, and I'm not sure we are anymore." said Jahv. "That was a massive transmat platform, even bigger than the one Keyro and I used when we traveled to Earth when we first left home. If the underlying power grid was as immense, we could've been shot halfway across the galaxy."

"Why do you people even have ships if you can do that?" asked Davy, trying to keep his mind off of what was happening.

"The transmats take a LOT of power," said Jahv. "Ships are easier, and better, for large cargo transportation as well as general exploration. Pol probably blew out half the power grid of Keisner Park sending us here."

"Who cares!" wailed Martin. "I wanna go home! What's gonna happen to us!?"

The group passed a lone window in the corridor. Keith looked out. "Aw, man, I don't believe it!"

"What?" asked Niklas.

"Look out the window." said Keith. "Recognize that mess out there?"

The boys looked as they walked by. "Garboris?!" exclaimed Davy. "Oh, brother."

"What's Garboris?" asked Martin.

"Remember that smelly junkpile of a space station we told you about?" remarked Keith. "I think this fancy Botaran Justice Ship or whatever is docked there."

"This makes no sense." commented Jahv. "This is non-aligned space. No Botaran Judicial Vessel should be out here!"

"No ethical Botaran Judicial Vessel, you mean, brother." added Keyro.

"It still makes no sense." said Jahv. "Pol couldn't've known we were coming to his park. He couldn't've alerted the Magistrate who runs this ship in time to head to such a neutral location."

"Unless this Magistrate has been at this neutral location for some time anyway." suggested Keyro. "Possibly waiting for some fancy case to come along — or avoiding something."

The boys approached the end of the corridor, and two vast doors opened. The boys were prodded into the room by the guards, who then took up stations around the interior of the room. The room was circular, featureless, and dark. The only shaft of lights came down on the direct center of the room where the boys were standing, and to a high podium along the edge. At the base of that podium stood Pol, now dressed in a basic grey Botaran jumpsuit. Seated at the podium was an older-looking Botaran, with reddish skin and black flecks in his hair. This, Jahv would explain later, was a sign of aging among Botarans. This older brother of Pol's was probably on the high side of 200.

"Process them." said the Magistrate. Three guards stepped forward with long staffs with glowing spheres at one end.

"Is this gonna hurt?" asked Keith.

"Just your pride." replied Jahv.

"What do you —?" started Keith, but there was a sudden flash of light and a vague sizzling noise. When the light faded, all eight boys were stark naked.

"Hey!" snapped Arion. "I'm no Botaran! What's the idea!?"

"What use have children — or prisoners — for pointless coverings?" sneered one of the guards.

"I am Magistrate Varek." said the red-hued Botaran loudly. "Jahv and Keyro, sons of Amshat, son of Lemoy, son of Dekel, son of Gershon. You are charged with the high crimes of family separation and treason against the Botaran Republic by sharing advanced technology with known primitives, specifically these four from the planet designated Earth."

"Are you kidding?!" exclaimed Jahv. "This Pol here has been sharing technology with a couple'a million 'primitives' for the past several YEARS on that planet!"

"Actually," said Pol, "I've only built an amusement park that utilizes certain technologies which remain hidden and concealed. There is no crime in that. You're the ones that gave these four transmat discs, and Creator only knows what else. You've been missing for close to a year."

"Nor is he on trial here, nor did he willingly abandon his family." emphasized Varek. "However, we should get down to specifics. Prince Arion of Korras. You are not charged in any of this. How you came to be among these people is neither our business nor our concern."

"You couldn't've figured that one out before you blasted my clothes away?!" snapped Arion.

"We must follow procedures." said Varek. "We are aware of your — situation. However, we of course have no extradition treaty with the Soluan Empire, nor is returning you to Korras an option, since that would be a violation of their treaty with the Soluan Empire. You are free to go. In fact, we insist. Remove him to the space station."

"Oh, yeah, right!" yelled Arion. His temper got the better of him and he probably should've flown, but before he could react, two large guards grabbed him. "Like tossing me naked onto that dungpile is an improvement! Hey, you white-haired antennae-eared freak! I'm…

Whatever else Arion had to say, which if anyone had bothered to listen would have included a number of colorful comments about the Magistrate's age, possible ancestral peculiarities, and the fact that he was probably hatched from a particularly rotten egg (a devastating insult but generally only applicable to Arion's people), were lost as the massive doors of the courtroom closed.

"Morik." said the Magistrate. Morik tried to look defiant and glared at Varek. "You present a difficult situation. You are not charged with any crime, but we have no contact with any known Dorrian colonies."

"I stay with my friends." said Morik.

"You realize that by doing so, you will share their punishment." said Varek.

"I stay with my friends." stated Morik.

"Very well. Judgement proceedings will be in five hours. Take them to their holding cell." The light went out above the podium, and the boys were led from the room.

* * *

Arion found himself unceremoniously dumped just outside the docking hatch of the Judicial Vessel. "And your mother breeds in a hatchery!" screamed the indignant youngster as the doors closed behind him.

Arion snarled and stood. He was already getting stared at by several passers-by. Arion was not in the least bit comfortable naked, nor did he like getting tossed around. There wasn't a lot he could do about that right now, but he needed to find some clothes before he could even think about doing much of anything else.

He kept to the shadows as much as possible, which wasn't too hard in a place like Garboris. Finally he came across an isolated replicator unit. Hopefully it was capable of making some basic dry goods. He scrolled through the menu until he reached a listing for clothing. There wasn't much available. Of course not, Arion realized, because it would cut too much into any clothing businesses that happened to set up shop here. There was, however, a basic one-piece jumpsuit that frankly looked to be of Botaran design, except it was dark blue instead of silver, with white boots. It was listed as "one size fits all". Arion pressed the button to order one, and was presented with a message. "YOUR GENETISCAN REVEALS NO EXISTING ACCOUNT."

Arion swore. He had no way to pay for the suit. If the device couldn't take a decent DNA reading from him, it wouldn't process. And he doubted anyone around here was likely to extend him charity. Then he noticed something. On his shoulder, a single white hair from one of the guards that had tossed him out. Would it work?

Arion re-did the order, and found a scrap of paper on the floor. When it was time to place the order, he placed the hair on the paper and the paper on his finger. Sure enough, the machine took a DNA reading from the hair. "APPROVED. THANK YOU, SENTRY HOLK."

The folded fabric suit appeared in the processing bin. "With a little luck," thought Arion as he extracted the suit, "this thing was real expensive." Arion unfolded it and donned it. It was, indeed, a perfect fit. "One of these days, I gotta find out what fabric those people use."

Now clothed, Arion was still faced with a problem. What to do about his — his — okay, he had to think about that. Were Jahv and the others his friends? He didn't really get along with them all that well. He'd simply taken up with them because they'd rescued him from the Soluans — on this very station in fact — and he honestly had no other options. But except for one party, that ridiculous Halloween affair — he hadn't really spent that much time with Jahv and the others, or with the humans. But now he was back on Garboris, freed from both the Soluans and from Earth. The question, he realized, was not so much what to do about Jahv and the others — but whether to do anything at all.

* * *

"Unbelievable." muttered Keith. He and the others had been tossed into a holding cell with a forcefield at the front. Except for a toilet and a pathetically basic food replicator that only offered something that looked like powdered rice and smelled like dirty socks, the room was featureless. "Why is it every time we head into space with you two, we end up naked sooner or later?"

"Count your blessings." said Jahv.

"What's that supposed to mean?" snapped Keith.

"Judicial processing used to include shaving heads." replied Jahv.

"I can't believe they put us all together." said Niklas.

"You see that as an advantage?" asked Jahv.

"Well, it gives us time to think and plan together." commented Niklas.

"Yes. We have been stripped — literally — of every conceivable resource. There is nothing within this cell we can use as either a weapon or a means of escape. And even if we could get out, there's plenty of armed guards." said Jahv. "Now, what do you propose we do?"

"You're giving up?" asked Davy.

"I'm facing facts." said Jahv. "Keyro and I never should have run away. If we'd stayed put, this never would have happened. And all of you wouldn't have been dragged into it."

"Don't talk like that," said Niklas. "You're wonderful friends."

"Friends don't get their friends imprisoned." said Jahv.

"Without you," said Morik, "I never would have been rescued from that jungle planet."

"No, but you weren't that badly off there." said Jahv.

"Tell that to the dinosaur in the lake." muttered Keith.

Martin, who had pretty much curled up into a ball in the corner of the room near Davy and had said nothing, except for sobbing, finally said, "What's going to happen to us?"

Jahv sighed. "Well, we're all underage, so we'll probably be remanded over to the Procyon Institute. It's a — school of sorts."

"Like our school, Glenwood School," suggested Niklas. "Uniforms and discipline all the time."

"Eh — far worse than that, I suspect, although I've never seen your school." said Jahv. "Think of it as — what would the right terms be — somewhere between a military school and a juvenile prison. It's not very large, since crime on our world, at least among young people, is virtually unheard of. But what there is of it is dealt with, as all crime is, decisively. Hence the Procyon Institute."

"Please tell me we wouldn't be forced to be naked ALL the time." said Keith.

"In fact, wearing uniforms is considered part of the discipline." remarked Jahv. "The one curious factor is that as far as I know, you four and Morik would be the first offworlders there. I'm not sure what that will mean."

"Look, we've got to find some way home!" insisted Davy. "Sooner or later my parents — and all of yours — are going to realize we're not just out camping in the woods!"

"Right now, I'm afraid, that's the least of our worries." said Jahv. "The only other thing is that something just isn't right about all this. Magistrates don't advance their careers by tracking down unusual cases. They advance their careers by maintaining law and order."

"Hey, he's related to Pol, and we've already found out what kind of creep he is." remarked Niklas.

"What about Arion?" asked Keyro. "He's free! Maybe he can find some way to help."

"I hope so." said Jahv. "Because for the first time, I'm out of ideas."

* * *

Arion walked into the bar on Garboris and shoved his way through to the counter, and caught the eye (one of eight) of the bartender. "Yeah?"

"You got Argelian tea?" said Arion.

"Green or pink?" asked the bartender.

"Green." said Arion.

"Hunh. Wouldn't figure a little runt like you could handle the strong stuff. Here." he handed Arion a cup. "That one and the next one are on the house if you can down that one in two gulps."

Arion did so. He'd had stronger stuff than this on his homeworld, but wasn't about to ask for a beverage from a planet he'd been banned from. "Next." he said.

The bartender raised four of his eyebrows and handed Arion another cup. Arion took it to the end of the counter where he hoped he wouldn't be noticed too much.

Argelian tea did not make one drunk. It tended to clear the head, if anything. Arion had pretty well decided to help Jahv and the others, although he didn't necessarily intend to return to Earth with them. The two could be separate issues. What he lacked was any sort of plan. Just transmatting them out wouldn't work. Even assuming the ship wasn't shielded, which it probably was, that would just get the Botaran Security forces on their tail and accomplish nothing. What was needed was a way to get them free in such a way that they would not be chased down again. And that was going to be the hard part.

"Aren't you Prince Arion of Korr-aacckk!" Someone had approached Arion from behind, and Arion has whipped around and grabbed the speaker by the throat. It was a Botaran. A young one, too, about Arion's own age — same age as Jahv. Light blue skin, about the color of the sky on Earth. Presently was he turning slightly purple from Arion's grip.

"I've had about enough of Botarans for one day." said Arion. "I just got kicked off a shipload of them that are messing with some friends of mine, which happen to include the only two Botarans I find tolerable. That doesn't include you. Do yourself a favor and run home."

Arion released the grip, but the young Botaran didn't move. "There's a Botaran ship here? I mean, besides my own?"

Arion turned to look at the Botaran again. And this time, he took the time to look. The boy was the same age as himself or Jahv, but there were certainly differences. The hair was not as well groomed, and was distinctly longer, almost shoulder length. The boy was dressed in what looked like a spacesuit that was almost as cobbled-together as this space station. The white boots and the olive green undergarment were of obvious Botaran design, but the boots were scuffed and there were a few tears in the undergarment, at the knees and elbows. The boy was wearing a padded vest not unlike what Morik had worn at the Halloween party, except this one was dark grey. The boy also had a thick holster strapped to his right leg, which barely concealed a fairly sophisticated-looking blaster pistol.

"Your ship?" asked Arion derisively, releasing his grip on the strange youngster, but not taking his eyes off of him. "Right."

"It was my father's until recently. He died from Graydon's Blight. I took over."

"Doesn't your planet have any child labor laws?" scoffed Arion. "Who are you and why are you pestering me?"

"My name is Toben. And I spoke to you because I figured you for Prince Arion. There's two Soluans on this station that have been looking for you for months."

Arion glared. "Those two losers are still here!?" This could be a further problem.

"Seems someone destroyed their engine core. No one's inclined to help them." replied Toben. "Now you said there was another Botaran ship here. I wasn't aware of any. What is it?"

"One of your Magistrate ships." said Arion. "Some friends of mine got tricked and captured."

"No Magistrate ship should be here, and no Magistrate would use methods like that." said Toben. "Hold it. Is the Magistrate's name Varek?"

Arion downed the last of his tea. "Yeah. Why?"

"He's a renegade." explained Toben. "I don't get back to the homeworld much, but I keep track of the news. Decided to start implementing his own form of justice on offworld cases. He's been disbarred and disgraced. So he fled to the outer realms looking for a way back. But it won't happen. He needs to be stopped."

"He thinks he's got a case that'll put him back in the good graces of your legal system." said Arion. "Ever hear of a couple of runaways named Jahv and Keyro, news-boy?"

"He has them?" asked Toben. "Of course I've heard of them! Their father — Amshat — is a quite popular scientist and the case of his vanished sons caused a big stir. Amshat lost his reputation and there's no doubt that only a heavy penalty for his sons can re-establish him. No wonder that a rogue like Varek took the chance to get them. In a way, they inspired me to strike out on my own after my father died. I should have returned to the homeworld and turned the ship over to my uncle. But the ship is the only real home I've ever had! All my life I've been taught how to run it and how to do business."

"What is your business, anyway?" asked Arion.

"Merchant, trader, mercenary — little bit of everything." replied Toben.

"Somebody would hire a kid as a mercenary!?"

"Well, that part hasn't been going as well. But the merchant and trader parts. I just say I'm handling the deal for my family." Toben switched back to the previous subject. "Look, Varek needs to be stopped, and I'm not about to let him take a couple of heroes like Jahv and Keyro back to the homeworld. It wouldn't do him any good, and it wouldn't do them any good. And you shouldn't hang around on this station, either! If those Soluans see you…!"

"That one, you don't need to explain." said Arion. "You got a way to get us out of this mess?"

"Yeah, but it'll cost you." said Toben.

"I don't — " started Arion.

"Relax. All I want is a question answered. Where the heck have you all been?"

Arion managed a very slight smile. "Hanging out on a planet called Earth with a Dorrian refugee and a bunch of other kids called humans."

Toben raised an eyebrow. "That sounds — interesting."

"That'd be one way of putting it." commented Arion. "Come on, you said you had a plan."

"We must return to my ship. This way." The two boys exited the bar, never noticing the two beings sitting in a dark corner.

"You saw?" said the one in a rumbling hiss. The other one merely nodded. "This could be our chance. Regain Prince Arion and get a new hyperdrive in the bargain. Let's get to the ship."

* * *

The hour for the boys' trial had come. They were led back to the courtroom. Pol was still there, as was the Magistrate. There was a surprise along one side of the room, however. Jahv's dome tent, now crumpled, and all of his equipment, smashed. It was a thorough mess.

"You brought this all the way from Earth!?" yelled Jahv. "To do this to it all?! WHY!?"

Pol grinned. "Couldn't very well leave advanced technology behind to be found by some other pathetic primitive, now could we?"

"Screw him." snarled Keith. "He did it out of pure meanness."

The Magistrate brought his gavel down hard upon the podium. "Jahv and Keyro — sons of Amshat, son of Lemoy, son of Dekel, son of Gershon," intoned Varek, "you stand accused of family abandonment and technological treason — you may now explain yourselves to this court."

Jahv stepped forward. "My parents had never treated either myself or my brother with anything other than indifference. On every world we visited as traveling techno-traders, I saw families that openly cared for each other and shared their feelings for one another. In comparison, my brother and I were downright ignored by our parents."

"If they fed, housed, educated, and when necessary, clothed you, was that not the extent of their responsibility towards you?" demanded the Magistrate.

"As we traveled to world upon world in my parents' dealings, I saw more and more family units where that was NOT the extent of what took place." said Jahv. "I saw genuine affection between adults and children. These people didn't just live in proximity towards one another, with the adults providing only what was needed. They cared for one another and they weren't ashamed to show it! When I tried to demonstrate that towards my parents, I was rebuffed. When Keyro and I began to demonstrate it towards each other, we were treated with even greater indifference by our parents than before!"

"The affection you cite is not part of Botaran society." said Varek. "Ours is the more efficient and practical way, and you had no right to try to contaminate your own family with alien ways! And NONE of that is germane to the fact that you subsequently abandoned your family, as did later your brother!"

"My parents had already abandoned us!" yelled Jahv, tears forming in his immense eyes. "I don't care how efficient or practical the emotionless raising of children in Botaran society is, it's WRONG! So yes, I left, because I just couldn't stand it anymore. I figured that wherever I ended up, it had to be better. I tried to get Keyro to join me at that time, but he wouldn't. Only when he was even more poorly treated by our parents for my having run away did he finally join me!" Jahv reached over and took Keyro in a fierce hug. "This is my brother and I love him, and I'm neither ashamed to admit that or demonstrate it. As for our parents — they are no longer part of MY family. These others standing here WITH me are my family."

The Magistrate stood, his face the personification of sheer fury. For a generally emotionless race, they certainly seemed capable of getting angry when it suited them. He brought his gavel down to the surface with a bang that would've broken any windows in the chamber if it had had any. "This disgraceful display will NOT be tolerated in this court. You have attempted to explain yourself and have only succeeded in condemning yourselves. This court will not allow this sort of conduct to be perpetrated in Botaran society!"

"Jeez, and I thought we had it rough." remarked Davy, within earshot of Niklas and Martin, the latter of which was clutching Davy's arm so tight that Davy's arm was nearly numb.

"It is the judgment of this court," said the Magistrate, seating himself and regaining some composure, "that Jahv and Keyro — sons of Amshat, son of Lemoy, son of Dekel, son of Gershon — along with their human allies and the Dorrian known as Morik, be remanded to the Procyon Youth Institute for corrective education immediately following our departure from this station! Guards, take them back to their holding cell. This court is adjourned."

* * *

Toben's ship hadn't looked much better than the station at which it was parked. It was huge, though, much larger than the shuttle Arion had flown to Earth in with Jahv and the others. The ship was a fairly simplistic design. Large oval central area, which Toben explained was the engineering section and cargo holds, a smaller half-oval at the front which was the bridge and Toben's quarters, which smelled like dirty socks just walking past them, and two long engine nacelles sticking out of either side. If Arion had been able to make the comparison, he probably would've said that it looked a fair bit like the Starship Defiant from Star Trek Deep Space Nine, but was in as rough shape as the Millennium Falcon from Star Wars.

Toben had contacted the homeworld, bluffing his way through a bit as to why a child was using the comm stations, and explained where he was and exactly who was out here — that is, Magistrate Varek. He didn't say a word about Jahv and Keyro. Given the severity of Varek's crimes, and the coordinates and confirmations Toben supplied, the authorities were inclined to not worry about the source and be more concerned about the results.

Toben finished the comm and then turned towards Arion. "You a good shot?"

"I can pick off quarry at five thousand feet. Why?"

"Good." said Toben. "Come on, we need to head to the armory."

"But you just called the authorities!" countered Arion, following Toben into the cargo section of the ship.

"That's right, but we still need to get Jahv, Keyro, and your other friends out of there before they show up." explained Toben, expertly working his way through corridors of stacked cargo containers. "Technically, they ARE guilty of certain social crimes on the homeworld. If we don't get them out and get gone before the authorities show up, they'll arrest EVERYbody."

Toben pried open several containers. Within were long belts of small silver spheres. "Stun grenades. Won't kill anybody, but it'll put 'em out of commission for a few hours."

Arion smiled slightly. "Do you know the specific directions to the holding cells from the airlock once we get on board?"

"Yes, why?" asked Toben.

"I watched this history program back on Earth — about how large mechanized aircraft used to make bombing runs along a preassigned route. I have an idea…"

* * *

Several minutes later, Arion and Toben used the ship's transmat to beam directly to the airlock of the renegade Magistrate vessel. Toben carried a backpack of equipment, which even for one of the famed Botaran backpacks was looking a little overstuffed. Arion was wearing several long belts of stun grenades. "I still don't understand how this Magistrate kept his crew after he went renegade!" exclaimed Arion.

"Magistrate crews tend to be fiercely loyal to their commanders." remarked Toben. "Either that, or some of them might not even know. I'm really not sure." Toben walked up to the airlock door and pounded on it.

A few seconds later, an armed guard opened the door. "What the —?!" was all he managed to say before Toben slammed him in the gut with both fists and then bashed him on the back of the head. The guard crumpled.

"You've done that before." remarked Arion.

Toben grinned. "This isn't my first time on Garboris. And there's worse places, too. I believe it's your turn."

"You'll be right behind, but not too closely, right?" asked Arion.

"Don't want to get stunned myself, and somebody might need a little extra persuasion to stay down." replied Toben. "You've got the route memorized?"

"Yep. Easier than navigating a mountain pass." stated Arion.

"Then go for it!" said Toben, stepping out of the doorway as Arion went airborne and soared down the corridors of the Magistrate vessels, dropping stun grenades every few yards.

* * *

"We're never gonna see home again!" bawled Martin. The seven boys were once again in the holding cell.

"I'm sorry I got you all involved in this." Jahv was close to tears himself.

"This isn't your fault." said Davy. "It's these geeks holding us."

"Jahv, the way this happened, this can't be legal." said Niklas.

"Oh, I'm quite sure it's not, but that doesn't change what's going to happen to us." said Jahv grimly. "Varek is obviously working outside the law, and Pol has certainly broken the law, but if the two of them put enough of a spin on this, they come out the heroes, and we're locked up for our crimes."

"Does this ship have shuttles, a transmat, SOMEthing we could maybe use to get out of this mess?" said Keith, who was pacing in every conceivable direction.

"Nothing we could make use of in time." said Jahv. "I just don't see a way out of this."

"That's right boys!" came a new voice. It was the smirking visage of Pol. He'd come down in person to the holding cell. "I really should thank you. You've been a big help to my family."

"Hey, Pol, why don't you take your family and — " started Keith, but he never finished his sentence. There was a sudden series of rapid BANGs, growing louder as closer. The source of these noises became evident when Arion darted into the room outside the holding cell and spotted Pol. "I oughtta make you choke on this!" he yelled, throwing the last stun grenade squarely at the startled Botaran. It went off in his face and slammed him against the far wall. He fell to the ground, unconscious.

"ARION!" cheered most of the kids. Jahv spoke next. "Where in the world did you get stun grenades?"

"From my new friend." replied Arion. Just now entering the room, after slamming a barely-conscious Botaran guard to the floor with a martial-arts throw, was Toben. "THAT'S for trying to shoot the blaster out of my hand, you creep! It belonged to my father!"

"Dang, you find the most interesting people on this station." quipped Davy. Spirits were high at the prospect of a rescue. Arion was at the control console. "Curse it, the locking system is encoded. How're we supposed to get them out?"

"I got a key right here!" said Toben, pulling his blaster out and giving Arion just enough time to dive out of the way before firing, shattering the console into splinters.

"Novel approach." commented Jahv.

"Where the heck did HE come from?" asked Keyro of no one in particular.

"Jeez, greenie, I didn't think you people were that — gung-ho…" remarked Keith.

"We're not — normally." replied Jahv. "I'm going to love to get the explanation for this one."

"Later for that!" said Niklas. "Let's just get out of here! Arion, I could —!"

"First one of you that hugs me joins the Botarans on the floor!" snapped Arion. Then he paused, and offered a very slight smile. "At least wait until you barbarians have some clothes on, all right?"

"Arion, I never should've doubted that you would return." said Jahv.

Arion raised an eyebrow. "You mean you did?" Jahv opened his mouth to respond, but Arion raised a hand. When he spoke again, his tone was surprisingly gentle. "Don't. I doubted it myself."

"What changed your mind, feathers?" asked Keith, trying to sound bolder than he felt.

"When you grow up as high royalty, friendship is not something that is part of your life." said Arion. "And it wasn't part of mine. At least until I met you primitives and galactic strays. It — has been a new experience for me."

"Look, this is all very cool, but can we please get out of here?" urged Morik.

"No need to run, friends." said Toben, pulling a huge mat with an electronic grid imprinted on it out of the backpack and spreading it on the floor. "Little something I picked up on Nitfenso 7."

"What is it?" asked Martin.

"It's a transmat mat." replied Toben.

"Ouch." winced Davy. "The one time the translator fields have to be working perfectly, and we get a pun like that."

"I hope this thing works better than what we usually deal with!" stated Keith.

Suddenly the sound of more guards could be heard in the corridor. "You want to explore other options?" asked Jahv.

"Under the circumstances," said Keith quickly, heading for the mat, "Let's get the hell out of here!"

By the time the guards arrived, all they found was an empty cell, a destroyed console, an unconscious guard, and Pol, who needed to be taken to the infirmary for mild burns to his face and a concussion.

* * *

The group appeared on Toben's ship. "Where the heck are we now?"

"My ship." replied Toben. "Welcome aboard. Arion tells me you're staying on a planet called Earth. If you can give me the coordinates, I'll get you right back there as quickly as possible."

"Wait a moment." said Jahv. "Who ARE you? How did you come to be here? Your ship?"

Toben gave a brief explanation, basically the same one that he gave Arion, with a little more detail. His mother had died when he was little more than an infant. His father had cared for and raised him on board this ship. They hadn't been to the homeworld in years. When his father passed away, Toben was abundantly trained enough to take over the vessel, and, admittedly defying Botaran custom, did so, and had done a capable job as a merchant and trader ever since.

"But we're just a little pressed for time, so if you'll all follow me and strap in we'll get underway." said Toben, heading for the cockpit. "I don't normally carry passengers, but there's plenty of seats on the bridge, part of the original design for taking tourists around."

"Is there any way we can get some clothes?" asked Niklas, once they'd reached the cockpit.

"Clothes!?" exclaimed Toben. "Oh, right. Space travel, of course. I'll see what I can do for you before we get to Earth. Right now, we need to get out of here."

"No argument there. Those clowns might still come after us." remarked Keith.

"Oh, they're going to have enough problems of their own." said Toben. "I just don't want to get caught in the middle of it."

"What are you talking about?" asked Davy.

A grin formed on Toben's face. "Heh. I'm talking about that!"

As Toben's ship started to pull away from the station, the boys could see three huge Botaran Magistrate ships arrive. Varek's docked ship was surrounded within moments. "So much for him!" said Toben. "I'm picking up local comm traffic. We knocked out so many guards there wasn't anybody left to put up a fight. Varek's been taken into custody. Everybody on the ship has, really."

"Couldn't happen to a nicer scumbag." said Keith.

"Next stop, EARTH!" declared Martin. Just then the ship lurched suddenly, with what sounded like an explosion against the hull.

"What was THAT?!" yelled Keith.

"Apparently somebody's idea of a greeting." remarked Toben. "We're being commed. On screen."

The faces of two Soluans appeared. "Botaran vessel! We know you have the fugitive Prince Arion on board your vessel! Surrender him or be destroyed!"

The second Soluan suddenly looked both astonished and angry. Apparently they had a pretty good view of the entire cockpit. "It is him!" the Soluan snarled, his voice a raspy whisper. "The yellow-topped mammal who destroyed my throat!" He was looking squarely at Keith. Keith remembered spraying some disinfectant spray down into the Soluan's mouth the last time he was on board the station and the others needed a diversion. "I want that mammal as well! He cost me two months of agony in the infirmary!"

"What the hell did you DO to him?" asked Arion, but Keith knew that if he opened his mouth right now, he'd burst out laughing, and they had enough trouble for the moment.

Toben was calling the Soluans' bluff. "Get off it, Shurrg. We both know you don't have much more than docking thrusters in that ship! Nice talking with you!"

Toben took the ship into a sudden dive and then brought it around. Jahv was in the co-pilot seat, programming the hyperwarp drive for the flight to Earth. "You ever think about settling down on a planet for a while?"

"Aw, vketh!" swore Toben. "Somebody sold those morons a sub-light drive. They're on our tail and gaining! How long until I can take us into hyperwarp?"

"Forty seconds." said Jahv.

Two more blasts hit the ship. Keyro was coincidentally seated at the ship's engineering and status station, and noticed a few warning lights. "Aft shields down to seventy percent! Minimal damage to port nacelle. We're all right, but keep that side away from them!"

Another blast and the console one over from where Morik was seated exploded. Morik was thrown back, more scared than hurt. Davy got up and helped Morik out of the way, then yelled, "We've got a fire back here!"

"Grab an extinguisher!" said Toben.

"What's it look like?" asked Davy urgently.

"Blue cylinder, about a foot long. Point the white end towards the fire. It's thermally activated."

Davy found one of the blue cylinders attached to the wall. He grabbed it and pointed the white end towards the fire. Nothing happened. He got a little closer. Suddenly a blob of green glop sprayed out and covered the small electrical fire, smothering it.

"Jahv…" said Toben. The question didn't need to be asked.

"Eight seconds." replied Jahv, not looking up.

"Keyro, check the console directly behind you." instructed Toben. "It's external sensors. Scan the Soluan ship. See if they have hyperwarp capabilities."

Keyro pivoted the chair around and scanned the attacking vessel, even as their ship was rocked again by another blast. "Negative!" he called back a few seconds later. "Just sub-light drive. No wonder they're being so persistent."

"Course plotted!" said Jahv, as the ship was hit one last time. "GO!"

"Hang on!" yelled Toben, activating the hyperwarp engines. The stars screamed past, everyone gripped the arms of their chairs, and the ship vanished from the space around Garboris. If anything could have been heard, it would've been two Soluans swearing.

* * *

Once Toben's ship was in hyperwarp, everyone began to calm down. Toben had Keyro run a surface scan of the vessel to make sure that the Soluans hadn't planted any sort of tracer or homing beacon on the ship. They hadn't. The group was free and clear. "Well, I hope this 'Earth' of yours is interesting, because after all of that, I don't think the spacelanes are going to be especially safe for me for a while." remarked Toben.

"Assuming you can even get this ship to be spaceworthy again." added Keyro. "It's taken a lot of damage."

Toben nodded grimly. "I'd better check that out, too. Jahv, I could use an extra pair of eyes and hands. Will you assist me?"

"Sure." replied Jahv. "But even once we get to Earth, we've got problems. We lost our dome-tent. And all of our supplies."

Toben laughed aloud. "Supplies!? You're worried about supplies!? Come on, all of you if you want."

"Can't we get something to wear first?" asked Keith.

Toben gave him an odd look, then glanced at Jahv. "Do they all worry about that like that?"

"Well, not always, but they are more used to being clothed more often than we are." replied Jahv.

Toben shook his head. "Oh, well. If that's what's customary for you. Spacesuits of Botaran style good enough?" The group nodded. "Come on, then, that'll be the first stop."

Toben led the group into the cargo section of the vessel, and pointed at one particular container. "Take your pick."

Davy opened the lid. There were several dozen spacesuits in there in a wide range of color schemes. No one was inclined to be that picky, although Keith's first grab brought him a suit that was bright pink with lavendar trim, and he stuffed that one back in the box as quickly as he could, and found one of more agreeable colors.

"You need supplies?" proclaimed Toben, almost laughing. "I've got dome-tents, computer systems, food replicators, transmats, medikits, blasters, protective clothing, you name it!"

"Dang, we could make a fortune with this stuff on eBay." remarked Keith.

"Yeah, and get every security agency and every Trekkie on the planet on our cases." added Davy.

"Yeesh!" shuddered Niklas. "I wonder which would be worse."

"Do you have any idea what they're talking about?" whispered Toben to Jahv.

"Not always, but I don't worry about it. They're a good bunch."

"Hey, uh, speaking of FOOD replicators…!" said Keith in a loud voice.

Toben turned. "Hmm? Oh, yes, of course. I don't imagine that you've had much to eat for a while. I have a replicator in my quarters, but I'm not sure it can make anything you'd find edible."

"I'll go with them." offered Keyro. "I can probably get it to do something."

"Toben and I will survey the damage to the ship." said Jahv, and the others headed out of the cargo bay as soon as Toben gave them directions to his quarters, which were right off the bridge.

The boys entered the spacious but rather untidy rooms a few minutes later. "Sheesh. Mr. Clean he's not." commented Keith. Indeed, assorted machine parts were scattered on a large table and on the floor, the bed was distinctly unmade, there was a boot draped over one chair, and there were several datapads tossed rather haphazardly on another chair, and even a few Botaran action figures scattered on the floor.

"This Toben is a most atypical Botaran." remarked Keyro.

"Maybe that's why I like him." said Keith. "At least he seems to know what he's doing with the technology he's got."

Suddenly there was a whining sound from a large box in the corner. "What was that?" asked Davy.

It was Martin, oddly enough, who approached the box. "Sounds like there's an animal in here!"

"I thought you people didn't keep pets!" said Davy.

Keyro shrugged. "We don't — usually."

Niklas went over to the box and opened the lid just a fraction. "Whatever's in here isn't very big."

"Yeah, and it's probably venomous." argued Keith. "Look, unless it's edible, I'm not interested right now, okay?"

"I tend to agree." said Arion. "Where's the replicator?"

Keyro walked over to a wall unit and checked it carefully. "I can't adjust the programming too much, but I think I can get it to deliver some decent enough hot dogs. Does that work for everyone?" There was immediate an unanimous agreement.

It was about fifteen minutes later and getting into the second dozen hot dogs when Jahv and Toben entered the quarters carrying a large cargo container. Toben saw the hot dogs and raised an eyebrow. "What in the world are you people eating!?" He walked over to the plate and picked one up. "Tubular meat sandwich?"

"They're called hot dogs." said Davy.

"Hot — dogs?" asked Toben. "Jahv…"

"Don't ask me. I've never been able to figure out that one. There is an animal species on Earth called a dog, but their meat is not used in these. Generally, in most cultures, dogs are kept as household companions."

Toben shook his head. "No wonder your world's been declared off limits. I doubt a translator field could handle the language."

"Speaking of household animals — " said Niklas, "What's in the box?"

Toben suddenly brightened. "Oh, that's Skerby."

"You have a pet?" asked Jahv, eyeing Toben slightly skeptically.

"I needed SOME sort of life form on this ship besides myself." argued the blue-skinned youngster. "And plants don't really make it. Besides, I'm no gardener."

"What's a Skerby?" asked Martin.

"Oh, that's just what I call him." said Toben, heading over to the box. "He's a skerbit. A harmless herbivore from my homeworld."

"Unless you have a vegetable garden." commented Jahv.

"Well, he did eat all the plants I accidentally killed, so they didn't go to waste entirely." remarked Toben. "Normally I keep him with me, but anytime I went to Garboris, I put him in his container. I'm afraid somebody on that station might try to eat him. And I don't want to leave him loose on the ship alone." Toben opened the lid and brought out the small animal.

Skerby was about the size of a housecat. His fur was long and white, and his face looked like a cat's with rather large blue eyes. But the critter had ears like a rabbit, and large hind legs like those of a rabbit, as well. But then it also had a long bushy tail that frankly looked like a squirrel's. There were two tiny antennae popping up out of the fur on top of its head. Skerby snuggled in Toben's arms and made sounds something like a dove cooing when Toben stroked his fur.

"Ohhh, cute!" said Martin, edging in for a closer look. "May I hold him?"

"Careful, Martin." said Niklas. "We know that Earth animals don't much care for aliens. If the reverse is true…"

"I don't think there'll be a problem." said Toben. "Skerby's been around all sorts of non-Botarans. He doesn't get bothered." Toben handed the animal gently to Martin, and indeed, Skerby wasn't the least bit bothered. He cuddled up to Martin as readily as he had to Toben. "His fur is so soft!" remarked Martin. "And he has antannae AND ears."

"The antennae are like sensors." explained Toben. "If we were on a planet, he could pick up tremors. In space, he's pretty good at knowing when a spacestorm is coming."

Jahv, who was still standing near the cargo container, cleared his throat.

"Ah, yeah, right. Sorry." said Toben.

"What's in the box?" asked Morik.

Toben turned a bit grim. Jahv already was. "Nothing, yet." said Toben. "I brought it here to pack up as much of my stuff as I could. We have a rather serious problem."

"Why am I not surprised?!" muttered Keith.

"The ship's taken a lot of damage." explained Jahv. "The last few shots from the Soluans nailed the shields and ruptured structural integrity. Given the construction of the ship, we're safe enough in hyperspace. But once we re-enter normal space, near Earth…"

"We're gonna have about fifteen seconds to transmat out of here before the ship destroys itself." finished Toben.

"Toben, I–I'm sorry." said Arion, much to everyone's amazement. "I know what this ship means to you."

Toben raised a hand. "It's okay. Yeah, I was born on this ship and lived practically my whole life here, but it's still just a ship. My life and all of yours is more important. And what the vrekt, its last adventure was certainly worth it. Get a corrupt Magistrate arrested, mess with a couple of Soluan dirtbags, rescue haul a bunch of kids home to an unknown world — there's worse fates."

"I don't understand how a ship could be safe in hyperspace and not regular space." said Davy.

"Think of the ship as a speedboat." said Jahv. "As long as you stay on the water, you're fine. Coasting along at a good speed. What would happen, though, if you hit land and tried to take the boat across that?"

Davy winced. They all got the picture. "Hyperspace is the lake. Normal space is the land. It's just the nature of the damage the ship sustained, which was all incurred in normal space."

"How much time do we have?" asked Niklas.

"About 45 of your minutes." said Toben. "I've already arranged transmat mats under a good number of my cargo containers which have some of the most needed stuff that Jahv and the rest of us — which I guess includes me now, not that that's a problem — will need to set up camp again in this forest Jahv has described to me. But I want to pack up as much of my personal stuff as possible."

With the help of the others, it went amazingly quickly. The datapads, action figures, several books, a holophoto album, some clothes, a few assorted souvenirs from various worlds, and of course, Skerby, all went into the cargo container in about half an hour. In fact, the quarters were scoured of everything that wasn't mounted to the walls and part of the original ship design, and of a few things that were. The box, need it be said, was of the same "larger on the inside" design as the backpacks. Jahv and Toben hauled the cargo container back to the cargo bay and placed it on a transmat mat, then ran the last few needed checks to make sure that the entire transmat system was linked and ready to go.

One additional transmat mat had been brought to the bridge/cockpit area, and the rest of the boys were already either standing or sitting on it when Toben and Jahv returned to the bridge. Jahv joined them, and Toben ran a few last minute scans. "Three minutes away from re-entering normal space. I've locked coordinates on the woods Jahv described to me. But I'm going to have to run a confirmation scan when we get there."

"You said we only had fifteen seconds!" said Niklas.

"Fortunately, the scan will take about three." replied Toben.

"I just thought of something, and I really hate to bring it up, but with all of us and as much stuff as I saw in that cargo bay beaming in, there's no way it's going to go unnoticed." said Keith. "Even if it's a quiet transmat, it's still a helluva light show."

"You'd rather stay with the ship?" asked Davy.

"I'm just saying we might be going from one problem to another." said Keith.

"I'll take my chances alive, thanks." said Toben, poised at the main bridge console and ready to move. "I always have. And I'm still here. Brace yourselves. We're about ten seconds away."

The tension on the bridge was palpable. The ten seconds seemed to go on forever. When the ship re-entered normal space, there was a scream of metal that reverberated through the entire bridge, and it was like being in the midst of an earthquake.

"Sensors locked!" yelled Toben over the fearful racket. He pressed a button and started running. "Transmat in three — two — one…

* * *

"I just know something's happened to them." said Mrs. Caulfield. She'd expected Davy and the other boys to return for breakfast, after exploring the woods, but they hadn't. She and Davy's father were searching the woods as best as they could. They were close to calling the police.

Suddenly there was an incredible explosion of light and sound off in the distance, followed by a loud splat and some less-than-polite conversation. "What was that?" said Mr. Caulfield.

"We'd better see." said Mrs. Caulfield frantically. "It might have — something to do with Davy."

* * *

"Is the entire terrain of your planet like this?" asked Toben. There were cargo containers all over the place, but somehow, the entire group of boys had landed in the mud pool, after having materialized about five feet above it. Needless to say, the entire group was covered.

"Hardly." said Keith. "I swear, this place must be a magnet for interplanetary beam-ins. Keyro landed here, we landed here — maybe we oughtta rig a net."

"What the hell —?!" came a new voice. Davy looked over and his face went pale beneath the mud. It was his father who had spoken, and both of his parents were standing a short distance away from the piles of cargo containers and the mud pool.

"Ohhhh, crap." muttered Keith. He looked around. The five alien members of the group were not so mud-covered that they could possibly be mistaken for humans, never mind all the cargo containers. And based on the stunned looks on the elder Caulfields' faces, they'd just figured that out, as well.

"Somebody better start thinking fast here." remarked Niklas quietly.

"Davy — boys — what —?" Mr Caulfield couldn't even think of a question to ask given what he was faced with. Finally he managed to sputter "What is this all about?"

Davy shook his head. "I don't think there's any way out of it this time, guys. All we can do is tell them and hope for the best."

The entire group slowly slogged out of the mud. It took the better part of half an hour to explain everything, during which time Toben was able to activate cloaking devices to hide all of the cargo containers. He did, however, bring Skerby out (who was more than content to stay on a small leash rather than get his fur muddy after getting a good look at his master), and offered the cargo container to the Caulfields for something to sit on.

Jahv dominated the conversation, with occasional comments from Davy and Toben. Finally Jahv concluded. "Mr. and Mrs. Caulfield — I — we — apologize. We never meant to put your son or anyone else in any danger. When I first left home, I had no idea even where I was going. Your son befriended us, as did his friends. But after today's events — maybe that was wrong. I don't know anymore."

Davy ran over to Jahv, gave him a brief, tight hug, and then stood back half a pace and took hold of his shoulders. "Hey, Jahv. Friendship is NEVER wrong. Even Arion's figured that out. Okay, maybe sometimes things got a little crazy, but we're all still here and we're okay, right? I'm GLAD to know you, all of you. I think everyone here would agree with that." And there was immediate agreement from everyone, even Keith.

The adult Caulfields looked stunned. "Give us just a minute, okay?" stammered Mr. Caulfield, more or less directing his comments to the aliens. He and his wife stood and walked a short distance away.

"What do we do?" he asked his wife quietly. "I mean, aliens?"

"They're also children." said his wife. "And based on what they've said, they're lost, and alone."

"I know, but — aliens?" said Mr. Caulfield. "Shouldn't we — notify someone?"

Mrs. Caulfield turned instantly serious and determined. "I am NOT going to have children turned over to some agency that'll do God-knows-what to them. Look at them. They're lost and scared. Clearly they haven't harmed Davy or the other boys, and have even helped them. And you know as well as I do how lonely Davy's been out here. There just aren't any other children right nearby. Now they need help and that's what they're going to get. No one lives that close to us. It's not like the neighbors will be looking over the fence."

Mr. Caulfield sighed. There was no arguing with his wife when she got determined. Besides, she was right.

Mrs. Caulfield walked back to the edge of the mud pool. "Well, the first thing we need to do is clean the lot of you up. Come on, get out of there. Then — Niklas, Martin, and Keith, we'll make sure you get some proper clothes before you get home, and we'll make sure your parents are given decent explanations."

"Maybe that we fell into the mud and ruined them." suggested Keith. "Although I'll probably get whupped for that."

"No, you won't, and I'll make sure of it." said Mrs. Caulfield, as the boys made their way out of the mud pool.

"What about the rest of us?" asked Toben. "May we stay out here?"

"You went undetected before," said Niklas. "Looks like you've got better stuff with you this time around, too."

Mr. Caulfield shrugged, still feeling overwhelmed, but figuring he needed to say something. "I don't own those woods, boys. As far as I know no one does. Well, maybe the state does. But I know we don't often see anyone out there. It's not like there's a lot of hiking trails or anything. If you can keep yourselves concealed, I — guess I don't have a problem with your staying."

"Well, of course you're staying." said Mrs. Caulfield. "I'm not about to abandon children no matter where they're from. You look like you could use a good meal, too. Now come on…"

Davy walked alongside his father, grinning slightly. "Mom's on the loose again, isn't she, dad?"

"Looks like." said Mr. Caulfield. "And you keep your distance until you're hosed off."

Davy frowned. Not exactly the 'welcome home' he'd wanted. "Am I in trouble?"

Mr. Caulfield sighed. "If I had the slighest idea what to punish you for, probably. But I don't. I don't see anything here that was specifically your fault, or anybody's. And — maybe I'm at fault somewhat, too. I know that living in a semi-remote area like this hasn't made it easy for you to make friends. I'm glad you've got these other boys to play with. And I guess if you have to start making friends from other planets, then maybe…

Davy laughed. "Dad, it's okay, really. I like it out here. And I'm not lonely — anymore."

And it all worked out quite well. Mrs. Caulfield, who was an excellent cook, prepared an immense meal for the entire group while Mr. Caulfield turned the hose on them in the backyard and cleaned them up enough to head inside and take more thorough showers, which was the most fun any of them had had in a while. Jahv explained to Mrs. Caulfield about certain food avoidances, and the meal, despite being served in the evening, essentially amounted to an immense breakfast consisting of several dozen pancakes, and plenty of bacon and scrambled eggs. Toben figured that the food alone was worth staying on this planet. Everyone was grateful. Arion, especially, and somewhat surprisingly given his usually caustic personality, was unfailingly courteous and polite to the adult Caulfields. He would explain later that respect for parents and elders was an integral part of his society.

Niklas, Keith, and Martin returned to their homes with sufficient explanations. Even Keith's stepfather accepted it. Besides, it had kept the boy out of the house for most of the weekend, and that was good riddance as far as Mr. Dillinger was concerned.

Within a day, the aliens had set up a new home, more sophisticated than ever, thanks to the cargo containers Toben had brought with him. They could keep track of their new world and remain totally undetected at the edge of the woods. Davy got to see a lot of them, mostly because Mrs. Caulfield kept inviting them in for meals or sending out plates of cookies. Mr. Caulfield accepted this quietly enough, but was not entirely at ease around the strange youngsters.

And a small newspaper headline caught Niklas' attention, the day after they had returned. His father was reading the paper, and Niklas saw the headline on the back page and borrowed the paper after his father was finished with it. Apparently there had been a massive power overload at the Keisner amusement park. No one had been hurt, but every ride had stalled, Mr. Keisner had seemingly vanished, and no one could get the place started again. It was closed indefinitely.

That, thought Niklas, was a nice little ending to this particular adventure, even as part of him wondered — what would happen next?

Part 12

In the days that followed the aliens' return to Earth and their inadvertant but unavoidable revealing of themselves to Davy's parents, events proceeded reasonably well — under the circumstances.

There were some problems with a lot of the equipment that Toben had beamed down. A lot of it hadn't taken well to landing in mud, the containers had not been water-tight, and some of the containers of equipment that had missed landing in the mud had taken some damage by materializing several feet in the air. A few had bounced on rocks.

The least damaged was an independent piece of equipment that would allow the boys to monitor certain galactic communication channels, not unlike an interstellar Cable TV system. This device had its own built-in generator, and was ready to use, although getting a decent picture on some stations wasn't easy.

The most damaged, unfortunately, had been the power generator that Toben had brought with him, and the food replicator. Both could be repaired, but first they'd need to be cleaned and dried out. Such delicate equipment was not expected to take a dip in mud. Toben expected it was going to take several weeks to even begin repair work on either device, because it was going to take that long just to get all the mud and sand out of them.

Without the power generator, none of the aliens' main machinery would work. They could use a few basic hand-held devices, such as some of their medical equipment — at least what they had of THAT that wasn't in need of some level of repair, but setting up a home in the woods was, for now, out of the question.

It didn't help that the tent-dome that Toben had brought with him had also suffered some damage. According to Toben, when properly activated, the tent-dome would resemble more of a trapezoid shape, at least on the outside, and be far larger on the inside, sectioned into multiple tesseract rooms, than the aliens' previous home.

Unfortunately, when he activated it, the end result looked like something that broke several laws of visual perspective, to say nothing of possibly a few laws of physics. Toben quickly collapsed the tent-dome back into its stasis form, hoping and also confident that he COULD repair it, but he'd need powered tools to do it with. That would require the generator. No one had been especially inclined to enter the malfunctioning structure, since there had probably been a chance of getting trapped inside of it.

That meant, for the time being, that the boys would have to reside under the Caulfield roof. Reaction to this on the part of the Caulfields was mixed. Davy loved the idea, Mrs. Caulfield accepted it readily enough, and Mr. Caulfield said that the boys were welcome for as long as necessary, but he tended to keep out of their way, and was secretly hoping it wouldn't take too long for Toben to fix their machinery.

There had also been some initial concern about Skerby, Toben's pet skerbit, possibly running off. Early on, the little creature had showed considerable interest in exploring its new world. Toben generally had to keep the little furball on a leash, even inside. This made Skerby miserable. However, one day, Skerby did manage to get off his leash, and bounded off into the woods before Toben and Martin, who was visiting that day, could catch up to it.

A few minutes later, though, Skerby came dashing back, wild-eyed, whining, and jumped immediately into Toben's arms, shaking like a leaf. Since that time, Skerby had been entirely content to remain indoors, and insisted on being on the leash whenever taken outdoors, and walked so close to Toben's heel that the youngster was sometimes worried he was going to step on the animal.

No one ever figured out what had so scared the skerbit. Had Toben and Martin been able to keep up that one day, they would have discovered that Skerby came across a medium-sized cottontail rabbit, who had taken an immediate dislike to the alien creature, but instead of running off with fear, and despite being distinctly smaller than Skerby, still managed to give him a rather sound beating. Not much more then Skerby's pride had been hurt, but the skerbit had decided in its little animal brain that if this was the nature of even the most harmless-looking wildlife on this planet, then Skerby was distinctly better off as an indoor pet.

The closest any of them came to figuring out what might've bothered Skerby was the night they all sat down to watch a video of "Watership Down" and the skerbit had screamed and spent the rest of the night under the bed in Davy's room.

Finding room for everyone had been difficult, but not excessively so. Morik was the least comfortable staying indoors all the time, so he was more than content to rig a hammock on the porch and sleep there. One thing that hadn't been damaged among the supplies Toben had brought down had been several air mattresses, which he, Keyro, and Jahv used in the living room. Arion, used to somewhat better conditions and not sleeping on the floor, tended to take the couch.

Initially, it had seemed to Davy and some of the others that Toben was essentially a blue-skinned, longer-haired version of Jahv. But he wasn't. He lacked Jahv's creativity in coming up with new devices. Conversely, he was a lot better at repairing existing devices than Jahv could ever expect to be — including a few that Jahv himself had built. The days of "what sort of machine is Jahv going to get us intro trouble with now" might be in the past.

Toben was also generally more outgoing than Jahv, certainly more adventurous, and also had more of a sense of humor, although this wasn't entirely appreciated since he also had a penchant for sarcasm. He was also a good bit more unruly and untidy. He not only liked his hair long, he didn't tend to comb it much, and generally had to be told by someone else to go take a bath.

However, Toben was initially not especially comfortable with physical contact. In this, he was much like a traditional Botaran, and the first time he saw Jahv and Keyro cuddling up on their air mattress he could hardly believe it. He wasn't offended, just surprised. A couple of nights later, though, Jahv asked Toben if he wanted to come over and share the mattress. Toben had been reluctant, even a little scared, but once he had done so, he found it most enjoyable.

Toben also expressed the least objection when the three Botarans were told that as long as they lived under the Caulfield roof, they were expected to wear some form of clothing at all times. This had been one edict that Mr. Caulfield had delivered. Perhaps it shouldn't've been surprising. Toben had spent most of his life on board a starship, where it was expected that even Botaran children be dressed. Keyro tried to get around the rule as much as possible, generally wearing underwear and nothing else.

Feeding these boys was no easy feat, even for Mrs. Caulfield's considerable ability, and the fact that she liked to cook. It wasn't so much the amount they were capable of eating, although that was a factor, it was the fact that she had to tailor menus to take the boys' preferences and, more importantly, allergies and avoidances into consideration. It took about a week, but she finally nailed down a menu that was at once filling, enjoyable, and safe for everyone to eat.

Everyone enjoyed pancakes or waffles, although Morik tended to avoid maple syrup. Potatoes of any sort were fine, and, being children, french fries were an obvious favorite. Hamburgers were workable provided that Mrs. Caulfield didn't put any toppings on them, but just served the boys plain burgers and let them choose their own toppings from a plate in the center of the dinner table. The Botarans all loved pickle slices. Arion so despised tomato slices for some reason that he tended to turn the plate around so that they were as far away from him as possible.

There were a few universal rules. Everybody seemed to like scrambled eggs, and bacon. None of them seemed to like cheese — which pretty well ruled out pizza.

Such were the routines gradually established with five assorted aliens living in the Caulfield house.

One afternoon, Davy decided to take Jahv and Toben up to the treehouse he had built. He didn't use it as often as he once did, but it was still up in the tree and still in good condition, and Jahv and Toben had been working so hard to clean and repair the machinery that they'd been skipping meals and, according to Keyro, been getting a little testy, so Davy dragged them out for a break.

It was a warm summer day, and as usual on such days, Davy was dressed in overalls and not much else. Jahv and Toben had decided to dress pretty much as Davy had for being outside, although Jahv's overalls were bright yellow, and Toben's were bright red, and both seemed to be made from the same kind of plastic-coated fabric as raincoats.

Toben was initially surprised to learn that Davy had built the treehouse. "Where did you think it came from?" asked Davy, when they were standing at the base of the tree.

Toben shrugged. "I dunno. I guess I assumed some large species of bird had built it. Why, when you have such a nice house to live in, would you build a place like that, and up in a tree?"

Jahv poked Toben in the ribs. "Owww! But — overall, I mean, it seems like a decent enough construct."

Davy smiled. "Thanks. I guess I built it so I could have someplace to get away from everything else sometimes. Besides, I love climbing around in this tree. Come on, I'll show you around inside."

Davy headed up into the tree. Toben looked reluctant. "You ever been up in there?" he asked Jahv.

"Once, not too long after I first arrived here." replied Jahv. "It's primitive, but not a bad place."

"I'm just not used to climbing." said Toben.

"Oh, come on. You must've had to climb around inside that ship of yours any number of times to make repairs."

"That was a ship — machinery. Stuff I understood." stated Toben. "I don't know from trees."

"Well, Davy's invited us, and it would be rude not to accept." said Jahv. "So get climbing."

The treehouse was much as Davy had left it. Several old sleeping bags and blankets padded much of the floor. There was a small box with some toys, snacks, and assorted supplies in one corner, and a lantern hanging from a hook in the ceiling.

"Cozy," said Toben. Davy was stretched out on one of the sleeping bags. Jahv and Toben sat at the edge of the cushioned area.

"You know it was in here that I first met Keith and Martin." started Davy. Then suddenly a new head poked into the treehouse. "Hi guys!" It was Martin. "I thought I saw somebody coming up in here."

Martin was wearing knee-length shorts and no shirt. He clambered into the treehouse and joined the others.

"Is Keyro expecting you?" asked Jahv politely.

"Nah, not for another half hour." said Martin. "I just left the house early, that's all."

"Nice timing, Martin," said Davy, grinning, "I was just about to tell these two how I first met you and Keith up in here."

Both Davy and Martin explained the story, of how Keith decided to run away from home, and Martin tagged along, not realizing how serious Keith was. They'd paddled down the river on a raft, but had lost the raft during the night when they pulled over to sleep. Eventually they'd found their way to the treehouse on the Caulfield property, and Davy had discovered them. They'd become almost immediate friends.

Martin giggled. "You gonna tell them the part where Keith wrestled you down and I pulled your pants off and threw them out of the treehouse?"

Davy's face went a little red. Toben raised an eyebrow. "You did what?"

"Clothes." groaned Jahv. "More hassle than they're worth."

"As I recall," said Davy, unfastening the straps to his overalls, "I retaliated, and yours went out next. It was Keith who was the most reluctant about that."

"I think that's because he wasn't wearing any underwear." laughed Martin.

"I'm not sure that was the ONLY reason," said Davy, "but in order to prevent a confrontation this time — HERE!" Davy tossed his overalls in Martin's face.

"Pyew!" proclaimed Martin, wadding up the overalls and tossing them in Jahv's direction. "I don't want your smelly pants!"

"Well, I CERTAINLY don't." emphasized Jahv, tossing them out the window.

"Isn't somebody going to get upset about that?" asked Toben. "I thought everybody had to be clothed on this planet. And in more than just — undershorts."

"That depends on who's around." said Davy. "And I don't think my parents would object THAT much. That's not an invitation to show up for dinner naked, though."

"What about in here, though?" giggled Jahv, having removed his overalls and tossing them deliberately at Davy.

"Yeesh!" sputtered Davy, brushing them away and tossing them out the doorway. "What are those things made out of, anyway?"

"You know," said Jahv, "there are still two people in this treehouse that at this point are pretty overdressed."

"Yeah," grinned Davy, "there are, aren't there?"

"Oh, vrekt." said Toben.

What ensued was a four-way wrestling match, bouncing all around the padded ares of the treehouse, that when it started to wind down, saw Jahv and Toben completely naked, Davy with his undershorts wrapped around his knees, Martin desperately trying to keep his undershorts in place, and a small pile of clothing at the base of the tree. That small pile probably would've grown to include two pairs of undershorts had the treehouse not suddenly creaked and shifted a bit.

"Nobody move!" said Davy. All activity froze. There was another slow creak.

"Uh, ohhhhh." said Martin in a fearful whisper.

"What is happening?" asked Toben.

"I think maybe this place has gotten a little too old for what we were just doing." said Davy.

"Is the treehouse going to fall?" whined Martin.

"I don't think so. Not yet, anyway." said Davy. "But let's all get out of here right now, real carefully."

"I seem to be closest to the doorway," remarked Jahv.

"Go for it." said Davy. "Give a yell when you're down."

Jahv very gingerly crept out the door, and not long after, the other boys heard a yell, "I'm down!"

"Martin, you're the next closest." said Davy. "You head out."

"I'm — I'm scared." protested Martin.

"Look, I really don't think this place is going to collapse, and if you slip on the way down or something, Jahv's down there to catch you." explained Davy. "Now go on."

"O — Okay." said Martin, very slowly making his way to and out the doorway. A long minute later, they heard Martin's voice. "I'm down, guys!"

"Toben, you're next." said Davy.

"Why? We're equally close to the doorway."

"It's my treehouse." said Davy.

"I am aware of the tradition of a commander going down with his ship, Davy," argued Toben. "But you're no captain, and this is a treehouse. And I'm more resistant to injury than you are. Get out of here."

"Toben…" protested Davy.

"Move!" said Toben. "I didn't come halfway across the galaxy to get taken out by a pile of lumber, and I'm not going to. Get out of here. I'll be right behind you."

Davy crawled to the doorway, pulling up his undershorts in the process, and climbed down. When he got down, he noticed that Jahv and Martin had put their clothes back on, and Jahv handed Davy his overalls. The fun had ended, and this was a rather serious matter.

"I'm down!" called Davy. "Get out of there, Toben!" Davy noticed that several of the floorboards of his treehouse had cracked, and the entire structure was swaying a fair bit. More than it should've been.

"First things first!" yelled Toben. "Heads up down there!" The first thing that came flying out of the treehouse was the storage box. Jahv managed to catch it. Then came the sleeping bags. Davy and Martin dodged these and let them settle on the ground. Finally Toben emerged. He was just starting to make his way out the doorway when the treehouse lurched again, and looked as though it was going to topple over right on top of Toben. Davy, Jahv, and Martin all backed away from the tree, and Toben launched himself away from the tree and into a double backflip. He landed surprisingly well on the ground, and the treehouse, although clearly out of position how, remained in the tree.

"Nice move!" said Martin, handing Toben his overalls.

Toben shrugged. "I think the gravity on this planet is a little less than I'm used to, that's how I got away with that one."

"You hung around up there to salvage a box of stale snacks and three dusty sleeping bags?" exclaimed Davy.

"First rule of private space travel and commerce — Waste Nothing." said Toben.

Davy looked up at the damaged treehouse. "You know, I'm kinda gonna miss that place."

Toben was studying it as closely as he could from the ground. "You might not have to. Reinforce the floor, attach a couple of anti-grav stabilizers — nothing really obvious. It'll still LOOK like a treehouse. I should be able to do it for you in less than a day. And the next time, it'd be able to put up with four of us bouncing around and tearing each other's clothes off — if that's what you want it to do."

Davy's face turned a bit red again. "Well, yeah, I guess that's one purpose for it."

The group started to walk back to the Caulfield residence. At one point Toben whispered a question to Jahv that Davy couldn't quite hear, and Jahv replied, almost as quietly, "Well, probably for the same reason ours do, but I think it'd be rude to ask about it." That made Toben giggle, and Davy wonder if they were talking about what he suspected they were talking about. He didn't have any time to speculate on it, though, because Keyro came running out of the house, looking more than a little panicked. "There you guys are! You'd better come see this news report right now!"

The group dashed into the house. Keyro had set the transmission receiver on the dining room table. Arion was standing in front of the viewscreen, and looked as furious as any of the others had seen him since their return to Earth. "Why would the news be of any interest to us?" asked Toben.

"Watch." said Keyro. "I've been watching the GalactiNet News — GNN. I've got it set up to translate into English."

"That should be interesting." Toben had had to absorb the language from Jahv right after the destruction of his spacecraft, which had contained a translator field the same as the space station Garboris where he'd first met the others. It was an easy enough language as far as he was concerned, but a little silly-sounding in some respects.

Most GNN broadcasts were aired in a sort of cobbled-together Standard that took aspects from about ten major languages in the galaxy, but the broadcast always contained a translation option for any sufficiently advanced receiving equipment. Certainly the equipment Toben had brought with him qualified, but it hadn't been set up for English, either. Toben's opinion of Keyro's apparent engineering skills went up a few notches.

Anybody would've recognized this as a newscast. It showed an individual seated at a desk, with multiple computer graphics around him/her/it/whatever accentuating the news. The individual seated behind the desk was relatively humanoid, bright yellow, with five eye stalks coming out of the top of its head. "Repeating our top stories," said the translation, giving the voice a distinctly female tone, "Botaran fugitive Pol, son of Keis, etc., has been sentenced to fifty years imprisonment. Renegade Botaran Magistrate Varek has been sentenced to life imprisonment. The bulk of his crew will undergo re-education. However, before being taken away, in his final comments, Pol stated that he had captured the notorious runaways Jahv and Keyro, sons of disbarred techno-scientist Amshat, and that they were broken free by exiled Prince Arion of Korras, and another runaway Botaran youngster named Toben. Presumably the entire group is presently residing on a world listed as off-limits by galactic treaty. Its location remains classified by authorities."

"That miserable, low-down, stinking piece of Botaran fr'zeez!" swore Arion. "Going to prison for the next five decades, but has to get his final shot in."

"And the authorities WILL be interested." said Jahv. "They won't cut his sentence, but they will want to do something about it."

"But guys — I mean — can they?" asked Davy. "Like the news said, this is an off-limits world. They'd have to break their own laws to come here!"

"Hey, look!" cried Keyro. Attention returned to the newscast. Davy could almost see Jahv and Keyro turn paler versions of their normal skin colors. There were two adult Botarans on the screen. "Is that —?" began Davy, not sure if he could ask the question.

"Our parents." said Jahv, very quietly.

The man, Amshat, spoke. "We have asked the Governing Council for special dispensation to travel to this off-limits world ourselves, and bring our children to justice personally. We will be in touch with the family of this Toben youngster, to see if they want him retrieved as well. Our children will be brought in conformity to Botaran society. We will see justice done."

"Yeah, and get your business license back, and your sense of honor." grumbled Jahv.

"Do you think they'll get permission?" asked Davy.

"Probably." said Jahv. "This is like trying to make good for your own misdeeds. By our society's standards, our parents are just as responsible for us running away as we are. If they can bring us back, it'll make them look good, and I'm sure that's all they really care about."

The newscast continued, back to the original commentator. "In a separate statement, the Royal Family of Korras stated, 'Arion's departure from this world was part of an agreement to end hostilities between ourselves and the Soluans. If they cannot keep track of him, that is not our concern. We expect the Soluans to continue to live up to the end of their agreement, which only calls for the absence of the young Prince from his homeworld. As for Arion himself, we wish him well, wherever he is."

"Looks like I'm off the hook, but what are we going to do about you guys?" asked Arion.

"Still depends on them getting permission." said Toben.

"The public statement of Amshat was recorded earlier," said the commentator, "and we have an update. The Governing Council has granted permission for Amshat and his wife, Tiri, to travel to this unnamed world in an attempt to retrieve their renegade children. We will update this story as events warrant…"

Keyro shut off the news broadcast. "Great. That means they could get here anytime!"

"It'll take them at least ten hours to prep the shuttle, five more to get here." said Jahv. "You know Dad — he does EVERYthing methodically."

"Yeah, you're right." said Keyro. "That gives us until tomorrow morning."

"To do what?" asked Davy. "Look, guys, you know where this is heading — right to that Procyon place you told us about. You don't want to go there! We beat this once, we can do it again!"

Jahv shook his head. "Our capture by Pol and trial by Varek was a completely illegal operation. This isn't. It's a different matter entirely. I don't know how we can get out of this one."

"I can't see as why they'd even want you back." said Toben. "I mean, no offense, but none of us are exactly typical Botarans. We just don't fit in."

"They don't care if we fit on or not." said Keyro grimly. "They just want us back for the sake of their own reputations."

Jahv was suddenly, inexplicably, smiling. "Toben — you just gave me an idea."

"Huh?" exlaimed Toben. "I gave YOU an idea? It doesn't generally work that way. And what was the idea?"

"An idea to get out of this entire mess." grinned Jahv. "But Davy, we'll need your help — and we'll need to talk to your parents, as well."

The group tracked down Davy's parents, who had been elsewhere in the house, and explained the entire situation, and their plan. Jahv explained that it was likely to get a little messy, and possibly even a bit offensive to some people's sensibilities, but he felt it was really their only chance, and if it worked, would solve the problem permanently.

"Anything you do can't possibly be as offensive as these people thinking it's all right to round up children and lock them away for trying to get away from such an unpleasant situation," said Mrs. Caulfield.

"Kids, I'm behind you 100 % on this," said Mr. Caulfield. "But I hope you'll excuse me if I don't participate directly."

"Not a problem, sir." said Jahv. "It'd be better if we handled this on our own as much as possible anyway."

"I just thought of something," said Davy. "What's to keep them from just — transmatting you up to their ship or whatever?"

Jahv shook his head. "Our parents are total sticklers for procedure. And there are procedures for everything, even something as extreme as this. And it includes a direct meeting with us to deliver the charges, and stuff like that. Mostly it's to gather evidence as much as anything, but they're not going to just grab us and run."

* * *

It was a long and generally sleepless night for the children. Toben, Jahv, and Keyro took shifts preparing for the next day even as they kept watching GNN for further news details along with Davy. Sure enough, right about fifteen hours after the initial announcement, it was announced that Amshat and Tiri had taken off for the "unknown world" to retrieve their children about three hours prior. It was not long after dawn. The kids figured they had about two hours to get fully prepared.

About an hour and a half later, Arion reported that he was detecting an incoming craft, visually cloaked, just having come out of hyperspace and heading for Earth orbit. Minutes later, near the Caulfield home, two adult Botarans appeared in the traditional burst of light and sound.

The male stood roughly six feet tall (not counting antennae), had well-groomed white hair, orange skin, and was wearing a silver space suit. As was the female, who was a little over five and a half feet tall, also well-groomed, and had pale blue skin, even lighter than Toben's. His name was Amshat, hers was Tiri.

"What does the Infopad say about this world again?" asked Amshat, in the static-like language native to Botarans.

His wife pulled out a small device from a pouch on her belt. "Galactilogue Planet Tok-7826-Ceta. Native name: Earth. Native scientific name: Terra. One natural satellite. Third planet in a system of nine. Two massive gas giants, two lesser gas giants, five mineral-based worlds. Earth only one with significant life. Overall rating on planet and population is 3 on the Kozik scale."

Amshat sniffed. "I'd say Kozik was being polite. What else?"

"Primary lifeform bipedal humanoid." said Tiri. "Population 5.3 billion at last recording."

"That's in keeping with the court report filed on Pol and Varek." said Amshat. "Any details?"

"General characteristics of populace: aggressive, divisive, and easily confused. Multiple societal types and languages."

"How odd." said Amshat. "Anything more?"

"Nuclear power used for both energy source and weaponry. Limited space exploration capabilities. Manned expeditions to natural satellite. Curious downplay of space exploration since that time. Mostly robotic probes to other worlds. Manned expeditions limited to orbital missions."

Amshat shook his head. "Idiots."

"Am — what is that horrible smell?" asked Tiri.

Amshat looked around, and finally focused on a field across from the Caulfield farm, with several cows contentedly grazing. "I think it's those creatures. Native animal life, domesticated for some purpose."

"These beings live around animals?" remarked Tiri, shuddering at the concept.

"See if the Infopad says anything about it." said Amshat. "I would be curious as to why our sons would willingly come to a world such as this."

Tiri worked the device, then curled her lip in disgust. "According to this, the people of this world keep small animals for — companionship, and use larger ones as — sources of food."

Amshat's eyes went wide and he looked at his wife. "How thoroughly repugnant. No wonder this planet is off-limits. The sooner we take care of our business here and quit this world the better. Scan for the children."

Tiri pulled a second device out of the pouch. "I have them. Three Botarans. They're behind that building. Am, are we going to have to deal with the natives?"

"Not if the boys are behind it, we're not." said Amshat. "I have no intention of addressing the locals in whatever grunts and squeaks pass for their language, let alone set foot in one of their primitive dwellings. These things look to be made of the same sort of material as the ground itself, and they don't seem especially stable. Now come on, let's get the boys."

"All right, but Am — please — watch your temper."

Amshat turned briefly towards his wife. "I always have, and look what it got us. Two runaway sons, loss of a business license, and public disgrace. Maybe it's time the boys saw something of my temper."

Amshat and Tiri carefully walked around the side of the Caulfield home, not knowing that they were being watched by Morik, who was up in a nearby tree and thoroughly camouflaged by it. It helped that the only thing he was wearing, to keep himself fully camouflaged, was a sensor deflector which Toben had pulled out of one of the more intact equipment containers. The device also had a small commlink built in. "Get ready," he whispered. "They're coming around."

Amshat and Tiri entered the backyard of the Caulfield home, to indeed find their sons sitting quietly on the porch. Their jaws nearly hit the floor, however, when they saw the condition of the boys.

Jahv was wearing an open shirt with swirls of multiple colors in it that were enough to sear the eyeballs. He also was wearing bright purple shorts with an elastic waistband, and some sort of fabric and rubber footwear the likes of which the two adults had never seen. Keyro was wearing an ill-fitting long-sleeved shirt that was a painfully bright shade of green. This was also all he was wearing, and this was obvious given that he was not seated, but rather standing near a potted plant, shirt raised in the front, and peeing into the plant. Common nudity among Botaran children was one thing. Public relieving was another matter. Toben was outfitted in a sleeveless, tight-fitting shirt, bright pink in color, and baggy trousers of some rough-looking dark blue material. Both the shirt and trousers had multiple holes worn in them.

All of this was alarming enough, but all three boys were liberally smeared with mud, but were not so covered with it that one could miss the fact that they were also thoroughly painted with a wide range of colors and symbols across their entire bodies. Amshat and Tiri both flinched when they realized the meaning of some of the symbols.

"By the twin moons of the homeworld." said Amshat under his breath.

"Hiya pop!" said Jahv, leaping over the back of one of the chairs and parking himself in it,legs spread out.

"Hi, momster!" yelped Keyro, yanking the front of his shirt down and seating himself in Jahv's lap.

"So you're these guys' oldsters, huh?" announced Toben. "Funny, I don't see much resemblance."

"Am — what — I — " Tiri was as close to speechless as her husband had ever seen her. The two approached very warily.

Jahv, however, was distinctly not speechless, as he chugged down at least half of a bottle of soda, and proceeded to cut loose with a belch that nearly knocked Amshat and Tiri out of their boots, and ruffled Keyro's hair.

"Hey, good one, Jahvy!" proclaimed Toben, "but I can beat it." said Toben, raising one leg to set it on the table and breaking wind.

"K'vat, Toben, what'd you eat to cause that!?" said Keyro, plugging his nose.

"ENOUGH!" roared Amshat. "I can see what's going on here. Very good acting, boys, but not good enough. This is all a put-on to try to delay the inevitable. Somehow, you obviously knew we were coming, and are trying to convince us that you are so far gone that we'd be better off leaving you here, although why in the name of everything Botaran you would WANT to remain here I have no idea. Nor does it matter. We will follow procedure. I will read the charges against you, and then you WILL return to the ship with us and return to face justice, even if we have to lock you in cargo containers to do it!"

"May I say just one — little — thing, before you proceed?" asked Jahv.

"If you must." said Amshat.

"You're gonna have to CATCH us first!" Like a shot, the three boys were on their feet and running off towards the woods.

Amshat scowled. So did Tiri. "Am — can't we transmat them up?"

"It's against procedure." said Amshat, shaking his head. "And I WILL teach these boys the value of procedure. But if they want to play games, so be it. Follow me. They need to be caught, we will catch them."

"In there?" said Tiri, alarmed. "Am, it's some sort of massive native plant growth. There could be disease or animals or anything in there!"

"The boys were not afraid to enter, and regardless of how they're acting, they're not idiots. Now come on, before we lose them."

Toben, Jahv, and Keyro had actually slowed their running pace. "Do those two discuss EVERYthing in advance?" asked Toben.

"Yes," said Jahv and Keyro simultaneously.

The boys heard a rustling sound behind them. "Here they come," said Toben. "About darn time!"

The boys continued to run, making sure to never quite lose sight of the adults. At the last moment, Toben broke off and ran to the right, as planned. "We'll catch him later!" he heard Amshat yell. "Focus on our own offspring."

"Yeah, you just do that," said Toben, trying not to laugh as he headed for a very specific area.

Jahv and Keyro reached the mud pool and ran across its most shallow point. They stood in the mud at the very far edge and waited for Amshat and Tiri to break through into the clearing. As expected, the two adults stopped in their tracks. "Do you think THIS will stop us?" yelled Amshat.

"Seems to have done a pretty good job of it!" yelled Jahv.

"Boys, be reasonable!" cried Tiri, although honestly, she was losing patience herself at this point.

"Reasonable!?" yelled Keyro. "And do what? Spend the rest of our childhoods at the Procyon Institute?! No thanks!"

"Now see here!" roared Amshat.

And then Jahv and Keyro casually flipped their antennae backwards. This was the Botaran equivalent of raising the second finger, except it was about ten times more insulting. Tiri almost went white with shock and anger, and Amshat started to turn more red than orange. He started to run into the mud even as Jahv and Keyro darted further into the woods, but at the last second a rope shot out of the mud pool, caught around Amshat's legs, and sent the man sprawling into the mud.

The rope had been pulled by Davy, who came leaping down from a tree, smeared with mud and paint, and wearing only a very shredded T-shirt tied around his waist, carrying a long, pointed stick in his hand. Davy let out a high-pitched shriek intended to resemble a war cry. It sounded more like Arion with indigestion, but the overall effect was not lost on the two adult Botarans, who were shocked at the sudden appearance of one of the natives, who were, if this was any example, a whole lot more primitive and dangerous than any of their probes had indicated.

"Hey, look out!" came a voice in Botaran. Amshat was still clambering out of the mud. Tiri was at the edge of the mud pool trying to help him without getting muddy herself, but turned to see a bright red globe coming in her direction. It hit her midsection, splattering her with red paint and throwing her off-balance just enough so that she fell backwards into the mud just as Amshat was climbing out.

"Whoops!" said Toben, although he was grinning. "Sor-ry! Got the wrong one!" Then he aimed the bazooka-like device he was carrying at Davy and fired again. Davy was instantly splattered with blue paint and made a huge production out of being stunned and knocked into the mud, apparently unconscious, and trying not to giggle.

Toben dropped the device and ran back the way he'd come.

"Am…" said Tiri, dragging herself out of the mud and feeling both miserable and defeated.

Amshat remained furious. "This ends right now!" He charged after the fleeing Toben.

Once he emerged from he woods, he could see that all three boys were together once again, and were trying to take refuge in a ridiculously primitive structure that had been placed in a large plant. He smiled to himself. They were trapped. And after what he'd endured this day, he'd gladly haul all three of them off to the Procyon Institute personally.

He started to climb the tree, and reached the entrance to the odd structure just in time to see Keyro and Toben bail out of a window, but Jahv was still inside. Amshat lurched forward and caught his son by the heel. "All right, boy, I've got you now, and the other two will certainly surrender after this. Enough is enough!"

Then the floor creaked. And started to crack. And the entire structure lurched. And Amshat was so surprised that he let go of Jahv's foot, allowing the boy to follow his friend and brother out the window. The floor suddenly gave out under Amshat, and he fell to the ground — almost.

At the last instant, Keyro and Toben had moved a kid-size pool into position under what they'd calculated was the weakest spot in the floor of the treehouse. The pool had been used years ago by Davy, of course. It was now filled with shaving cream, paint, mud, maple syrup, half-melted Jello, a half-dozen eggs, chocokate cake frosting, a half-gallon of sour milk, and one air mattress at the bottom to cushion Amshat's landing.

Tiri came walking up, looking miserable, and then she saw Amshat, who was stunned but basically unhurt, and he looked even more miserable. The boys were standing nearby, but not so close that they couldn't take off running again if they needed to.

"You were saying 'enough is enough'?" remarked Jahv.

Amshat tried to wipe his eyes clear of the awful gunk he was plastered with. He stared at his son. "Were we really THAT terrible to you? That you had to do this?"

Jahv and Keyro felt a brief pang of guilt. "Maybe not," said Jahv. "But what you WOULD'VE done to us if you'd taken us back — that would've been that terrible."

"And you didn't seem interested in talking about it when we saw your interviews on GNN," added Keyro.

"Let's face it — you're more interested in getting your business license back than us." said Jahv coldly.

Amshat pulled himself out of the goop-filled pool and stood as straight as possible, trying for some measure of dignity — and not succeeding especially well. He managed a trace of the anger he'd been feeling almost since their arrival on this backwater world. "Tiri — the Infopad." His wife handed him the device. "We wanted you back as proper members of Botaran society. But this — THIS! You leave us no choice, if this is the choice you've made for yourselves. Jahv and Keyro, you are NO LONGER our sons! This is your copy of a legal document. You may no longer use the family title. You are banished from the homeworld forever. I have never, in my entire life, seen such disgraceful Botarans, or experienced such an utter level of — of — I don't even know what to call what you've done today. Tiri — the other Infopad."

Tiri handed another device to her husband. Her face was as impassive as Amshat's was angry.

"Toben — your family feels the same. If you were unwilling, unable, or simply in no condition to return home and accept proper discipline, you also are cut off from your family. Here is your copy of the document. I am certain that your aunt will agree with our decision."

"Prob'ly so." replied Toben.

Without a further word, Amshat activated a device and the two adult Botarans vanished in a burst of light and sound.

"Uh, huh. I figured as much," said Jahv, studying the document he'd been given. "Disowning us gets them their business license back. Either way, they win, whether they'd've carted us off to the Procyon Institute, or disowned us."

Davy came out of the woods, covered with mud and dragging Toben's paint-sphere firing device with him. "Are they gone?"

"Let's find out," said Jahv. He fished around in a shirt pocket for a small comm-unit. "Hey, Arion. You tracking the ship?"

"Are you kidding?" said Arion, who had remained indoors to keep track of the ship. "It hit hyperspace ten seconds after it broke orbit. I'd say your stunt worked, but what the heck all did you say or do to them?"

"Toben farted, for one thing!" announced Keyro.

"Oh, well, that explains it." said Arion. "Thank you so much for sharing that. See you when you get back here."

"Well, it all worked." said Jahv, as the three aliens and Davy started walking back towards the house. Mr. and Mrs. Caulfield had emerged and were standing on the back porch. "Not bad given the limited technology we had to work with."

"It's still sort of — final, y'know?" said Keyro. "I mean, not that I wanted to go back, not that I ever thought we'd be welcome, but now — we really can't."

"Boys, you're part of our family now," said Mrs. Caulfield in a reassuring tone. Then she looked at her husband. "Isn't that right?"

"Right, of course." said Mr. Caulfield, managing to sound sincere despite being caught off guard. "But we do try to be a reasonably clean family most of the time, so I think we'd both appreciate it if the four of you headed upstairs, along the path of newspaper I set down, put your clothes in the plastic bag just outside the bathroom, and get in the shower. And try not to leave the shower looking like you do now, okay?"

The boys all giggled, and carefully made their way upstairs. They shed their clothes and placed them in the plastic trash bag that was left hanging on the doorknob. Unknown to the adult Caulfields, but perhaps not entirely unexpected, all four boys managed to climb into the decently large shower enclosure together, and spent a generous amount of time making sure every last bit of mud and paint was washed thoroughly from their bodies, and then gave the shower enclosure itself a proper cleaning. It was, obviously, great fun for all involved. Even Toben.

After wrapping large towels around themselves which had been provided for them, they headed downstairs for a much more civilized breakfast, which Arion and even Morik joined them for. And gradually, the young Botarans got used to the fact that, truly, Earth was their home now.

As for the potted plant that Keyro peed into, Mrs. Caulfield never did understand why it suddenly grew over ten inches in height over the next two weeks…

Part 13

It was another one of those miserably hot days that the summer had been producing of late, and all Niklas could really think of was to go swimming in the pond near Davy's property. Somehow, that water always managed to stay cool.

The only risk, he acknowledged, was Jahv and the other aliens. Niklas liked them all very much, especially Jahv, who was one of the coolest kids he knew. But somehow, there always seemed to be trouble whenever he got together with them. Jahv was always up to some new invention or some such, and it never quite worked as expected.

Niklas understood that the aliens were probably a little bored here, even if they wouldn't admit it. Their activities were confined to a very small area, and there just wasn't a lot for them to do. Still, it would be nice if just once, they could all get together and not end up in some sort of crazy adventure.

By the time Niklas had reached Davy's home, he'd tied his shirt off on the handlebars of his bike, and was still very hot and sweaty. He smoothed back his hair a little bit and rang the doorbell. Mrs. Caulfield answered the door. "Um, hi," said Niklas, smiling politely. "Davy home?"

Mrs. Caulfield smiled. She liked whenever one or more of the boys that Davy had encountered some time ago came to visit. She knew her son didn't have a lot of friends just in the neighborhood. Actually, he didn't have any. There didn't seem to be a lot of kids around at all, at least none Davy's age. "Goodness, dear, you're soaked. Come in. Davy said you planned to come over today. Do you want a drink of water?"

"No, thanks," said Niklas. "Davy and I want to go swimming in the pond in the woods. I can cool off there."

"Well, all right, but be careful out there." said Mrs. Caulfield, walking over to the stairs. "Davy? Niklas is here!"

Davy came bounding downstairs seconds later, dressed only in the overalls he customarily wore. Niklas wondered how many pairs of these Davy owned, or if he just wore the one until it smelled so badly that he washed it. Davy took one look at the sweat-drenched Niklas and giggled. "Pond?" he asked.

"Pond." Niklas replied, and both boys were out the door.

The boys headed around the back. "Jahv said he'd like to join us," said Davy. "I hope that's okay."

"As long as he doesn't bring any of his inventions along," said Niklas, grinning but also meaning what he said. Niklas looked forward to spending time with both Davy and Jahv. He just didn't want anything blowing up in the process. "What about the others?"

Davy shrugged. "Keyro prefers the mud. I'm not entirely sure Toben and Arion know how to swim. And Morik is who-knows-where."

The boys found the concealed home of the aliens. It wasn't hard if you knew where it was. Davy commented that the door aligned perfectly with a small flowering bush, the only one of its kind, that was at the edge of the woods. Sure enough, the doorway was right there. "Hey, Jahv!" Davy called as the two boys walked in.

The naked green alien boy looked over. Apparently he'd been doing nothing more potentially hazardous than watching television. At first Niklas thought that it was "Gilligan's Island", until he realized that the entire cast had blue skin, and most of the plant life was purple. Nor were the people on the show speaking English or any other language Niklas had ever heard. "What the —?!"

Jahv grinned. "One consequence of media signals like radio and television traveling throughout the cosmos is that sometimes, another planet will get the idea to duplicate certain programming."

"Yeah, but THAT!?" replied Niklas.

"I didn't say there was any accounting for taste." added Jahv.

"But you were still watching it." giggled Davy. "I wonder what they make of Star Trek out there?"

"They wonder how you were able to hire Cardassians for the show." said Jahv. Davy's and Niklas' eyes went wide, and Jahv finally laughed. "Kidding, guys. I am trying to develop a sense of humor."

"Okay, that wasn't bad." said Niklas, sighing in relief.

"Besides, it's Andorians." added Jahv.

"Leave it to you to root for the ones with the antennae," said Davy. "Come on, let's get wet."

The three boys raced into the woods towards the pond, Davy and Niklas working up more of a sweat in the process. Jahv was able to control his perspiration, but he still looked a little winded when they arrived minutes later. The water was clear and looked very inviting.

Jahv was already naked, and Davy and Niklas were so hot, and the pond secluded enough, that neither boy hesitated in removing every stitch of clothing before heading in. What resulted seconds later was a rousing session of good-natured splashing around and a lot of yelling with delight and relief at finally cooling off. When this finally settled down a bit, three boys were standing in almost waist-deep water, totally soaked and giggling like lunatics.

"That felt good!" proclaimed Niklas loudly. "I needed that!"

"It was — refreshing." said Jahv in a calmer tone.

"'Refreshing'?" exclaimed Davy. "That the best you can do? Niklas, I don't think this alien has gotten soaked enough if that's all he can say about it!"

"I think you're right." grinned Niklas.

"May I remind you two that I have the equivalent strength of three of your kind?" warned Jahv, but he was smiling. "And there's only two of you."

"Strength's only good if you're good at using it." countered Davy. "Come on, Niklas, let's get him!"

Jahv gave it a noble effort, but he wasn't used to fighting at all, let alone in water. The very wet wresting match was pretty much even, and really only served to soak the boys that much more and ultimately tire them out. Finally, they simply opted to quietly float and swim for a time before heading back to the grassy shore to dry off for a while.

The three boys lay in the cool grass, not saying anything, for several long minutes. Then, inexplicably, Jahv sat up and stared at the pond.

"Ready for another go at the pond?" asked Davy.

"No, I am content here for the moment," answered Jahv. "It's just — I was remembering. That's where I first appeared on your world. And it was the two of you that rescued me. The shock of such a long transport had stunned me, and I could not swim. I would've drowned if it hadn't been for the two of you. I'm not sure I ever thanked you for that."

Davy looked pensive. "I should thank you. You became such a good friend so quickly. I — had a really good friend here, but he had to move away. I never thought I'd have another friend. Then Keith and Martin turned up, and then you showed up not too long after that." Davy paused. "I hate being lonely."

"I fully expected to be." said Jahv. "I had no idea where I was going. Just that I had to get away. I set the transmat controls to find a habitable world at the farthest reach of its range. I didn't specify that it had to be inhabited, only that I could live on it. Then I met you two."

"I guess I'm the lucky one here," said Niklas. "Jason and Fabian don't live too far from me. You're the most distant, actually, Davy, but it's worth it to come out here, and not just for the pond and the aliens."

Davy smiled. "Thanks. But what did bring you out here that first time, Niklas? I mean, I'm glad you came, but…"

"Martin couldn't stop talking about this really cool kid that he'd met in the woods who had this great treehouse." grinned Niklas.

Davy laughed, but then frowned. "Martin and Keith. Those two came out here not long after we first met. That visit — didn't go too well for a bit. I almost thought I was going to lose their friendship."

"What happened?" asked Jahv. "I mean, if you want to say."

Davy smiled gently. "We got past it. Keith saved me from being hit by a truck when we were picking berries out by the old railroad tracks."

"I wasn't aware those berries were edible!" remarked Jahv.

"Why do you think my mom's pies are always so fresh?" giggled Davy. "Anyway — Keith didn't take too well to how I thanked him."

"Why not?" asked Niklas.

Davy's face reddened. "Well, I guess I can tell you. I kissed him. He didn't like it. Martin talked to him, and we were cool after that but — I dunno, I guess I thought he wouldn't mind. My friend who moved away didn't, so I guess I just thought…

"Did you kiss him on the nose, like Niklas did to me after I pinned him in a fight?" asked Jahv.

"What!?" exclaimed Davy, eyes going wide.

"Jahv!" said Niklas, not too sharply.

"When did this happen!?" asked Davy.

"When we were searching the Dorrian shuttle, just before we found Morik," explained Jahv, while Niklas tried to bury his head in his hands. "It started as a pillow fight, went into a wrestling match. Niklas lost, but for whatever reason kissed me on the nose. It was enough to get me to back off, since I had no idea what he was doing."

"That's what you two were doing while I was listening to Keith gripe about that blue coolant goop he'd gotten doused with!?" sputtered Davy. "He even threw some of it at me. Hold it — you didn't know what a kiss was?"

Jahv shook his head. "I'd never encountered anything like it."

Then Davy looked at Niklas. "And you — don't mind kissing?"

Niklas grinned. "Not if it's someone I really like."

Davy groaned. "Nobody tells me anything."

"You never asked," said Niklas. "Fabian, Jason and me, and Martin, too, really, have this sort of private club. We've promised to always tell each other the truth, and some other stuff, and we don't worry about hugs and kisses and stuff."

Davy suddenly looked a little miserable, and Niklas couldn't quite figure out why. Then Davy spoke, in a quiet voice. "So — are there any memberships still open in this club of yours?"

Niklas grinned again. He knew where this was leading, and didn't mind. He'd thought for a long time that Davy was a really cute boy. A little goofy sometimes, but cute. "One or two. If you pass the initiation."

Davy faced Niklas with a grin on his own face. "I think I know what that is, and I'm up for it if you are."

The two boys embraced and shared a long kiss. Then they noticed Jahv's antennae twitching. "You did say one or TWO memberships."

Davy and Niklas parted to face Jahv. "Yeah, but you don't even know what a kiss is." said Davy, teasing the alien.

"Didn't," said Jahv. "I do now."

"He's got a point," said Niklas. "But also, to go this long through life without any, really? He's got a lot to make up for, don't you think?"

"I'm sure we can help him in that," said Davy.

Davy and Niklas launched themselves at Jahv, and the result was a good-natured wrestling match that involved a lot of cuddling, tickling, and no shortage of kisses planted on the young Botaran.

Eventually, the three boys went back to the pond for a time, and then returned to shore, where they fell asleep for a few hours, huddled in one warm heap. It was late afternoon when Jahv awoke first, and sat up and sniffed the air. His movement awakened Davy and Niklas. "Wha's up?" asked Davy sleepily.

"Your mother is putting the finishing touches on what smells like an immense and superb meal of seasoned chicken, potatoes, probably mashed, served with butter, and a vegetable side including peas, corn, and carrots."

"You can smell that from out here!?" exclaimed Davy. "No wonder you guys show up for dinner so often. Your tent's a lot closer."

"Next he'll be telling us what the drink is." remarked Niklas.

"Berry flavored Hawaiian Punch." said Jahv. This got him skeptical looks from the other two boys. Jahv grinned. "No, I couldn't smell it, but it's the only drink your mom keeps around that doesn't have a lot of citrus in it, other than milk."

"Think your mom would mind if I stayed for dinner?" asked Niklas. "We've been having TV dinners and leftovers lately."

"Knowing my mom, she'd insist." said Davy. "Come on, let's go."

"Um, you guys have clothes. I don't." said Jahv. "And I know how she feels about that."

"So, you can use my undershorts." offered Davy, as the threesome headed away from the pond. "It's not much, but it'll be enough for her and Dad."

"Hey, guys, thanks for today." said Jahv. "It was fun. All of it."

"Nobody has to thank nobody," said Davy. "It was fun for all of us. But I'm glad you're my friends."

"Same here," said Niklas. "Hey, I just realized something! We got through the whole day without anything disastrous happening!"

"Oh, that reminds me, I've been working on a new invention that should make dinner a little more efficient," said Jahv. "It's an automatic condiment dispenser. If you'll let me get it from the tent, I can.

"No way, pal!" said Davy. "You're marching right into the house and eating dinner like a normal person! Niklas, I don't care how strong he is, don't let him get anywhere near the tent!"

"No worries there!" Both Davy and Niklas grabbed an arm of the young Botaran, who didn't especially resist when escorted directly to the Caulfield home.

Friends. They may be goofy or silly sometimes, or even totally out of this world. But it's good to have them.

Part 14

Keith Dillinger was not especially happy this morning, despite it being another warm and sunny summer day. His grandmother, Eleanor Eldenheim, had packed him off to the laundromat. Normally, this was something that would not happen, but their washing machine had broken down, and frankly, they were both running out of wearable clothes. Since Keith had left his bicycle at the home of his mother and stepfather, which was too far to go to either fetch the bicycle or take the clothes, Keith had been relegated to placing a large laundry basket on his skateboard, tying a length of rope to the skateboard, and dragging the thing into town. He couldn't even ride the skateboard and make better time. Not with the laundry basket on it.

Keith was trying to see the bright side of the situation, but there wasn't a whole lot of that to see. He had at least managed to place most of his own clothes that needed washing on top of the laundry pile, so his grandmother's flowery dresses and (eeew!) underwear were tucked further down in the basket, largely out of sight. And, he admitted to himself resignedly, this was still a preferable activity to hanging around his mother's house and getting yelled at by his step-father for every little thing. Still, the boy was in a grim mood.

Then he looked up and saw someone coming the other direction, who honestly didn't look much happier. This was a little surprising, since the person coming the other direction was Keith's best friend Martin, who usually was a very upbeat and chipper youngster. Martin was on his bicycle, but somewhat incongruously dressed in clothes better suited for Sunday morning church services. Long-sleeved white shirt, dark trousers, and his hair was ridiculously neatly combed.

Martin saw Keith and brightened just a bit. "Hey, Keith!" Martin stopped the bike next to his friend.

"What's with the formal wear?" asked Keith. Then he sniffed the air. "And why do you smell like room freshener spray?"

Martin groaned. "My Aunt Matilda. She hasn't visited in like three years, so my mom wanted everything to look special for her visit. Including me."

"And smell special, apparently." added Keith, trying not to laugh.

"No, that was HER." said Martin. "I think she weighs about 300 pounds and she took one look at me and said, 'What a BIG boy you are! and started kissing me! Gross!"

Keith did his best not to laugh. He knew the type of relative Martin was describing. He didn't have any such aunts himself, thank goodness, but he knew a few other kids who did. "Does your mom know you ducked out dressed like that?"

"Yeah," said Martin. "I ran into the kitchen when she started kissing me. I couldn't get up to my room without getting past HER, and Mom saw I wasn't too happy. So she said I could go ride my bike around for a few hours as long as I was careful not to get these clothes too dirty. So what about you?"

"Our washing machine is broken." explained Keith. "My grandma's sending me to that laundromat at the edge of town. You can help, if you want."

Martin chewed his lip. "Um, how?"

"You've got a bike." said Keith. "I can get there a lot faster on that than walking. If you let me ride the bike, you can ride on the handlebars or something, and we can tie the skateboard with the laundry basket to the back of your bike."

Martin pondered this idea for a minute. "Are you sure you can keep the bike balanced with me on it?"

"It's not that far to go on the bike," said Keith. "I'm sure I can manage it."

"Well… okay." Martin hopped off the bike and helped Keith tie the skateboard to the back of it.

"By the way, how'd your hair get so wet?" asked Keith.

"Oh, I forgot about that." said Martin, as they headed back to the bike. "Mom slicked it back so I'd look neater. It's just water. I guess I thought it'd've dried off by now."

"In THIS summer's humidity?" remarked Keith.

Martin then shook his head several times rapidly, spraying water on Keith. "Thanks a lot. You get that idea from that mutt of yours?"

"Oops, sorry," said Martin. "But how does my hair look now?"

Keith tried not to laugh. By shaking his head, Martin had gotten a fair amount of the water out of his hair, but his hair had also stuck up in every direction as a result, "Like you stuck your finger in an electrical outlet."

Martin's eyes went wide, and he patted down his hair with his hands a bit. "That's better," said Keith. "Almost normal. Now climb on and let's go."

It was relatively slow going. Balancing Martin on the bicycle was more difficult than Keith had expected. Though the younger boy was almost one foot smaller, Keith has underestimated his weight on the front wheel so that steering the bike became a surprisingly tough job. And since Martin's bike was a bit smaller than Keith's as well, its seat was so low that Keith had some problems looking past the slightly wet head that was swaying before his nose. While pedaling slowly he passed the time by describing the laundromat to Martin, who had never been there. Keith had only been there once before, about a year ago, when the same thing had happened. His grandmother's washing machine had broken down. The place was run by this old guy who actually lived in an apartment in the back. It was fully automated, so he hardly ever even bothered to come out to the counter area. There was a small arcade in the back. The laundry machines were surprisingly state-of-the-art, but the arcade was ancient. The games all still worked, though.

Keith couldn't see much more than the sidewalk and the middle of the road left and right of Martin's head, but this was still enough to find their way to the laundromat. At least he thought so. But then disaster struck. All of a sudden the front wheel ran into a pothole that was filled with dirty water. Keith had mistaken it for nothing more than a small puddle, but it was deep enough to unbalance the overloaded bike instantly. Keith felt the handlebars slipping through his fingers and ramming into his stomach while at the same time the seat under his butt lifted and chucked him out. He flew through the air and landed half on Martin, half in a rather cold and soft material just to the side of the road. It was a large, dirty, and somewhat thick puddle … half-water and half-mud, leftover from a recent thunderstorm.

Squirming to regain his footing, Keith stood up. Besides the fact that the handlebars had hit him and that one half of him was soaked with dirty water, he wasn't hurt. But Martin still lay face-down in the puddle, stunned. With a concerned look Keith bent down to his friend and touched the boy's shoulder. Finally, Martin lifted his head, dripping with dirty water and mud, and after a moment of silence he began to cry.

"Are you okay?" asked Keith and tried to find out if Martin had suffered any injuries.

The small boy took a deep breath just to cry out: "Noooo!"

Carefully, Keith dragged his friend out of the puddle and pulled him up to his feet though Martin was almost too upset to stand. "I mean, are you hurt or something?" he asked the crying boy.

"Noooo!" answered Martin with the same deep breath. "But… look!" He spread his arms a little and looked down himself. His formerly white shirt was greyish-brown. splattered with mud and dirty water, his dark pants were similarly splattered, they just didn't show it as much. "My mom's gonna kill meeeee!"

"It was an accident," said Keith. "And I don't see your mom killing much of anybody." Keith said it gently. Martin's parents were the kind of parents Keith wished he had. They doted on the boy almost to excess. Martin, in turn, did everything he could within reason to behave, but was also terrified of getting out of line. Though Keith was sure that his friend wasn't in too much trouble, he still felt guilty about the mishap. It had been his idea to ride the bike as they had, and Keith should've noticed at the outset that they were misbalanced.

"What do we do now?" cried Martin.

"Um… I think there's probably a way to fix this mess", Keith said after a moment of thinking. "I mean, we're heading for a laundromat. We have detergent and we have money."

* * *

They reached the laundromat about ten minutes later. It was a huge place, really the only laundromat in town, and it had literally dozens of machines. Martin was protesting. "Keith, I don't understand. How are we supposed to wash the clothes we're wearing! We don't have anything else to wear!"

"So, we just stay put in the laundromat, that's all." replied Keith. "I doubt there'll be anyone else in there. The place hardly ever gets used since most people have their own washing machines these days."

"I am NOT taking all of my clothes off in a place like that!" insisted Martin. "The pond and the mudhole out at Davy's farm is one thing, but not here!"

"Not all your clothes," said Keith. "Keep your underwear and shoes. I'm going to do the same thing, so if anybody does see us, then we'll both look like a couple of idiots. But no one's going to see us, okay? Can you really see anybody that we know bothering to go into a laundromat?"

Martin sighed. "I guess not."

"And which would you rather do?" asked Keith. "Hang around in one place, with me, in your underwear for a little while, or go home and try to explain that mess?"

Martin almost cringed. "Okay. Underwear, then."

The two boys cautiously but quickly entered the laundromat. Keith looked around. The place was quiet. No other machines were running, and as expected, there was no sign of the old guy that ran the place behind the counter. "Okay," said Keith. "Let's pick out a machine near the back of the store, away from the window and closer to the arcade."

Keith and Martin carried the laundry basket in, and scooted towards the back. The laundry machines were massive, and Keith noticed that they were combination washer-and-dryers. This was a new development from last year. All you had to do, apparently, was throw your clothes in, put the money in, and that was that. The machine would do the rest from start to finish.

"Okay, let's get started," said Keith, first reaching into the pockets of his jeans to extract several dollars in change, part of it provided by his grandmother for the laundry, the rest rounded up by himself for video games. Then he pulled a small cel phone out of the other pocket. His grandmother had loaned him this in case he needed to contact her. He tucked the cel phone into one of his socks he was wearing, and stuffed the extra change into one of his shoes.

"Are you sure no one's going to come in here?" said Martin.

"Relax. Even if someone does, they won't know us, and I'm here with you." said Keith. "Besides, people do this in laundromats all the time. I've seen it."

"You sure?" asked Martin.

"Of course I'm sure." What he didn't tell Martin was that those times he'd seen it, it had been on some television sitcom his grandmother was watching, and invariably the people doing it got into some sort of trouble. "Besides, we don't have much choice."

"I… guess not." said Martin, unbuttoning his shirt and removing it, and then very reluctantly unzipping his pants and pulling them off. Keith did likewise with less hesitation.

They loaded the clothes into the massive machine, Keith tossed in a packet of detergent his grandmother had given him, closed the door, put the money into the slot, and started it up. "How long do you think it'll take?" asked Martin.

"Uhhh", said Keith and tried to stuff his hands into his pockets and then he noticed that there were no pockets since he wore just a pair of light blue underpants. He folded his arms instead and thought back to the time he once had been here. "I think about maybe… half an hour?" He didn't sound nearly as sure as he would've liked to, and admittedly he wasn't. Laundry wasn't exactly something he paid much attention to.

"Okay", said Martin and scratched his bare arms. He was still somewhat dirty and the dirt was itching.

"We'll just have to wait for the machine to turn off. Come on, there's a restroom next to the arcade. We can get our faces cleaned off in there. And our arms."

It didn't take too long to wash off. There was a long roll of paper towels in the restroom, and a few minutes later, Keith and Martin and cleaned the road mud from their faces, arms, and even hair. Now it was just a matter of waiting for the clothes to be clean.

It was when they exited the restroom that Martin first spotted the sign on the wall, which had been well above the boys' heads when they walked in. "Oh, no. Keith…"

Keith read the sign. "NEW SAFETY FEATURE — LAUNDRY MACHINES LOCK FOR SECURITY UPON ACTIVATION. FULL LAUNDRY CYCLE… 3 HOURS."

"Three hours!?" exclaimed Martin.

Keith felt bad. He honestly hadn't realized. But it made sense. Three hours was a pretty long laundry cycle. At least he guessed it was. The price, he supposed, of having a machine that did the washing AND the drying all in one. And it also made sense for the machines to lock upon activation, since most people wouldn't want to hang around the laundromat for that period of time. They'd want to go elsewhere and run errands or something, and come back just in time for the machine to finish up. But they'd also want to know that their clothes weren't going to be stolen or anything in the meantime, hence the automatic lock.

Of course, most people wouldn't be stuck in just their underwear.

"Ohhhh, man! Is that for real? What do they mean by 'three hours'? How can anybody stay here and wait for THREE HOURS?!" exclaimed Martin, turning a bit red, half from anger, half from potential embarrassment. He looked a bit weird in his white underwear combined with black shoes and socks, and he knew it.

"Are you expected home anytime soon?" asked Keith, sincerely concerned. He was already trying to think up some excuses for Martin's behalf.

"No, not really," said Martin. "Aunt Matilda was going to be visiting all day. Mom said as long as I was home by dinner that was fine. But Keith, what are we going to do? I mean… three hours?"

"Nothing." said Keith. His major concern had just been addressed. No one was going to miss Martin that soon. "Nothing we can do. We'll just have to wait it out." He put his hands on his hips, trying to look more decisive, but this made him feel even more weird. Funny, how skinny he suddenly felt while standing in underwear in a somewhat public place. The feeling made him shiver a little though the air was pretty warm. But he couldn't very well let on that he felt almost as uncomfortable with this situation as Martin did.

Martin scowled, unconvinced. Keith sighed. "Look, we've got the arcade. Okay, most of the games are older than we are, but that just means we probably haven't played them before, so that can't be too bad. And there's a soda machine in there, and another one with candy and crackers in it, so we won't starve. Try to see it as an adventure."

"In our underwear," said Martin sourly.

"This from the kid who survived being tossed into an interplanetary brig on a spaceship with less than that?" said Keith, trying to sound cheerful and encouraging. "Come on, what's a couple hours in a laundromat in your Fruit-of-the-Looms compared to that?"

Martin cringed. "Don't remind me. That was awful."

"But…?" asked Keith, trying to sound upbeat.

"Okay. I guess that was worse than this." said Martin.

"And you survived that." concluded Keith. "So you can survive this. Now come on, let's see what sort of video games this place has."

They were just about to head over to the arcade area when the door to the laundromat opened, and trouble walked in. It was a huge lady that could have been a cousin of Martin's aunt Matilda. She carried a bright colored plastic basket with clothes in her massive arms and headed for one of the machines. If the lady was alone, there was the chance that she might go away after she had unloaded her laundry. But unfortunately, there was somebody in her company, a girl of about ten or eleven years.

Keith swore. "Couldn't they pick another day to do their laundry?" he whispered.

"I'll go and play a little", said the girl, jingling with some coins in her hand. The fat lady just sighed and put the basket down in front of the chosen machine. And then the girl came straight towards the small arcade room where the two boys in underwear hid behind a corner.

"Keith, what do we do now?" whimpered Martin. Getting caught in undies by grown-ups was bad enough. Getting caught in the same situation by a girl of their age was a fate worse than death in Martin's book… and Keith's as well, frankly.

"Sssshhhhh!" said Keith and pushed Martin deeper into the corner behind a candy machine, already trying to think of a way out of this mess but not immediately seeing one.

Luckily, the girl had no reason to think that somebody else was already in the arcade. So she had only eyes for one of the archaic games that, fortunately for the boys' present location stood in an opposite corner. Soon she was absorbed in the game that made funny sounds and some awkwardly primitive music, her attention completely diverted.

There were multiple rows of laundry machines, and fortunately, one was leading to the exit far enough from the fat lady's view. "C'mon." said Keith flatly and dragged Martin with him. Keeping low, under the level of the rows of machines that were between them and the lady, Martin and Keith sneaked to the door. Then, Martin stopped and held Keith back.

"But where are we supposed to go? And suppose these people are still here when we get back? And what if they take our clothes?" said Martin in rapid-fire succession.

"Later," said Keith. "Let's get outta here first."

"You seriously want us to go outside on the street, in our underwear?" cried Martin quietly.

"I can't see anybody outside. You'd rather hide here for three hours?" argued Keith.

Martin swallowed. "Okay… let's go."

The boys managed to slip outside without anybody noticing. Then they ducked quickly into the nearby alleyway where Keith had parked Martin's bike and his skateboard. "Keith, what about our clothes?" demanded Martin. "They might steal them, or still be there when we get back!"

"Don't be silly." said Keith. "Our clothes are locked in the laundry machine. We could leave them there until evening if we want."

"But we can't just stay here in this alleyway. It's not very big, and somebody's bound to see us." argued Martin. He wrapped his arms around his small body though the sun was shining and it was pretty hot. His upper thighs looked paler then the rest since the pants that Martin usually wore in summer were quite longer than the briefs he stuck in now. Keith could even see goose pimples on this pale skin.

Keith chewed his lip. Martin had a point. If a cop came along and saw two boys sitting in an alleyway in their underwear, they wouldn't get out of that one too readily. But where could they go? Then he had an idea. "I think I know what we can do," Keith said, pulling the cel phone out of his sock.

"What?" asked Martin.

"The one place where clothes don't matter." replied Keith. For the first time since this fiasco started, Martin grinned. He knew what Keith meant. The aliens that lived out near the woods near Davy Caulfield's home. Two of them, at least, Jahv and Keyro, almost always wore absolutely nothing. A third, Toben, also was frequently unclothed. And it'd be a safe place to spend a couple of hours until the clothes were done. There was still the matter of getting out there, though, but Martin suspected Keith was trying to deal with that right now.

And indeed, Keith was. Technically, Jahv and the others didn't have a telephone. But they did have what they called a «commlink» which Jahv and Toben had set up in such a way that it could be accessed by telephone. It was a ten-digit number that Keith had memorized, followed by "#" three times. It wouldn't even show up on the phone bill.

"Hi, Keith!" came a voice over the phone. It was Jahv. Keith was a little surprised that Jahv used his name, but he realized that not that many people had this number, and certainly Jahv must have something like "Caller ID" in his commlink.

Keith explained as much of the situation as he felt was necessary, then said, "You've got that transmat device or whatever it is. You think you can bring Martin and me out there directly?"

"Keith, I really wish I could, and I certainly would any other time, but Toben and I are performing maintenance on it at the moment. We'll be done in about an hour and a half, but I know that won't do you much good right now."

Keith groaned. The laundry would almost be finished by then.

Jahv continued. "Look, if you can get out here, you can certainly hang around with us for the duration, and then I'm sure we can transmat you back to the laundromat in time to pick up your clothes as soon as they're done. You'd be safe out here, you know."

Keith considered this. The one advantage to their current location was that the laundromat was at the edge of town, and the edge closest to the rural area where the Caulfield farm existed. Keith and Martin would not have to go through any city streets or even suburban neighborhoods to get out there. At least not many. They could be at the farm in about thirty-to-forty minutes, Keith estimated. That would give them almost two hours to spend with the aliens, by which time they should have the transmat device working again. Keith didn't particularly trust Jahv's repair skills, but he did trust Toben's. The blue-hued Botaran had managed to keep his own starship operational for quite some time after his father's death. Finally he said, "We'll be there as soon as we can."

Keith turned off the phone to look into the stunned expression of Martin. "We've got to get out there on our own!? We're supposed to go out in public like this? Are you crazy?"

"What public?" said Keith. "We'll be on back country roads for the most part. You gonna worry about what a cow thinks of how you're dressed?"

"People live out there, you know." said Martin.

"Yeah, on big farm properties where the house is so far from the road they'd need binoculars just to see us, and even then they'd figure us for two kids in swimsuits, which wouldn't be unusual on this hot a day." Keith knew he was mostly making excuses, but he hoped it sounded good. "And who besides Davy even knows us out there?"

"I am not doing this." said Martin flatly.

"Well, I am. And so are you." insisted Keith. "Because I'm not going to hang around this alley for the next two and a half hours, waiting for some cop or some bum or worse to come along. You want a cop or a bum or a drunk to see you in your underwear?"

"Noooo." said Martin.

"Then come on. Grab my skateboard and get on the bike." said Keith.

* * *

It wasn't all that easy, but then Keith hadn't expected it to be. This time around, Martin sat behind Keith, hanging onto the boy for dear life with one hand while hanging onto the skateboard with the other. It was an awkward position, but not as awkward as the positioning that had dumped them into the dirt and caused this mess in the first place. Keith wasn't one to make mistakes twice if he could help it.

Since Martin was taking most of the bicycle seat, this pushed Keith forward a bit into a position that wasn't as easy to maintain his balance on the bicycle as it would've been if he hadn't had a passenger. But Keith managed to keep the bike upright and make decent enough time nevertheless.

They'd gotten out of the city and suburbs in short order, and were now on the back roads and feeling a little more at ease. There really wasn't much of anyone around at all. Keith and Martin were just about thinking they were going to make it out to Davy's farm without any further incident when a huge delivery truck came along the other side of the dirt road, and managed to hit a rain-soaked depression just as Martin and Keith were passing through on the other side, and soaked the boys, once again, in mud.

Keith almost wiped out on the bicycle, but managed to keep it upright and moving. "Aw, maaaaan!" sputtered Martin behind him.

"We were just not meant to stay clean today, I guess," said Keith resignedly. "Look at it this way. That was just mud that time. There wasn't any road gunk in it. And you weren't wearing your Sunday best, either."

The two boys finally made it out to Davy's farm, and rode around to the back, avoiding the main house since they didn't want to have to explain this situation to Davy's parents if they could help it, and made their way around to the concealed, invisible dome-tent that was the home of the alien youngsters.

Present inside were Keyro, Jahv, Toben, and Davy. The only one wearing any clothes was Davy. Toben occasionally wore a jumpsuit, but not today. It looked to Keith as though the young Botaran had been letting his hair grow a bit longer, and he'd already been shaggier than either Jahv or Keyro. But more than likely, Toben had just forgotten to cut it. Toben was a technological genius, unlike Jahv, who had a great imagination but somewhat lesser and occasionally dangerous skills, but Toben tended to be a little more absent-minded when it came to things like personal grooming.

Davy and Keyro were playing some sort of computer game. Toben and Jahv had the transmat device on a worktable, partially disassembled. Keith was hoping that a more accurate description would be to say that it was partially reassembled. The transmat device, which was pretty much just like the «transporters» from Star Trek, could send them back to the laundromat within a few seconds once it was ready to go.

Keyro was the first to notice the new arrivals, and didn't quite manage to stifle a laugh at Martin's and Keith's muddy conditions. "Come on, guys, you couldn't wait until you were out here to play in the mud?" There was a large mud pool in the woods that Keyro especially liked to play in.

"This was not playing," said Keith. "This was a traffic incident."

"Lemme guess," said Davy. "Large delivery truck? Dark blue in color?"

"How'd you know?" asked Martin.

"That guy loves to do that sort of thing after a rain. He probably doesn't even have any packages. He's just waiting to splash people with mud."

"Nice," said Keith. "Ever think of putting a few land mines in the road for him?"

Davy giggled. "Come on, let's head out to the pond. You can clean up out there, and then mom's fixing lunch."

"Lunch. Food. That works for me." said Keith.

"We can't go into your home in just our underwear!" protested Martin.

"Sure you can," said Davy. "I plan to." At the moment, the boy was dressed in his usual overalls. But it was a sure bet he wouldn't be wearing them into the pond. "Just tell her you were in the pond. It's the truth, and she doesn't need to know that your underwear is all you showed up here in."

Martin scowled. "It still sounds a little sneaky."

"Of course it is," said Keith, as he led Martin out of the tent along with Davy and Keyro. "But you really need to learn a bit better how to cover your butt without actually lying it off in the process."

"I've had trouble covering my butt all day, thanks to all this nonsense." said Martin.

Martin brightened a bit as they got close to the pond, and had a little bit of fun, turning around and giving Keyro a very muddy hug before they went into the pond. Keyro didn't object. It wasn't long before even their underwear was set aside, once it had been given something of a washing, and the boys splashed around in the pond for the better part of half an hour, having great fun and, in the case of Martin, Keith, and Keyro, cleaning up rather well.

Keyro returned to the dome-tent, and Davy led Martin and Keith up to the house. Mrs. Caulfield had no objection whatsoever to feeding the two additional boys some lunch. She was always glad to see any of the boys that Davy had made friends with… apart from the aliens, Davy didn't really have any friends in the immediate area. She didn't even comment on the fact that all Keith and Martin were wearing was their undershorts. Given their soaking wet condition, as well as Davy's, who had left his overalls in the dome-tent, it was obvious where they'd been.

Lunch consisted of huge chicken sandwiches, mashed potatoes, and corn on the cob. By this time, Keith and Martin were starving, and made very short work of the meal. They talked with Davy, asking where the other two aliens, Arion and Morik, were. Davy explained that Morik had set out on a personal expedition to map the woods, and was expected back in about two days, while Arion had gone even further. He sorely missed the mountains of his homeworld, and the holocron just wasn't sufficient for him. So he'd packed a backpack, one of those bottomless ones that Jahv and Keyro used, and had taken off… literally… in search of some mountain ranges. He had promised to be back in two weeks, but there was some concern that it might take him longer than that to find some reasonable mountains. There wasn't a lot of concern that he would be discovered by anyone. The young prince was easily the most anti-social of the entire group, and would likely go out of his way even more than the others to avoid human contact.

The boys wrestled around on the living room floor for a while after lunch, and then returned to the dome-tent to find that Jahv and Toben had completed their maintenance of the transmat device. Keith looked at a clock on the worktable. "Just about in time, too. Laundry's just about done."

"Where is this laundromat located?" asked Jahv. Keith gave him the address. Jahv ran the address through a computer attached to the transmat device that would turn it into coordinates that the transmat would understand, and then he did a scan of the place to find a safe spot to materialize Keith and Martin.

"What about the restroom", suggested Keith and pointed with his finger on the computer screen. "That's surely the safest place for us to show up. There's not likely anyone in there, and it'll give us a chance to look around the place before we head out to get our clothes."

"That should work," said Jahv.

"How precise is this machine, though?" asked Keith. "I remember you put us right in a restroom stall when you beamed us to that amusement park. I don't want to end up inside a washing machine."

Martin gulped at that prospect.

Jahv sighed. "Relax, okay? Toben and I have been overhauling all of the equipment. It's much more precise. Besides, you can keep the commlink open and tell us if anything goes wrong."

"You sure you guys don't want to borrow any clothes from me?" asked Davy kindly. "At least some pants?"

Martin said, "Yours wouldn't fit me anyway."

Keith added, "Look, all we need to do is find our clothes from my grandmother's, and get dressed. That shouldn't be too hard. And it'd take more time for us to undress from your stuff and redress in ours, than to just get dressed as soon as we get there. But thanks."

Davy merely nodded.

Moments later a strange, bright blue cascade of light appeared in the laundromat's restroom, a cascade of light that expanded to fill a considerable portion of the room, ultimately gave off something of a small sonic boom before dissipating, revealing two humanoid forms, both dressed in brief underwear and shoes.

Keith looked around quickly then held the cel phone against his ear and said: "Alright, we're in the restroom. Everything is quiet."

Martin rushed impatiently to the door. "Come on, Keith, I want my clothes back now!" he hissed and opened the door that led to the arcade. Then he froze in motion.

Three older teens stood there around the soda machine, smoking cigarettes, teenagers of 16 or 17 years. Keith even recognized them as some of the worst bullies on this side of the town. They were the same bunch, in fact, that had taken on Jahv in a mall arcade not long after the young alien had first arrived, and he, Martin, and Davy had tried to show him around town a bit. For a few seconds the guys just looked motionless at the two boys in underwear. Then suddenly, their leader threw away his cigarette.

Keith reacted just in time. He pulled back Martin and slammed the door right before the bullies could reach them. With all his strength he held the door closed while some strong hands rattled at the other side.

The cel phone had fallen to the floor. Martin picked it up. "Jahv! Are you there?" he yelled at the cel phone in his hand in a panicked voice. "Beam us back! Quick! Now!! Hurry!!!"

The three bullies stopped rattling at the door for a moment when they heard a strange noise coming out of the restroom. There was also something like a strange light flickering from the gap between the bottom of the door and the floor. Then a strange silence fell over the place.

Ignoring the noise, the leader of the gang said, "Did you just see two little sissies in their underwear in there?"

"Yeah, Bruno, two little sissies that'll be a lot more fun than checking the machines for chump change."

"Oh, good", said the leader. "I wasn't quite sure." Then he grinned wickedly and pushed the door to the restroom open.

What the bullies faced were not "two little sissies in their underwear", however. The bullies faced two figures that looked like boys. But one was green and the other one blue, both had white hair, twitching antennae and huge, dark eyes — and neither one of them wore underwear, or anything else. They were like something right out of a sci-fi movie. Not the sort of thing anyone expected to find in a restroom.

Both beings were holding what certainly looked like sophisticated weapons, long, almost rifle-like devices, attached to strange, cylindrical tanks on the floor by thick, glowing cables.

The bullies hesitated in surprise. "What the —?!" muttered one of them.

The green creature lifted the weapon and pointed it at the trio. In a strange, echoing voice he said, "Huuuumannns!"

The blue creature did likewise, and snarled, "Prepare for disintegration!" In that instant, both machines started to glow strangely and give off a loud, whirring noise.

The three bullies fell all over each other in a heap, then struggled to their feet again and darted towards the exit as fast as they could. Their leader was saying, "I'm tellin' ya, one of them was that one at the mall! It's an invasion! We gotta get outta town!" Just three cigarettes laying dropped on the floor as evidence of their presence.

"Amazing," said Toben, as the two machines shut down. "The most dangerous-looking humans seem to get upset over the least little thing."

"You know," said Jahv, "between that and what Keyro and I did to Keith's mother and stepfather one time, we're really going to have to work on our public image one of these days."

"What public image?" asked Toben, trying not to giggle.

"Well, there is that." said Jahv. Then he spoke into the commlink on his wrist. "Okay, Keyro. The place is clear. Send Martin and Keith through."

Seconds later, Martin and Keith materialized in another cascade of blue light, along with Martin's bicycle and Keith's skateboard.

"They're gone?" asked Martin hopefully.

"I don't really expect them to stop until they're possibly on another continent." replied Jahv.

"Nice work, guys," said Keith. "But what the heck are those weapons you brought with you? I didn't think you guys were armed like that!"

"What weapons?" asked Toben, turning his device on and pointing it in the direction of the smoldering cigarettes. "Nasty things, whatever these are." The device sucked them up instantly. "These are vacuum cleaners."

Keith allowed himself his first real laugh of the day.

"I'm really surprised that the old guy who runs the place in the back didn't come out." said Martin.

Keith walked over to the counter and listened near the door that led to the rear apartment. "He's turned up the volume on his TV. I think unless he heard an actual explosion, or smelled smoke or something, he's not going to care much."

"We, however, should be going," said Toben. "If one of those bullies decides to bring law enforcement back here, however unlikely that may be, we probably shouldn't be here for that."

"Thanks for your help today, guys." said Keith. "Yeah, thanks!" added Martin.

Jahv and Toben disappeared in the final cascade of light. Martin and Keith located the laundry machine they had used. It had just finished up, and Keith heard the lock click off. They got their clothes out, quickly finding the ones that they had been dressed in when the day had started and putting them on, and then loading the rest into the laundry basket, Keith making sure as before that his grandmother's stuff was on the bottom. Then they finally left.

They rode Martin's bike, with the laundry basket behind, very carefully back to Keith's grandmother's, making sure to avoid any possible potholes in the road or any other sources of dirt. This time, it worked. There were no incidents on the way home. Keith thanked Martin for his help, and Martin, as usual, gave Keith a big hug.

Keith entered his grandmother's home. "I'm back!" he yelled. Eleanor was a little hard of hearing. She came out of the living room into the entryway. "Oh, Keith. Good. How did it go at the laundromat?"

"Everything's done," said Keith, pointing to the laundry basket sitting on the skateboard.

"Good boy." said Eleanor. "I know that was probably not something you really wanted to do, and I imagine it was pretty boring, but I really do appreciate it. I called the repairman and he'll be out tomorrow to fix the washing machine, so you won't have to do that again."

"Okay," said Keith. "But it wasn't too bad. I ran into Martin, so we spent some time together."

"Well, good." said Keith's grandmother. "He's such a sweet boy. I'm glad you have a friend like him. And with Martin, you're not as likely to get into trouble."

Keith barely kept a straight face. "Right, Gramma."

Martin pedaled home. Thank goodness, his Aunt Matilda's car wasn't in the driveway. She was apparently gone. Martin parked his bike and went inside. The place still smelled like Matilda. Martin's dog Fix came running to the door soon as he entered. The dog was whining a bit. Matilda's perfume had probably been very unpleasant for the poor pooch. Either that, or he smelled aliens on Martin.

"Martin, honey, is that you?" called Martin's mother.

"Yes, mom." said Martin.

The woman came to the entryway. "Martin, I know you weren't comfortable around your Aunt Matilda, but I'm glad you stayed around for a few minutes. She means well, you know, and she does love you."

Martin felt a little guilty. "I know, mom, it's just… she's… I dunno."

Martin's mom smiled, and knelt down and hugged her son. "I know. That's why I let you get out of here for a while. I hope it wasn't too rough a day? I know asking you to stay clean in your good clothes on your own like that wasn't easy for you, but you look fine."

"Um, yeah, well, I ran into Keith not long after I left, and he had to take his gramma's clothes to the laundromat, because their machine was broken, so I went along with him to keep him company."

"Well, that probably wasn't very interesting, but that was being a very good friend to Keith, and I know he needs friends." said Martin's mom. "And taking clothes to the laundromat… you couldn't've gotten into any real trouble with that, I'm sure."

"Right, Mom," said Martin, hoping she didn't notice that he'd rolled his eyes at the comment.

"You weren't too bored with it all, were you?" asked Martin's mom, who was heading back into the kitchen to continue dinner preparations.

Martin really had to stifle a giggle. "No, mom. I wasn't bored at all…"

Content

Edlund Niklas My Friend is an Alien

My Friend is an Alien

Part 1

Part 2

Part 3

Part 4

Part 5

Part 6

Part 7

Part 8

Part 9

Part 10

Part 11

Part 12

Part 13

Part 14